Qass 




BookJ-Liii 



4i'1 



THE 



ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK. 



THE 



Engineer's Sketch-Book 

OF 

MECHANICAL MOVEMENTS, 

DEVICES, APPLIANCES, CONTRIVANCES 

AND DETAILS 



EMPLOYED IN THE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION OF 
MACHINERY FOR EVERY PURPOSE 

CLASSIFIED & ARRANGED FOR REFERENCE FOR THE USE OF ENGINEERS, MECHANICAL 

DRAUGHTSMEN, MANAGERS, MECHANICS. INVENTORS, PATENT AGENTS, 

AND ALL ENGAGED IN THE MECHANICAL ARTS 



BY THOMAS AVALTER BARBER 

M. Inst. C. E. 



FOURTH EDITION 

2603 BUi£jtratton£{, JDcscriptibf f^otcs ant) iHcmorautic-i 




itontiou : 
E. & F. K SrON, Limited, 125 STRAND 

SPON & CHAMBEELAIN, 12 CORTLANDT STREET 
1902 






3^3 T^ 
'01 



06-7^0 3 



PEEFACE. 



Every successful engineer is a born inventor; indeed the daily work 
of an engineer in practice largely consists in scheming and devising 
from previous experience new and improved processes, methods, and 
details for accomplishing them, and for simplifying or cheapening old 
forms of machinery and the work they produce, to enable him to 
successfully compete with others, who are perhaps as ingenious and 
enterprising as himself. . 

In the work of designing machinery the draughtsman has to rely 
mainly on his memory for inspiration ; and, for lack of an idea, has 
frequently to wade through numerous volumes to find a detail or move- 
ment to effect a particular purpose. Hence, as a rule, every man's 
work runs in a groove, his productions generally having the stamp of 
his particular experience and training clearly marked upon them. 

In the course of twenty-five years of such experience, I have found 
the want of such a volume as the present, and endeavoured to supply 
the deficiency in my own practice by private notes and sketches, 
gathered promiscuously, until the difficulty of selection and arrangement 
became so apparent that I began to classify them, as they exist in the 
following pages. A few weeks of unusual leisure have enabled me to 
complete this work and amplify it by numerous additions, and it is 
now presented in the hope that it will be found of equal service to 
others engaged in the head-splitting, exhausting work of scheming 
and devising machinery, than which I can conceive of no head-work 
more wearing and anxious. Several valuable works have already 



PREFACE. 



found numerous users, and there is no lack of admirable collections 
of memoranda, rules, and data for designing and proportioning the 
various constructive details of machinery; but, as far as I am aware 
there is no work in existence which aims at the same purpose as is 
attempted in the following pages, viz. to provide side by side suggestive 
sketches of the various methods in use for accomplishing any particular 
mechanical movement or work, in a form easily referred to, and devoid 
of needless detail and elaboration. A sketch, properly executed, is — to 
a practical man — worth a folio of description ; and it is to such that 
these pages are addressed. For the same reason it has been deemed 
undesirable to add to the various sketches any rules or tables relating to 
strengths or dimensions, which may be found in numerous well-known 
volumes. 

Any suggestions or additions will be entertained and gratefully 
acknowledged. 

THOMAS WALTER BAEBER. 



CONTENTS. 



Accumulators 
Adjusting devices . 
Anclioring .... 
Anti-friction bearings 
Apparatus for drawing curves 
Automatic cut off. See Valve gear 



PAGES 

147 

10, 246 

10, 246 

152, 306 

224, 330 

172. 312 



SECTION 

67 

2 

1 
70 
98 
79 



Balance weights 
Ball and socket joints 
Beam-engines, types of 
Bearings . 

„ relieving pressure on 
Bed-pla.' ^s, foundations, and fi 
Belt gearing 
„ pulleys 
Blowing and exhausting 
Boilers, types of 
Bolts, &c. 

Boring, drilling, &c. 
Brakes and retarding appliances 



aming of machines 



54, 258 

12, 248 

80, 270 

102, 282 

152, 306 

22, 250 

12, 248 

12, 248 

20,250 

16, 250 

168, 310 

72, 270 

14,248 



20 

4 

32 

46 

70 

8 

3 

3 

7 

6 

78 

30 

5 



Cams, tappets, and wipers 
Carriages, cars, &c. . 

Centres 

Centrifugal force, applications of 
Chains, links, and couplings . 
Chopping, slicing, and mincing 
Chucks, grips, and holders 
Circular and reciprocating motion 
Clutches 



24, 250 
32, 252 
164, 308 
38 
30, 232 
68, 264 
68, 264 
56, 258 
40. 254 



9 
12 
77 
14 
11 
27 
28 
21 
15 



VIU 



THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 



Compensating and balance weiglits 
Concentrated power 
Concentrating and separating . 
Condensing and cooling . 
Connecting rods and links 
Contracting and expanding 
Conveying messages, &c. . 

„ motion to movable parls 

Conveyors .... 

Cotters, &c 

Couplings .... 

„ for shafting 
Covers, doors, &c. . 
Cranes, types of . . • 
Cranks and eccentrics 
Crushing, rolling, and disintcgratin 
Curves, apparatus for drawing 
Cushioning . . . • 
Cutting tools . . « • 



Differential gear . . . • 

Disintegrating 

Doors, covers, manholes . 
Drawing and rolling metals, ^c. 

curves, &c., apparatus for 
Drilling, boring, &c. 



EccENrnics 

Elastic wheels 

Elliptical motion 

Engines and boilers combined, types of . 

: typesof 76,270 

Exhausting and blowing ^^> ^^^ 

Expanding and contracting devices 



Fastening wheels to shafts 
Feed gear 

Filtering .... 
FoundatioES and framing 
Friction gear . 



PAGES 


SECTION 


54, 258 . 


. 20 


62, 260 . 


. 22 


66, 264 . 


. 26 


86, 264 


. 25 


42, 254 


. 17 


84, 272 


. 36 


52 


. 19 


62, 260 


.. 23 


128, 298 


.. 57 


86, 274 


.. 37 


42, 254 


.. 16 


42, 254 


.. 16 


242, 332 


.. 106 


46, 25G 


.. 18 


28, 252 


.. 10 


36, 254 


.. 13 


224, 330 


.. 98 


72. 268 


.. 29 


64, 260 


.. 24 


74, 270 


.. 31 


36, 254 


.. 13 


242, 332 


.. 106 


234, 332 


.. 101 


224, 330 


.. 98 


72, 270 


.. 30 


28, 252 


.. U 


84 


.. 35 


82, 272 


.. 34 


82 


.. 33 


. 76,270 


.. 32 


. 20,250 


7 


84, 272 


.." 36 


. 86,274 


.. 37 


334 


.. 107 


334 


.. 108 


. 22,250 


.. 8 


. 88,276 


.. 38 



CONTENTS. 



IX 



Gear, differential 

„ friction . 

„ reversing 

„ rope 

„ valve 
Gearing, belt . 
„ toothed 
„ various devices in 
Governing and regulating speed, power, 
Grips and holders .... 
Guides, slides, i^o 



Handles, &c. . 
Heating appliances . 
Hinges and joints . 
Holders and grips . 
Hooks, swivels, &c. . 
Hydraulic multiplying gear 



Impact. See Striking and hammering 
Incorporating . 
Indicating pressure, ^Krc. 

„ speed, &G. 

Intermittent motion 
Iron and steel . 



Jets, nozzles, &c. . 

Joints and hinges 

Journals, bearings, pivots, &c. 



&c. 



PACKS 


SECTION 


74, 270 


.. 31 


88, 276 


.. 38 


158, 308 


.. 74 


146, 302 


.. 66 


172, 312 


.. 79 


12, 248 


.. 3 


ISG, 318 


.. 84 


92, 278 


.. 40 


96, 280 


.. 41 


68, 264 


.. 28 


90, 276 


.. 39 


220, 328 


.. 97 


234 


.. 100 


116,292 


.. 50 


68, 264 


.. 28 


98, 230 


.. 43 


96 


.. 42 


238 


.. 104 


122, 2J4 


.. 54 


214, 326 


.. 92 


100, 262 


.. 44 


140, 300 


.. 62 


224, 330 


.. 99 


102, 282 


.. 45 


116,292 


.. 50 


102, 282 


.. 46 



Keys, cotters, pins, &c. 



86. 274 



37 



Levelling and plumbing 


122 


. 52 


Levers . . . . 


. 108, 286 


. 48 


Links 


. 30,252 


. 11 


Locking devices . . . ' , 


. 110 2^8 


. 49 


Lowering 


. 118, 304 


. 69 


Lubricators ...... 


. L20, 294 


. 51 



TEE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 



Marine engines, types of 
Materials of construction 
Measuring and weighing . 
Mechanical powers . 
Messages, conveying 
Mincing .... 
Mixing and incorporating 
Motive power . 
Movable parts, conveying motion to 
Multiplying gear — ^hydraulic . 



PAGES 


SECTION 


236 


.. 103 


224, 330 


.. 99 


214, 326 


.. 92 


122 


.. 53 


52 


.. 19 


68, 264 


.. 27 


122, 294 


.. 54 


136, 300 


.. 60 


62, 260 


.. 23 


96 


,. 42 



Nozzles and jets • . 102, 282 

Packings, joints, stuffing-boxes, &c 132, 298 

Parallel motions 124, 296 

Pawl and ratchet motions, intermittent motion . . 140, 300 

Pins, &c 164, 308 

Pipes and conveyors 128, 298 

Pivots 102, 282 

Plate work 106, 286 

Plumbing and levelling 122 

Power and speed, to vary 146 

„ motive 136, 300 

„ reservoirs of . . . . . . . . 147 

„ transmission of 192, 320 

Pressing 144, 302 

Propulsion 131, 300 

Pumping and raising water 124, 296 

„ engines, types of .... . . 138 

Quick return motions . . ...... 146 

Rails and tramroads 156, 308 

Raising and lowering weights 148, 304 

„ water — pumping 124, 296 

Ratchet and pawl motions 140, 300 

Reciprocating and circular motion 148 

Regulating and governing 96, 280 

Relieving pressure on bearings 152, 306 



45 



58 
55 
62 
77 
57 
46 
47 
52 
64 
60 
67 
85 
63 
59 
56 
61 



65 



73 
69 

56 
62 

68 
41 

70 





CONTENTS. 









xi 




PAG lis 


SECTION 


Roservoirs of power, accumulators 147 


.. 67 


Retarding appliances .... 






. 14, 248 


.. 5 - 


Reversing gear 






. 158, 308 


.. 74 


Riddling and screening . 






154 


.. 72 


Rope, belt, and chain pulleys . 






. 152, 306 


.. 71 


„ gearing 






. 146, 302 


.. 66 


Rolling and drawing .... 






. 234, 332 


.. 101 


Rotary en-ines ..... 






. 160, 308 


.. 75 


Safety appliances 182, 318 


.. 81 


Screening . 


. 








154 


.. 72 


Screw gear, bolts, .l^c. 


. 






. 


168, 310 


.. 78 


Sections of iron and steel. 


See Materials 






. 


224, 330 


.. 99 


Segments, wheels in 










212, 326 


.. 91 


Separating 










66, 264 


.. 26 


Shaft couplings 










42, 254 


.. 16 


Shafting .... 


. 








164, 308 


.. 76 


Signals, &c. 


. 








52 


.. 19 


Slicing and mincing 


. 








68, 264 


.. 27 


Slide and other valve geai 










172, 312 


.. 79 


Slides guides, &c. . 










90. 276 


.. 39 


Socket joints . 


. 








12, 248 


.. 4 


Sound 










240 


.. 105 


Sources of power 


. 








136, 300 


.. 60 


Speed and power 










122 


.. 58 


„ indicating 










100 282 


.. 44 


Spindles and centres 










164, 308 


.. 77 


Springs . 










. 178, 316 


.. 80 ' 


Starting valves 


. 








184 


.. 83 


Steam traps 


. 








. 184, 318 


.. 82 


Striking and hammering- 


-impact . 








238 


.. 104 


Struts and ties 










234 


.. 102 


Stuffing boxes . 


. 








. 132. 298 


.. 58 


Swivels . 


. 








. 98,280 


.. 48 


Tanks and cisterns 192, 320 


.. 86 


Tappets 






. 24,250 


.. 9 


Throwing in and out of gear . 






. 192, 320 


.. 87 


Ties and struts .... 






234 


.. 102 


Timber. *S'ee Materials . 






. 224, 330 


.. 99 


Tools, cutting . 


. 








. &4, 260 


.. 24 



THE ENGIJSEEH'S ^SKETCH-BOOK. 



Toothed geariwg 
Tramroads 

Transmission of poTPSi' 
Traps, steam . 
Turbines . 



Valve gear 

Valves and cocks 

„ starting > .. 

Variable motion and power 194. 220 



PAGES 


SECTION 


186, 318 


.. 84 


156, 308 


.. 73 


192, 320 


.. 85 


181, 318 


.. 82 


208, 326 


.. 90 


172, 312 


.. 79 


198, 324 


.. 89 


184 


.. 83 



Washing 

Water-pressure engines . 

Water-wheels and turbines 

Weighing and measuring, indicating pressure 

Wheels, elastic .... 

„ fastening to shafts 

„ in segments 
Windmills and feathering wheels . 
Winding apparatus .... 
Wipers 



. 216, 328 
216 
. 208, 326 
. 214, 326 
84 
. 86,274 
. 212, 326 
. 218, 328 
. 220, 328 
. 24,2.50 



94 
93 
90 
92 
35 
37 
91 
95 
96 
9 



PART I. 



SECTIONS 1-106. 



(For Additions see pages 245-335.) 



lO TMU ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK, 



Section 1.— ANCHORING. 

1. Rope pulley anchor — a car which grips by sinking its wheels in 

the soil ; employed for ploughing tackle. 

2. Anchor plate — buried in the ground below a mass of masonry — for 

attaching guys, tie rods, &c. Sometimes a frame, or plate, laid on 
the ground and ballasted, is the method used. 

3. Screw mooring, screwed into the ground. 

4. Heavy stone sunk in the ground and having a ring attached ; or a 

mass of concrete, similarly placed, used for guy ropes, tie rods, and 
foundation bolt attachments. 

5. Grapnel. 

6. Mushroom anchor. 

7. Double fluke anchor. 

8. Martin's patent anchor, with swivelling flukes. Several other 

patent anchors are modifications of this. 

Stakes, with or without flanges, vertical or horizontal, are sometimes 
employed, the flanges taking the cross strain of the ties, &c. Fencing 
posts, gale posttJ, tree stakes, and tennis poles are of this class. 



Section 2.— ADJUSTING DEVICES. 

For adjustment by Screws, see Section 78, and by Wedges, see Section 36. 
These are the commonest appliances employed. For Cams also, see 
Section 9. For adjusting Pedestal Brasses, see Section 46. 

For adjustments by keys, cotters, &c., see Section 37. See also Nos. 251, 
269, and 297. 

9. Split cone sleeves and set screw adjustment for a revolving 
standard, or similar detail, where there is much wear or great 
accuracy is required in the revolving bearing. 

10. Centre-line adjustment for lathe headstocks, &c. 

11. Variable curve adjustment; used in compass planes, instruments 

for drawing arcs of circles, &c. 

12. Vertical shaft footstep adjustment; employed on millstones, 

horizontal grinding mills, &q., to regulate the space between the 
grinding surfaces. -See No. 261. 



THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 



T r 





^57''^^^??^^??^ 




10. 







m 



12 THE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK. 

13. Side screw adjustment for injectors, jet pumps, &c. 

14. Levelling adjustment; can be used with either 3 or 4 screws; for 

telescope and level stands, theodolites, &c. 

15. Horizontal central adjustment for footsteps, &c. 

16. Slotted link and lock nut for adjusting angle of a lover. 

1 7. Disc and ring with partial angular adjustment by a screw and nut ; 

used for screwing dies, self-centering chucks, &c. The nut and 
bearing of the screw have allowance for swivelling. 
18 Pin and hole adjustment for a lever or similar detail. 

19. Wedge bearing for locomotive horn plate guides, slide bars, and 

similar parts subject to wear. 

20. Right and leffc-hand screw and wedge adjustment for roller 

bearings, &c. 

21. Adjustment for wear used on engine crossheads to take up the wear 

of the working faces. 

Adjustable Crane Balance Weights, Section 18. 

Adjustable V-guides, Nos. 700 and 704. 



Section 3.— BELT GEARING. 

Materials employed are : — Leather, cotton, <?uttapercha, indiarnbber, canvas, camel-hair, 
catgut, flat wire or hemp rope, steel bands, flat chains, &c. 

22. Ordinary belt pulley, "crowned " on face to retain the belt on the 

centre of the pulley. 

23. Double-flanged pulley, flat on face, sometimes " crowned," as No. 22. 

24. Single-flanged pulley for horizontal driving. 

25. Open belt gear; runs best as shown, with the slack half of the belt 

at top. 
2G. Crossed belt to reverse motion on the driven shaft. Also to obtain 
more grip for the belt than with opeu belts. 

27. Mode of driving when the shafts are at right angles to one another. 

28. Mode of driving with shafts at. an obtuse angle, sometimes used 

instead of bevel wheels. 

29. Arrangement adopted when the pulleys cannot be got in 

line with one another, or the shafts are too close together to drive 
well direct. Short belts seldom work well. 

Belts are frequently arranged to pass under and over several pulleys so 
as to drive several shafts by one belt. 

For reversing by belt gear, see Sect on 74. Gut bands (round) are worked 
over V-grooved pulleys ; see Rope Gearing, Section 66. Belts may be 
kept tight by tightening pulleys, see No. 1207. For round belts, see Hope 
Gearing, Section 66. V-helts are occasionally used, formed of thicknesses 
of leather riveted together, cut to a V-section, and worked over V-gi'ooved 
pulleys. 

Section 4.— BALL-AND-SOCKET JOINTS. 

30. Universal hinge. The arm can be fixed in any required position 

by tightening the gland. Useful for stands for articles to be 
exhibited in any j^osition, telescopes, &c. 

31. Pipe joint, with similar capabilities. 



TEE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK, 




•B 



i — ^j ^L.:tL zrM.._ 1 



tl& -fe^Jzi-i- 




14 THE ENGINEEBS SKETCH-BOOK 

32. Same as No. 16, but with screwed gland. If used vvitliout the arm, it 
forms the ordinary ball castor. 

'63 & Si. Dr. Hookers universal joint. See application, No. 292. 
See also Nos. 1359 and 732 

Gas pendants are suspended with a joint similar to No. 31, but the ball, 
having only a restricted angular motion, is cut down to a segment only. 



Section 5.— BRAKES AND RETARDING APPLIANCES. 

To retard or arrest motion (revolving or rectilinear). 

35. Strap and lever brake. The strap is usually faced with wood or 
leather, but sometimes is used without either. "Wood is liable to 
become noisy. Leather gives the best grip. Iron upon iron, or 
wood upon iron is not safe if liable to become oily or wet. 

']6. Block and lever brake. Wood or cast-iron blocks are used. 

37. Compound block and lever brake ; avoids putting cross strain 

on the shaft — used on winding engines, &c. 

38. Internal toggle brake, employed for friction clutches. See 

Section 15. The inner ring is turned to fit 1 x-pely inside the outer 
ring and split, the toggles being arranged as shown to expand the 
ring till it is 1 eked to the outer ring. 

39 & 40. Double block and lever brake on wheel rim g'ips the wheel 
rim biitweeu the lever slo ks or jaws. The strains are self-contained. 

41. Disc brake ; considerable end pressure is required with this form, 

and must be arranged for in the bearings of tjie shaft. 

42. Compound disc brake. Several discs may be eniployed, sliding on 

feathers on the shaft. 

43. Fan brake ; may be run openly in air, or enclosed in ^ drum with 

water, oil, or other liquid. (Sec Allen's patent Governor, &c.) 

44. Spring brake, acting on a sm ill grooved pulley ; for light purposes. 

45. Rope brake or grip, with toggle motion, and screw for relieving. 

46. Rope brake: grips by the angular distance between the jaw centres 

becoming lehs a£ the lever end falls. 

47. Rope brake ; with cam lever gripping motion. 

48. Eccentric action lever and block brake. The eccentric is fixed 

to the brake lever. This plan also avoids cross strain on the shaft. 

49. Strap and screw brake. 



THE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK. 




1 6 THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 

50, 51, & 52. Three forms of car brakes. See also the common " skid " 
or cart brake. 

63. Combined strap and lever brake. (Fielden's.) 

54. Shaft grip, or brake. 

55. Centrifugal brake, or clutch. The weight segments are driven 

into contact with the ring by centrifugal force. Springs may be 
used to return them out of action. 

56. Three-segment compound brake : grips the wheel all round. 

57. Compound bar brake, with right and left hand screw grip levers, 

used for heavy gun compressors. 

58. Compound ring brake, on similar principle to No. 57. See remarks 

to No. 41. 

59. Wedge and split ring, used for internal brake ring or clutch, in a 

similar way to No. 88. 

60. Kollow drums, with radial pockets, half filled with loose 

material, or water, mercury, &c., which retard the motion of the 
drum by the weight and friction of the loose material. 

An hydraulic cylinder and piston is frequently used as a brake or retarding 
device for reciprocating motion, the water passing from one side of the piston 
to the other, through an adjustable valve. Friction brakes are employed as 
dynamometers to indicate the power given off or absorbed by any piece of 
machinery. Automatic brakes (see Sections 15 and 69) are used for 
hoisting machinery, &c. 

Brushes, formed of stiff bristles or wire, are used as a retarding device 
for circular or rectilinear motion. 



Section 6.— TYPES OF BOILERS. 

Vessels or containers of every conceivable shape have been used as boilers. 
Many of the older types are now obsolete, but the following are 
these most commonly used : — 

VERTICAL BOILERS. 

61. Ordinary centre flue boiler. Sometimes the centre flue is sur- 

rounded with tubes, as No. 65. 

62. Vertical multitubular. 

63. Vertical boiler, with diagonal tubes and smoke boxes. 

64. Vertical return-flue. 

65. "Pot" boiler. 

66. " Field " boiler ; with suspended tubes and internal cii-culating tubes. 

67. Vertical egg-end boiler, with spiral flue. Large vertical boilers 

sometimes Lave crobs flues, or large tubes. 

HORIZONTAL BOILERS. 

68. Portable "loco-type" multitubular. 

69. Fixed return-tube. 



THE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK. 




> <^< , .1 U i 



THE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK. 



70. Fixed "loco-type" multitubular; a favorite and useful form, giving 

good results, and easily cleaned. 

71. Fixed "loco-type," with underneath fire-box; sometimes used to 

economise space, is self-contained, and usually stands on cast-iron 
feet. 

72. Multi tubular-horizontal ; self contained ; on cast-iron feet. 

73. Egg-end boiler ; not much used excejjt where the coal burnt per h.p. 

per hour is not an important consideration. 

74. " Cornish " ; one flue, with enlarged fire-box tube. This type is often 

made with a j^aiallel flue Avith cross tubes fixed at intervals through- 
out its length. 

75. " Lancashire " ; two flues ; sometimes has enlarged fire-box tubes, 

as No. 74. 

76. Oval flue boiler, with " Galloway " tubes. The Lancashire type is 

frequently combined with this form by arranging the two circular 
flues to open into one oval one. 

77 & 78. " Elephant " boilers ; employed in connection with coke ovens 
and other sources of waste heat. 



MARINE BOILERS. 

79. Ordinary box form, with internal fire-box and return flue. 

80. Same type, but with two fire-boxes and multitubular return tubes. 

81. Underneath fire-boxes and multitubular return tubec above the 

fire-boxes, sometimes duplicated, as No. 82. 



THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 



19 




kwm i mrm 



81, 



00000 00000; 
0000 0000 I 

OOOOO OOOOO! 

OAPc> 0000 I 



D 




20 THE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK. 



83. Has two central fire-boxes and side return-tubes. 

The foregoing box patterns are rapidly going out of use, as unsuitable for 
the higher pressures prevailing with compound engines. 

84. Cylindrical boiler, with three fire tubes and three sets of return 

tubes. This form is much used, the surfaces requiring stays being 
very limited. It is made with double fire-boxes as shown, or with 
single fire-box, as No. 81. 

85. Cylindrical single flue and return-tube. 

86. Cylindrical single flue and multitubular. 

87. Cylindrical double flue and multitubular, longitudinal section 

similar to No. 86. 

88. Cylindrical saddle boiler, multitubular, used for shallow vessels, 

launches, &c. 

HOUSEHOLD BOILERS. 

89. Kitchen '' ell " boiler. 

90. Kitchen or back boiler, for ordinary grates 

91. " Saddle " boiler. The varieties of this type are legion. Every conceiv- 

able cross-bridge, water- way,tube, and flue has beena,dded to it by various 
makers. See Messrs. Graham and Fleming, and other makers' Lists. 

92. Annular cylindrical greenhouse boiler. 

93. Annular conoidal greenhouse boiler. 

94. Vertical cylindrical, closed top greenhouse boiler. 

The last four are types of the greenhouse boilers most in use. 
They are usually of wrought iron, and all seams welded. 

95. Back boiler for ordinary register grate. 

96. "Boot" boiler. 

97. Scullery, or wash-house boiler. 

98. Scullery, or wash-house boiler, heated by steam. In public 

laundries these are usu Jly rectangular in plan. 

99. Coil boiler, used for small greenhouses, &c. 

100. Sectional, or "Tubulous" boiler Root's, and others, are on 

this principle. They are constructed of simple pipes and T or 
L pieces, usually bolted together. 



Section 7.— BLOWING AND EXHAUSTING. 

Some of the mechanical blowers are too well known to need illustration 
here ; such are the ordinary Beam Blowing Engine, as in use for 
blast furnaces. Vertical Blowing Engine, and Horizontal Blowing 
Engine. In all these a cylinder and piston form the blowinj< 
device. Nearly every form of rotary engine (see Section 75) may, 
by reverf^al, be converted into a blowing machine. See Root's 
patent. No. 1307 ; Baker's, 1325, and others in common use. 
Fans, centrifugal, (see No. 1387) a,re, still the commonest blowing 
machines, and are especially suited for light pressures and large 
volumes of air ; but for pressures of from i lb. per square inch 
■and upwards, the rotary or cylinder types are best. The following 
are devices not so well known, but sometimes useTul: — 

101. The " Trompe," or water-jet blower. Water under pressure is 

discharged through a rose into a funnel-shaped inlet, carrying with 
it a quantity of air (see Section 45) ; the water runs oif at an 
overflow, and the air is led away by a pipe. 

102. Steam-jet blower. (Sjc Section 45.) 



THE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK. 



21 




2 2 THE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK. 

103. Organ bellows. The lower "feeders" pump alternately into 

the double-tier upper "reservoir," which has ihe uj^per set of ribs 
inverted, as shown, to equalise the pressure throughout its rise. 
The reservoir is loaded with weights to the required pressure. 

104. Smiths' bellows, either circular or hinged at one side. 

The valves used for bellows are plaia flap calves faced with 
leather similar to No. 1619. 

105. Bell, or gasometer blower, for light pressures and large volumes. 

106. Regulator, or reservoir, for blowing engines to steady the blast. 

The weighted piston serves the same purp(jse as an air vessel to 
the ordinary pump. 

107. Disc blower, with elastic diaphragm piston. 

108. One-crank three-throw blower, for organs, &c., to give a con- 

tinuous blast. The three feeders deliver into the central tri- 
angular box. 



Section 8.— BEDPLATES, FOUNDATIONS, AND FRAMING 

OF MACHINES. 

The skeleton framing of a machine for any purpose should be rigid, as 
light as is consistent with strength and stability (in some caffes 
weight is necessary to minimise vibration), and the ribs, or 
members of the frame, should be so disposed as to afford the 
requisite support for all bearings, centres, &c., without redundance ; 
and lastly, symmetiy, and a certain degree of elegance and pro- 
portion, are desirable. The illustrations are necessarily typical 
only, and suggestive. 

109. Girder section bedplate for horizontal distributed bearing, as in 

a horizontal engine. It msy be usjd double, and the two parts 
connected by cross pieces and bolts*, as No. ll2. 

110. Open box bedplate. 

111. Closed box bedplate. 

112. Double box bedplate with cross tie pieces. 

iSquare vy rectangular bedplates are usually of similar sections, 
stiffened with ribs underneath, and generally cast in one piece. 

113. Side frame and distance rod construction, suitable for light 

machines. 
111. Side frames and cross bars on a base plate. This forms a more 
rigid construction than No. 113. 

115. Table and legs. 

116. Eectangular openwork box framing. Useful for machines with 

several cross shafts. 

117. Eollow standard for hammers, vertical engines, and any machine 

raised above the floor. 

118. Scleplate and standard for pedestal bracket, &c. Admits of 

being detached without disturbing the foundation. 

119. Wall box for shaft bearings, &c. 

120. Arched crosshead for double bearing, bevil gear, &c. 

121. Wrought-iron sideplate and distance rod construction. 

122. Wall bracket, with wall flange, or tongue, to take the vertical strain. 
V23. Wrought-ircn rectangular bedplate. 



TEE ENGINEERS SEETQH-BOOK. 




24 TEE ENGINEERS SKETCE-BOOK. 

124. Base plate for column, &c., with concrete foundation. The bolts 

are usually T headed (see No. 1404), in open recesses, so as to be 
easily removed without disturbing the base plate. 

125. Dovetail and key fixing for brackets, bearings, or any separate 

detail of framing. 

126. Foundation for box bedplates. 

127. Vertical columnar, or distance rod construction, used for marine 

engines, vertical engines, presses, &c. 

128. Plinth, column, entablature, and cross bracing, used for 

beam engines and machinery of a straggling kind with many 
detached parts. 

129. Flat bar side framing, strong, light, and cheap, but not very rigid. 

130. Wrought-iron L and flat bar rectangular frame, suitable 

where great rigidity is not needed, but where cast-iron is not safe 
or desirable. 

Wrought-iron is becoming much more largely employed for the framing 
of general machinery than heretofore, and it is customary in many cases to 
supplement a cast iron base or frame with wrought iron or steel bars. 



Section 9.— CAM, TAPPET, AND WIPER GEAR. 

For producing, from plain circular, or reciprocating motion, variable speed 
or motion, also intermittent and every kind of irregular motion. 
Cams are either open or covered. Nos. 131, 132, and 183 are open 
cams; Nos. 137 and 138, covered cams. 

131, 132, & 133. Three forms of the "heart" cam, for giving a regular 
or intermittent vertical motion to a lever end. 

134. Crown cam for vertical shaft. 

135 & 136. Jumping cams. 

137. Covered heart cam. 

138. Covered crown cam. 

139. Wiper and lever motion. 

140. Twisted bar with sliding bush, which travels from end to end of 

the bar, and being prevented from turning, causes the bar to turn on 
its axis to the amount of its twist. 

141. Crank pin and' slotted lever ; gives a variable speed with quick 

return. 



TBE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK. 



2"^ 




26 THE ENGINEEH'S SKETCH-BOOK. 



142. Spiral radius bar for opening valve. The valve is lifted off its 

seat by the radial motion of the lever against the inclined radius 
bar. 

143. Crank pin and slotted lever motion, with slot arranged for 

irregular or intermittent motion. 

144. Eccentric and slotted arm. The pin at the top of the arm has 

both a vertical and horizontal motion, causing it to trace an 
ellipse, the pin upon which the slot runs being fixed. 

145. Wiper and lever motion, with rubbing plate ; used for Cornish 

valves, &c. 

146. Stamp mill. 

147. Scroll cam. 

148. Crank and lever, intermittent or continuous motion. 

149. Piston, or valve rod and lever motion. 

150. Similar movement, but with anti-friction roller on end of lever. 

151. Rod and lever reciprocating motion, with anti-friction roller. 

152. Similar movement, with a socket forged in the rod and the end 

of lever rounded to allow for angular motion. 

153. Diagonal disc cam, or "swash plate." 

154. Motion for belt shifting with dead travel at half stroke. This 

allows the lever to move a certain distance on each side of the 
centre without moving the belt shifting bar. 

155 & 156. Sectors and bent lever, used on Cornish engine valve gear. 

157. T lever valve motion, used in rock drills, some forms of steam 

engines, &c. 

158. Four-bolt camplate, used for screwing dies, locks for fireproof 

safes, &c. 

159. Slot, cam, and lever motion. 

160. .'Barrel motion for musical instruments, looms, &c., in which the 

barrel is provided with pins or staples to lift the respective levers. 



THE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK. 



K2. 



IA-4-. 







15: 




-f 


1^ 


— 4 -'- 


, 


u 


1 

160. 






c :i 



1-8 THE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK. 

161. Drum with spiral vanes of long pitch, operated by a revolving 

arm on a shaft at right angles to the cam shaft, used for inter- 
mittent circular motion. 

162. Volute and lever. 

163. Double screw, for converting circular into reciprocating motion; 

has a right and left hand screw thread, and a shuttle attached to 
the lever end shaped to fit the thread, and capable of swivelling 
to turn the angle for reversing. 

164. Eccentric ring and roller motion, for converting circular into 

reciprocating motion. 

165. Triangular cam. Gives three reciprocations to the sliding bar in 

one revolution of the cam. 

166. Fan for giving motion to several rods or arms at one time, used for 

organ composition pedal movement, &c. 

1(j7. Crossed lever motion with inclined contact surfaces, the levers 
being at right angles to one another. 



Section 10.— CRANK AND ECCENTRIC GEAR. 

168. Bent crank of round section ; retains the fibre and strength of the 

metal. 

169. Square forged crank. The crank arm is usually forged solid and 

the slot cut out by machine. 

170. Built-up crank. There are other methods of building them. See 

Mechanical World, December 1885. See also No. 182. 

171. Single crank, usually of wrought iron, but often made with cast- 

iron arm. 

172. Disc crank. Th's form is generally adopted when cast iron is 

employed, and the counterbalance weight cast upon it, to balance 
the connecting rod, &c. 

173. Counterbalanced single or double crank. 

174 & 175. Two forms of crank pin eccentrics ; sometimes used to 
drive the slide valve instead of the ordinary sheave and strap, as 
No. 183. 

176. Crank pin set in a boss formed on the driving wheel. 

177. Double rod crank. 

178. 179, & 181. Hand cranks. These should always be fitted with a 

loose ferrule of wood for the hand if possible, as much power is 
lost by the slipping of the hand to change its grip as the crank 
revolves. 
180. Solid three-throw crank shaft, turned out of a solid forging. 



THE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK. 



29 



!l t6i. 



UL 





165. 




aj_a_9_3_jLA 




^O THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK 

182. Built crank. Several modifications of this are in use for large 

marine shafts. 

183. Solid sheave eccentric. 

184 & 185. Split sheave eccentrics. 

Large eccentrics cause great loss from friction, unless provided 
witli friction rollers in the sheave; but are sometimes used to 
avoid an additional crank in shaft. 

186. Eccentric motion for multiplying travel of eccentric by leverage. 

187. Crank motion to turn an angle instead of bevil gear and shaft, 

the cranks being of the form of Nos. 174 or 175, 

188. Shifting or variable throw eccentric. The sheave is slotted 

to fit the shaft, and its throw is governed by a disc having a spiral 
slot and locking bolt. 

189. Another form of shifting eccentric. The sliding block is 

arranged to lock in any part of the slot in the sheave. 

190. Another form of shifting eccentric, in which the sheave is 

loose on an eccentric boss cast with the worm wheel, and is 
revolved by the worm, the bearings of which are fixed to the 
sheave. 

See also Nos. 606, 712, 720, 728, 729. 

See also Sections 40 and 79. 



Section 11.— CHAINS AND LINKS. 

For Hooks, Swivels, &c., see Section 43. 

191. Ordinary long or short link chain. It is sometimes made to 

exact pitch to fit a snug or sjjrocket wheel. See Nos. 1250 & 1251. 

192. Stud link chain. 

193. Flat chain for use on flat rim double-flanged pulley. 

194. Square link pitched chain for sprocket wheel. 

195. Stamped link pitched chain and special sprocket wheel. 

196. Ordinary pitched link chain. Links drilled to templet. 

197 & 198. Pitched chains to drive wheels with ordinary and special 
teeth. 

199. Another form of square link chain. 

200. Stamped link chain, for light purposes. 
201 Ac 202. Long link flat suspension chains. 

203. Gib and cotter attachment for long link flat suspension chai is. 



THE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK. 



31 



185- 



184. 




^t^^^'^~^^^ 






200. 






I 



201 >K 202 




32 THE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK. 

201 & 205. Drive chains. See E wart's patent, No. 2752-76, and 
others. These chains are replacing belts for many purposes, as 
they give a positive drive, do not stretch so much, and last longer, 
besides which they are easily detached at any point, and a 
damaged link can be readily replaced. 

206 & 207. Thrust chains, with friction rollers at each junction, used in 
hydraulic multiplying cylinder gear in some cases. 

208. Ewart and Dodge's patent chain, with renewable seatings 
between the links. 



Section 12.— CARRIAGES AND CARS. 

The design and details of these must always be suited to circumstances. 
We only propose here to indicate the various types of under- 
framing and wheels in use, and to give sketch sections of bodies or 
cars for different purposes. 

UNDER-FRAMES. 

209. Two-wheel suspension car for single rail or wire rope, used 

commonly on some kinds of cranes. See Section 18. 

210, 211, 212, & 21-3. Three-wheel cars. See also the various types of 

tricycles in use. 

214, 215, 216, & 217. Various forms of four-wheel under-frames, 
with and without swivelling bogies. 

A car with four wheels arranged as No. 217, but with the leading 
and trailing wheels slightly raised off the ground, is used as a 
goods car or hand truck, and is very readily swivelled about, 
running, of course, actually on three wheels only. 
218. Five-wheel under-frame, \^ith and without swivelling bogies. 
219 & 223. Plans of six-V7heel cars, with swivelling gear for curves ; 
the centre pair having end play, swivel the leading and ti ailing 
axles by means of the jointed stays. 

220. Plan of four-wheel car, with swivelling gear for curves. 
,221, 222, & 224. Six-wheel cars, the latter with leading and trailing 
swivelling bogies. 

22o. Eight- wheel double-bogie under-frame. This is the plan 
usually employed in long cars; each bogie is free to swivel 
independently, and is centrally loaded. 



THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 



204.. 



205. 



(2?=^=^ n^i 





207. 



^^P^ 




a) 
<9) 



208. 



203 

i 



2:0. 



® JESl 



212. 




211. 



213. 



214. 



Ij X I jyj 



c:^!^=f=^ 



215. 




j=, =i= 




'^^ 



216. 



217. 



(T^ w^ ^m 




34 TEE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 



226. Ten-wheel double-bogie under frame, the centre pair to Lave 

end play or broad flat tyres. 

227. Twelve wheels and three bogies. The centre bogie must have 

end play, either as in Nos. 222 or 226, or with transverse rollers 
between the bogie and frame. 

Note that in Nos. 221, 223, & 224 the centre pairs, if running 
on rails, must have cither end play in the bearings or flat broad 

tyres. 

228. Open passenger car, either with transverse or longitudinal seats. 

229. Covered passenger car, with either longitudinal or transverse 

seats. 

230. Passenger car, with outside and central longitudinal seats. 

231. Passenger car, with upper and lower longitudinal seats. 

232. Passenger car, as No. 231, but with seats reversed. 

233. Passenger car, for one-rail railway. | 

234. Passenger car, similar to No. 230, but with seats reversed. 

235. American plan of passenger car, with transverse seats and 

central gangway. 

236. Goods cars, low sided. 

237. Covered or box wagon. 

238. Hopper wagon for discharging below. 

239. Side discharge hopper wagon. 

240. Side tip (or end tip) three-centre wagon. 

241. Tip cart. 

242. Tip wagon. 



THE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK. 



35 



226. 



¥W) It) ^P) 



•228. 






229. 

_J I 

^3 



227. 



I I 



i I 



(^t^) (^C^ ( ^^ 




230. 










231. 

I 




M 



252, 



ill 










33. 




254, 



E=i 



f^ 






„!-„Jl 



JHrft 



236. 



rat 



237. 



rn 



TJ 



238. 



dl 



ir^Hl:' 



239. 



24-0. 



241. 



24-2. 





H^^ 



^'~\''r 



36 TEE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 



243. Furniture wagon. 

244. Grafton's patent side tip wagon. 

245. Long truck for boilers, &g. 

246. Incline car for passengers. 

247. Segmental swivelling bearings, used instead of a swivelling 

bogie and centrepin. 

248. Hudson's patent tip wagons, with three centres, 

249. Hopper wagon, with central discharge. 



Section IS.-CRUSHING, GRINDING, AND DISINTEGRATING. 

250. Stamp mill, generally arranged in a battery of 4 or 6, for gold and 

other ores. 

251. Stone-breaker, with chilled iron jaw faces and toggle or knapping 

motion. See Blake's, H. R. Marsden's, and other modifications 
in common use. 

252. Double edge - runners. Sometimes driven below. In some 

aesigns the rollers revolve, and in others the pan revolves and the 
roller shaft is stationary. 

253. Lucop's patent centrifugal pulveriser. 

254. Carr's patent disintegrator. In this machine, each ring of bars 

is driven at a high speed in opposite directions inside a casing, 
the material being broken by the rapidity and intensity of the 
blows it receives. 

255. Horizontal centrifugal roller mill. The material is crushed 

between the rollers and the shrouding of the pan by the centrifugal 
force of the rollers, which are suspended fronr a crosshead. 

256. Cone roller mill, with vertical spindle. 

257. Cone roller mill, with horizontal spindle and conical pan. 



THE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK. 



37 



245. 




244. 




246 




245. 



^ 



JP 



din^ 



249 






247. 



243. 



H=B 




38 THE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK, 

258. Enclosed cone roller mill, with horizontal spindle and spirally 

grooved roller and casing. 

259. Toothed sector mill. 

260. Conical edge runner and pan. 

261. Ordinary flour mill. The material is fed in the centre, passes 

between the stones, and falls out into the outer casing. 

262. Rattle barrel, for cleaning and burnishing articles by mutual 

attrition ; sand or emery is sometimes used to assist the process. 

263. Ball and pan mill, for crushing ores, &c. The balls are carried 

round by a cross arm fixed to the central spindle. 

264. Inclined ball and pan mill. 

265. Oscillating mill. 

266. Drum and roller revolving mill. 

267. Cradle and roller mill. 

268. Cone disc mill; the cones being inclined axially to one another, 

the material is crushed at the lower side of the cones. 

269. Another form of stone breaker with toggle motion. 

270. Horizontal cone plate mill. 

271. Revolving stamp and pan mill for ores. 

272. Vertical cone mill. 

273. Revolving pan and ball mill. 

274. Planishing discs for accurately rounding iron bars. See the 
/ patent rolled shafting in use, manufactured by the Kirkstall Forge 

Co. and others. 

275. Vertical cone grinding and crushing mill. The vertical 

shaft has an eccentric motion at the footstep, giving a swaying 
rotatory motion to the grinding cone. 

276. Crushing rollers with spring bearing. 



Section 14.— CENTRIFUGAL FORCE, APPLICATIONS OF. 

277. Centrifugal drill. The cross bar A is alternately pressed down 
and allowed to rise, the strings winding on the spindle alternately 
in opposite directions by the momentum of the fly-wheel. 

a. Fly-wheel. Use ; to receive and store redundant motive power, 

and give it off again when the motive power falls below the 
average. 

b. Centrifugal hammer. One or more hammers are loosely jointed 

to a revolving boss, and strike rapid blows on an anvil fixed in the 
path of their circumference. See No. 1915. 

c. Pulverising machines. See Nos 253, 254, 255. 

d. Speed governors. See Section 41. 

e. Cream skimmers have a pan revolving horizontally in which the 

new milk is poured. The cream travels to the outer edge and 
runs over into a receiving trough. 



THE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK. 




40 THE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK. 

f. Centrifugal dryers. Manlove and AUiott's, also Robinson's con- 

tinuous feed ditto, are examples. 

g. Some forms of turbine. On tlie principle of Hero's Eilipile, 

No. 1696. 
h. Swings. Roundabouts. Various toys. The Gyroscope and tops 

constructed on its principle. 
i. Juggling and other tricks performed with pivoted plates and 

other common articles. 
j. Rattle barrel, or revolving drum, for polishing small castings, 

&c., by centrifugal motion and mutual friction, similar to No. 262. 
k. Various machines for grading wheat, grain, and seeds. 

See No. 475. 
1. Centrifugal filter for sugar ; a modification of the centrifugal 

drying machine. 
m. Centrifugal pumps are forms of fans or turbines (see Section 90); 

Gwynne's, Schiele's, Andrews', and others are examples. 



Section 15.— CLUTCHES. 

278. Common jaw clutch sliding on a feather key, the loose half 

being cast on the boss of a wheel. 

279. Two forms of jaws for ditto. 

280. Cone clutch. Screw gear should be used to operate this, as it is 

liable to " seize," and there is considerable end pressure on the 
shaft to be allowed for. 

281. Face (friction clutch) with V grooves. See remarks to No. 280. 

282. Friction clutch with three or more segments. See also Nos. 38 

and 59. 

283. Pin and hole clutch. The pin and holes can of course be made 

parallel to the shaft instead of radial. 

284. Cam clutch, used for dexter treadles, also for reciprocating motions 

driving one way and running loose the opposite way. See also 
Section 62, Nos. 1135, 1178, &c. 

285. Crank pin and arm driver. 

286. Pickering^s self-sustaining clutch for hoists. The box A only 

is keyed to the shaft, and drives the chain wheel and sleeve B by 
jamming it with the flange of the ratchet-wheel sleeve by the 
sliding action of the toothed faces formed at D on the disc and 
flange of the sleeve B, these teeth being of the ratchet form. 
Several other forms of this clutch are in use. Edwards', Stevens 
and Major's, and others may be consulted. 

287. Disc friction clutch, with intermediate leather discs and screw 

clamping appliance, only the central disc is keyed to the shaft, 
the others run loose. Mather and Piatt's and Addyman's patent 
friction clutches are examples. 

Numerous forms of friction clutches are in use, modifications chiefly of 
Nos. 38, 59, and 282. See also Section 5. 



THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK, 



275. » 




42 THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 



Section 16.— COUPLINGS FOR SHAFTING. 

288. Ordinary flanged coupling, usually made so that the end of the 

shaft forms a spigot joint with the opposite half of clutch. 

289, 290, 291. Sleeve couplings. See also No. 1430 and Section 57. 

Butler's patent frictional coupling, Kirkstall Forge Co., Leeds, 
Seller's double-cone vice coupling, and others, are sleeve couplings. 

292. Angle coupling on Dr. Hooke's principle.^ gee also Nos. 33, 34, 

293. Flexible angle coupling for light work. J and 732. 

294. Flanged coupling, with cross feather or key. This plan gives 

great torsional strength, especially if the coupling flanges are 
forged solid with the shafts. 



Section 17.— CONNECTING RODS AND LINKS. 

295. Turned and finished link without any adjustments ; ends may be 

solid, or forked as No. 297. 

296. Flat link of similar description, with raised bosses for facing and 

wear. 

297. Adjustable link, with right and left hand screw coupling. Lock 

nuts may be added to prevent the coupling working back. 

298. Strap link, fitted with brasses, gibs and cotters, and distance bar. 

In this link the wear of brasses is all taken up one way by the gib 
and cotter ; therefore, if great accuracy in the distance apart of 
centres is necessary, gibs and cotters should be fitted at both sides 
of one pair of brasses, or No. 299 adopted. 

299. Turned link with adjustable end brasses. The forked end should 

be used where there is the greatest amount of wear. 

300. Wood connecting- or pump-rod with wrought-iron strap ends, 

fitted with brasses, gibs, and cotters. Much used on mining 
pumps. 

The shafts or rods are sometimes of cast iron of cross or T section, but 
are usually of a circular or flat section and swelled in the middle, similar 
to No. 209. See Struts and Ties, Section 102. 

d.'^X. The most usual form of shifting link for link-reversing gear, 
generally got up bright all oyer. 



THE E^GINEEB'S SKETCH-BOOK, 



43 



288.1 






289 



290 






23! 



292 



r^z;i^i_ .'"^^^ 






29S. 





29*. 



^=^5 



DT 




Z3- 




295. 




296. 



Vj 



lEZ^ 



^ .Jl 



298. 



i^T 



-^m^i 



-^^a 



ms 




500 



r^JU- 


_^ r^ rL_ 


rfl ^^ 




^^^^ 


^^^^:^ 




!^=^^^ 


^^$i~~' ^ 




D 'J 



44 T^^ ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 



302. Similar link, but having the point of suspension on a side pin, 

fixed by screws to the link^ and raised from it sufficiently to allow 
the sliding block and pin to pass under it. 

303. Reversed curve link. 

304. Solid bar link, sometimes adopted for cheapness and simplicity, 

the valve rod and eccentric rods having of course forked ends. 

305. Double bar link. This is also a simple and cheap construction ; 

the bars are plain, the rod ends single, and the block turned large 
enough to have a recess on each side to fit the links. 

306. Strap head connecting rod end, with square brasses, double 

gibs and cotter. 

307. Strap head connecting rod end, but with rounded end and set 

screw fastening for cotter. 

308. Similar to the last, but with screw cotter adjusting device for the 

brasses. 

309. Solid end rod. The brasses take out sideways. 

310. Forked end rod. 

311. Strap end for heavy rods, having cotter for tightening the strap 

to the V's in the rod end. The oil cup is often forged and turned 
solid on the strap, as shown. 

312. Rod end with side strap. The brasses take out transversely by 

taking off the side strap. 

313. Solid end and double set screw fastening for cotter. 

314 & 315. Solid ends for small rods. The brasses are usually 
secured by a set screw. 

316. Solid end, split with screw bolt tightening device ; may be hinged 
as shown by dotted line. 



THE ENGINEERS SKETCR-BOOK, 



45 



302. 

I 







305. 




-— -H-i-4^--=^ 




^ 



ao5. 




506. 






307. 







m 



309. 




n=mj 



514-. 



5ie. 




EE2- 




i 



46 TEE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 

317. Covered, solid end for crank pins, with screw adjustments for 

brasses. 

318. Common forked rod end, with cap. 

319. Hook bolt attachment for gudgeon; sometimes useful where 

there is thrust only on the gudgeon. 

320. Double connecting rod, in which the rods form also distance 

rods and bolts for the heads, which are in halves and fitted with 
brasses of the ordinary type. 

221. Marine type of rod end, having solid end, square brasses and cap. 

322. Marine head, in which the brasses are extended to form the 
central block in halves, the rod end being of T shape and bolted 
through the brasses and cap. 

323 & 324. Plain links. 

There are innumerable varieties of the illustrated types of heads in use, 
every engiueer having his own design. 



Section 18.— CRANES, TYPES OF. 

Our object here is to indicate or suggest general design or arrangement 
only, from which a selection can be made to suit requirements. 

325. Is the common type of wharf crane with fixed post, the base 
plate being well bolted down to a solid mass of masonry. 

•326. Is also a common type of wharf crane, but with the post 
revolving in a footstep and base plate ; this gives a bett(3r base 
than No. 325. 

327. Has no post, but a revolving frame and base plate with front and 

back friction rollers, and a centre pin. 

328. Post and jib in one piece, usually of wrought iron. A balance 

weight is fixed at A to balance the overLanging jib. 

329. Swing derrick crane, generally of wood. The jib turns three- 

fourths of a circle, and the two guys are fixed at an angle of 90° 
apart, and well secured by anchoring or loading, often made with 
very long jib for builder's work. 

330. Wharf crane, with centre tension bolt instead of crane post. In 

this arrangement there is a vertical tension on the centre bait and 
thrust on the foot of jib. 



THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 



47 



:3I7 



518, 




521 



-M 


:'te"^ 


N 


-^ 


^SdA 



322. 




325 

A K 

®)- 



524. 





48 THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 

331. Warehouse wall crane. 

332. Warehouse wall crane, with high jib-head. 

333. Whip crane, chiefly used in goods sheds. The barrel is sometimes 

worked by an endless handrope as shown, and sometimes by a 
second rope and drum with a hand crank as No. 1209. 



334. Portable hand crane, with balance weight. The balance weight 
can be shifted in or out to balance the load. 



336. Foundry crane, sometimes with travelling carriage on the jib, as 
No. 336. 



336. Swing bracket crane and traveller, usually formed of flat bars 

on edge ; used only for light loads, for smiths' shops, &c. 

337. Wharf derrick, to turn an entii-e circle, similar to No. 329, but 

employed for heavy loads. 

338. Floating derrick. 

339. Light balance crane. 

340. Trussed jib crane, with centre tension bolt. 

341. Simple derrick and winch, with two guy ropes; for temporary 

purposes only, and may be easily shifted about. 

342. Sheers and winch. 

343. Tripod and winch. 

344. Sheers with screw adjustment to back leg. This design is 

adopted for very heavy lifts, such as loading heavy machinery, 
shipping masts, boiiers, &c. 



THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 



49 



532. 



333. 




50 THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK 

345. Four-guy derrick and winch, used for fixing columns, bases, 

masonry, &c. 

346. Fixed post steam crane, for wharfs, piers, jetties, harbour 

works, &e. 

347. Portable steam crane, very largely used on wharfs, piers, &c,, 

and sometimes fitted with travelling gear in addition to hoisting 
and slewing motions. 

348. Wharf crane, with fixed engine, centre bolt, and trussed arched jib. 

This is a very good type, as the ground is kept clear for goods, 
&c., and of course all motions, hoisting, lowering, and slewing are 
controlled from the crane above ground by hand levers. 

849. Hydraulic wharf crane, with fixed post. The common type 
universally used in docks, &c., with the ordinary form of multi- 
plying hydraulic cylinder and chain gear ; the valve for controlling 
its movements is operated by hand levers extending up through 
slots in the floor ; the slewing is performed by a separate cylinder 
and chain gear, with a distinct controlling lever. See Sections 42 
and 83. 

350. Hydraulic short lift ram, centre crane, and traveller, 

employed chiefly to raise the ingots out of the casting pits of 
Bessemer steel works. The ram is of course subject to severe 
cross strains, and many designs provide an overhead guide or 
support for the ramhead. 

351. Automatic balance crane, portable or fixed ; the position of the 

fulcrum varies with the load. 

352. Steam multiplying cylinder crane, in which the ram is forced 

out by steam pressure, acting either directly or by an intervening 
body of water. 

853. Breakwater swing crane. 



THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOR. 




52 THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 



354. Overhanging travelling crane, for use on breakwaters, &c. 

355. Overhead hydraulic travelling goliath, to span a railway ; has 

slewing motion and a balanced jib. 

356. Single rail crane with top guide rail. 

357. Overhead traveller oh gantry. 

358. Goliath. 

359. Steam overhead crane, with carriage to span a railway. Largely 

used on dock wharves, &c., as they give a high lift and do not 
encumber or encroach on valuable quay space. 

360. Hydraulic cylinder post crane; sometimes adopted instead of 

the type No. 349. 

361. Heavy hydraulic crane, with suspended cylinder ; employed for 

work of the very heaviest class. 

362. Ship's Davit. 

363. Balanced jib post crane, no tie rod. The weight must be 

sufficiently heavy to balance the jib and load. 

364. Hydraulic strut jib crane. The load is raised by raising the jib. 

365. Overside dock crane, for discharging from ships into barges. The 

overhang being very great in this design, it must be provided with 
a heavy frame or balance weight. 

366. Wagon tip crane, for loading vessels. 

367. Double sheave 4 to 1 purchase for crane jib. See also Section 69. 



Section 19.— CONVEYING MESSAGES. 

Messages can be conveyed by — 

1. Speaking tube ; for distances up to say 300 feet, f " to 1" 

bore tubes. 

2. Telephone ; any distance. 

3. Telegraph ; any distance. 

4. By signals — (a) Wire or cord and bell; (b) sight signals, 

such as the semaphore, lamps, heliograph, flags, and other 
devices ; (c) by sound, such as a bell, trumpet, siren, whistle, 
&c. See Section 105. 

5. By pneumatic despatch : that is, by forcing a piston 

carriage containing the message or small parcel through a 
tube by compressed air. 

6. Carrier pigeons. 

368. Signalling dials and bevel gearing. 



THE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK. 




54 THE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK. 



Section 20.— COMPENSATING AND BALANCE WEIGHTS. 

It is of the utmost importance that every revolving or reciprocating 
part of any machine should be as nearly as possible balanced, to obtain 
smooth running with the least amount of wear. 

The following are types of the most important devices and their 
applications : — 

369. Balanced lever, having a sliding cheese or ball weight fixed with 

a set screw. 

370. Balanced cage of hoist. It is usual to over-balance the cage to 

divide the work between the up and down journeys in hand-power 
lifts to assist the load ; but in power and hydraulic lifts the cage 
is Mwc?er-balanced so as to descend when empty. 

371. Hydraulic balance lift, in which the dead or constant load of 

cage and ram are nearly balanced by a loaded piston in a supple- 
mentary cylinder ; to raise the loaded cage the pressure water is 
admitted to the upper side of this piston. Many varieties of this 
type are in use ; see Ellington's, Johnson's, Stevens and Major's, 
Waygood's, and other patent lifts. 

372. Variable volute compensating balance for revolving shutters, 

blinds, curtains, &c., to maintain an even balance in all positions, 
The weight chain is as thick as the coiling shutter on blind, so 
that the acting radii of the shutter and weight are always pro- 
portional. 

373. Variable compensating balance for hydraulic lift rams, to 

compensitte for loss of immersion of the ram as it ascends 
(Berly's patent). See also Stevens & Majors patent, where bell- 
crank levers and weights are employed instead of loaded chains. 
See No. 883. 

374. Balanced fly-wheel. For balanced cranks, see Nos. 172 & 173. 

375. Increasing balance by sections, lifted at intervals as the chain 

rises. 

376. Balanced riveting machine. See Tweddell's patents. 

377. Variable lever balance. For balanced cranes, see Section 18. 

378. In deep lifts, to balance the weight of chain or rope, it is made 

endless. 

379. Another method. The loose chain hung from cage is of the same 

weight per foot as the lifting chain. 

380. Balance weight on a screw arm for adjustment, employed on 

weighing machines. 



THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 



55 



366. 



368. 




^6 TEE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 



381 & 382. Worthington's compensating air cylinders, employed 
on direct-acting horizontal pumps, working expansively, in lieu of 
fly-wheel. The oscillating or vertical cylinders are air or spring 
pistons, absorbing power the first part of stroke and giving it out 
during the latter part. 

883. Variable balance weight by bent lever. 

384. Variable balance weight by double links and sliding joints. 

385. Dawson's compensating governor. See Mechanical Worlds 

August 25th, 1888. 

386. Balanced doors, hinged vertically. 

387. Balanced sashes, or vertical sliding doors. 

388. Method of balancing a bloom in charging or withdrawing from 

a furnace, or any similar use. 

389. Balance for link motion. 

390. Weight to keep a cord or rope in tension. 

391. Mode of balancing two sliding doors so that they rise and fall 

at proportionate speeds. 

Hoisting and winding engines (see Nos. 1222, 1223) are balanced by 
having an ascending and descending cage, and two ropes, one winding on 
as the other winds otf the drums. 

Double cage hoists similarly balance themselves. Heavy slide valves, 
and other reciprocating parts of steam engines, are balanced by small 
steam pistons. See Nos. 1651-1654. 

Foot treadles, when required to always stop at a point off the dead 
centre, have a balance weight fixed to fly-wheel, at right angles to the dead 
centre. 

A water tank is often used to serve as a counterpoise, or balance, and 
may be made variable by varying the quantity of water by a siphon or other 
device. 

For Balanced Valves, see Section 89. 



Section 21.— CIRCULAR AND RECIPROCATING MOTION. 

392. The ordinary type of piston-rod and crank motion as 

universally used. 

393. Watt's substitute for the above, or " sun-and-planet '' gear. 

Note that the crank shaft revolves twice for each double stroke 
or revolution of the engine. The crauk baing a loose link only, 
the planet wheel does not revolve. 

394. Epicycloidal parallel motion and crank. The pinion is one- 

half the diameter of the wheel on pitch line, and the connecting 
pin is fixed on the pitch line of pinion. 

305. Bemay^s patent crank motion ; radius of crank = stroke x * 25. 



THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 



57 



581 



382. 




530. 1^ 

"@ I (2) I 



9 591. 9 










3S2. 



./.-(fe-.; 









335. 



-^^^e--o- 



394-. 




Xv^2j5asJ^ 



595. 




58 THE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK. 

396. Slot and crank motion. The pin usually runs in a sliding block. 

397. Segment pinion and double rack motion. 

398. Rack and pinion. The pinion is sometimes made so as to be 

driven on one stroke and run loose on the other, by a clutch or 
ratchet motion, such as Nos. 1135, 1178, or their equivalents. See 
Section 62. 

399. Hydraulic multiplying gear. See also Section 42. 

400. Slotted crosshead and disc crank. The pin runs in a sliding 

block in a groove in the covered crosshead. 

401. Stannah's patent, works vertically; the fly-wheel centre A 

oscillates on the end of a link B, allowing the crank pin to 
run in a straight line. 

402. Screw and fly nut. May be made to produce continuous rotary 

motion by fitting the nut with a clutch motion similar to 1135 or j 
1178, so as to grip the wheel only on one stroke. 

4C3. Friction gear ; the pinion is driven by the reciprocating rod and 
runs loose on the out stroke, the weighted lever with roller giving 
frictioual grip on the in stroke. 

4C4. Lever and roller crank pin. 

405. Treadle motion, with cord and spring. For continuous rotary 

motion the pinion must be fitted as described with No. 402. 

406. Ball and socket crank motion. The crank pin is always 

horizontal. 

407. Segment lever, with cord and pulley. 

408. Double geared cranks, used for driving rotary blowers, &c. 

409. J. Warwick's patent; circular motion converted into recipro- 

cating by a diagonal sheave grooved as shown ; the crank arm 
centre is in line with the centre of the sheave, as shown in dotted 
lines. 

lie. Rolling sectors, with thrust motion to crank pin. Used in 
Outridge's box engine v/ith double pistons ; this gives a constant 
rectilinear thrust to the crank pin at all points in the stroke, and 
no nrat is in tension. 



THE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK. 



50 



536. 



597_ 



400. 




598. 



399. 



©r- 



i/\/\y\rv.-vrv/\/VA..- 







^--- 



^1-02, 



^^iSS^JH 



403. 



404-. 







IW&?^^^^^^?^^' 



6o THE ENGINEEBS SKETCU-BOOK. 

411. Weight and multiplying pulleys, used for cluck motions, 

driving any light machines, &c. 

412. Oscillating clutch arm and ring, silent feed motion. 

413. Slot and roller motion for crank. The crank pin has a friction 

roller, which runs in a covered slot in the crosshead. 

414. Trammel gear; one revolution of the wheel to two double strokes 

of piston. 

415. Segmental vanes (in a semicircular case), driven by a disc crank 

and pin, running on tbe upper centre, giving motion by links to 
two arms fixed to the two vaues, which have independent motion. 
Used as a pumping or blowing machine. 

41G. Circular into reciprocating motion by revolving arm A 
carrying the two pinions, the point at end of arm B describes a 
vertical line four times the length of arm B, the large wheel C is 
fixed, and motion is given to the arm B. May be used as a piston 
rod and crank motion. 

417. Trammel gear; the slotted cross moves in a right line. 

418. Slot link and treadle, driving the pinion on both strokes by 

friction on the inside of link alternately at the upper and under 
sides. 

419. Chain and roller treadle motion. 

420. Reciprocating wheel and crank motion. 

421. Velocipede pattern foot treadle. 

422. Double crossheads, separated by distance rods so arranged as to 

allow the crank and connecting rod to work between them. See 

No. 681. 

423. Mangle rack and pinion reciprocating gear. The rack 

moves in a right line, tbe pinion working round it by moving up 
and down the slot at each end of the travel of the rack. 

424. Mode of connecting an oscillating lever by a sliding joint to 

any reciprocating j)art, snch as a steam hammer head, engine 
crosshead, &c. Sue Nos. 893, 894. 

425. Suspended treadle motion. 

426. Eccentric and sliding bush motion for a double piston engine. 

427. Rocking lever motion by gearing and a tied crank pin. The 

upper pinion drives the crank disc on the middle centre at each 
revolution, of which the lever with the gearing attached oscillates 
from side t.) side as shown. 



THE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK. 



6i 




4-21. 
I 




422. 



^ 



> 



^' ^-^ '-"B 



4-23 



rv/\A/wVv«/ 



427. 



rrr^ 




/vaaaaa/wvaaaaT 




4-26. 




62 TEE ENGlNEEiVS SKETCH-BOOK. 

428. Crank pin and slotted lever for giving a variable speed to the 

connecting rod. See No. 1195. 

429. Side gudgeon crank motion. 

430. Bell crank and disc crank motion, the bell crank centre 

having horizontal as well as vertical movement. 

431. Worm wheel and screw reciprocating motion by means of 

a tied crunk pin. Useful fur slow speeds. 

432. Treadle, cord and pulley crank motion. 

433. Circular into reciprocating motion, or vice versa. 

434. Another form of sun-and-planet gear. The ring is stationary, 

and the bush on which the j^li^iiet wheel revolves is slotted to lit 
the ring ; the planet wheel is fixed to the connecting rod end. 

435. Bent shaft and arm motion. 

43G. Reciprocating motion by a return thread screw and lever. 
See also Sect/Ons 62, 31, and 74. 



Section 22.— CONCENTRATED POWER. 

Multiplication of power l)y great reduction of speed is accomplished by the 
following devices, and various obvious modifications of them. 
Ordinary methods comprise — Gearins: (see Section 84), the screw 
or compound screws (see Section 78), and the wedge and lever 
(see Section 53). By ditferential screws, Nos. 1379, 1380. 

437. Compound lever. 

438. Double toothed-cam and lever combination. 

439. Double lever and link motion, with increasing pressure. The 

strains are self-contained, and this plan is very suitable where an 
increasing pressiu*e is required. 

440. Lever and toggle motion (see Section 63). Many variations are 

in use for stone breakers, &c. See Section 13. 
Knapping toggle motion. See Nos. 269, 251. 



Section 23.— CONVEYING MOTION TO MOVABLE PARTS 
OF MACHINERY. 

Motion may be conveyed to such parts of a machine as require to be 
movable, or to distinct machinery which has no fixed location, by 
the following means : — 

441. Is an endless rope or other round section belt, kept tight in 

any position in the plane of the driving pulley by a weighted 
pulley. In this plan tbe machine can be moved to any position in 
the plane of the driving pulley, the weighted pulley taking up the 
slack of tlic belt. 

442. Flexible shalt for light driving. It admits of considerable 

flexure, and is useful for drilling and similar incidental driving 
purposes in difficult positions. 

443. Radiating arm and belt. The movable machine can be driven 

at any point in circumference of the circle described by the arm 
head. 

444. Similar plan, but driven by bevil gear instead of belt. 

445. Bevil gear and feather shaft. The movable mnchine having a 

travel in a straight line the length of the shaft as well as a 
radiatin'jj motiou. 



THE ENGINEER'S SKETCE-BOOK. 



63 




64 THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 

416. Screw and worm wheel gear, for the same purpose as 445. 

447. The driven wheel A lias a limited travel up and down the slot, 

the idle wheel B being kept in gear by the link suspension. 

448. Idle wheel and slot. A common device for changing direction or 

speed in driving gear by connecting or disconnecting it with inter- 
mediate gearing between a fixed driving and a driven shaft. 

449. Parallel motion radiating driving device, with a limited 

vertical travel and a radial motion. 

450. Motion by belt is conveyed to a driven shaft having a radial motion 

in a vertical plane. Used for light drilling, emery wheels, &c. 

451. Steam or hydraulic radiating arm and cylinder device. 

452. Central cylinder and radiating lever motion. 

453. Jointed radiating arms, with belt gear for conveying motion 

from a central spindle to one having a travel covering any point 

within a circle of the extreme radius of the jointed arms. 

See also Nos. 348, 849. 

Endless rubber or wire coil belts are used to give motion to 

machines having some amount of freedom of movement as regards 

the fixed position of the driving pulley. 



Section 24.— CUTTING TOOLS. 

Besides the ordinary cutting tools in use in the workshop, such as the 
chisel, gouge, plane, saw, drawknife, scissors, shears, scythe, and 
others, and which do not properly belong to machine devices, 
there are others, some of them mere modifications of the ordinary 
tools that are sometimes needed in the design of machines, and are 
illustrated here. 

Other appliances are — Shears : see the ordinary shearing machines, book- 
binder's shears. No. 462, and other modifications. In some the 
shears are hinged at one end, in others the movable blade moves 
either with equal or unequal motion at either end by cam or 
crank motion (see 462) 

454. Pipe cutter, with V-edged cutting roller. Sometimes 3 cutting 

rollers are used. See No. 466. 

455. Cutting discs, used for paper, sheet metal, &c. 

456. Slitting discs, for cutting sheets into strips. 

457. Revolving cutter head, for moulding, tenoning, and numerous 

wood working uses. 

458. Hollow revolving cutter head, for rounding wood rods, broom 

handles, &c. See also No. 488. 

459. Reaping machine cutters. A series of scissor-shaped knives, 

one set fixed and the other reciprocating. 

460. Wire cutter discs, one fixed, the other attached to the hand lever, 

and having corresponding holes of various sizes in both discs. 

461. Chaff machine, with revolving shear blades. 

462. Guillotine shears. 

463. Milling cutters. 

464. Tubular machine cutter for wood working; easily sharpened, 

and can be revolved to present fresh cutting edges to the work. 



THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 




66 TEE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK 

465. Fret saw or jigger. 

466. Three-cutter tube shears, with worm gear motion. 



Section 25 —CONDENSING AND COOLING APPLIANCES. 

Their uses generally are to condense steam, to cool heated gases, air, or 
articles of food requiring a low temperature; distilling, and other 
purposes. For cooling purposes, compressed air machines are in 
most demand. The air is compressed in a cylinder, then cooled to 
ordinary temperature again in a surface condenser, such as No. 
468, and then expanded into the cooling chamber, through a 
cylinder and piston, the expansion reducing its temperature usually 
to 10'' or 20° below zero. Other cooling appliances are ammonia 
machines, fans, and blowers of all kinds, punkahs, or waving fans, 
freezing mixtures, &c. 

467. Gravity condenser. The pipe should be 34 feet high or more, 

in which case no air pump is required, as the condensed steam and 
air are discharged below. In place of the pipe an air pump and 
foot valve are required, and are commonly used, as it is seldom 
convenient to have a vertical pipe 84 feet long with a water supply 
at the top. 

468. Surface condenser, multitubular. The steam may be led into 

the tubes, and the water around them, or vice versa. 

469. Worm, or coil condenser, chiefly used for distilling. 

470. Still cond.enser for essences, spirits, &c. 

471. Condensing chambers for gases, &c. Horizontal or vertical. 

472. Wimshurst's condenser, requires no air pump. The exhaust 

comes down the vertical pipe, meeting the injection water from 
the side nozzle, causing sudden condensation and vacuum. The 
condensed water, &c., are blown out through the foot valves at 
each stroke. 

473. Another form of ejector condenser in which the steam and 

water form a vacuum in the nozzle, and the water, &c., are dis- 
charged through a foot valve (not shown). 

474. Tray cooler, or condenser ; a series of water trays supplied from 

a tank above. 

See Morton's ejector condenser, which requires no air pump ; Hayward's 
exhaust condenser, which employs the water in suction pipe of a 
pumping engine to condense the steam. See Messrs. Tangye's list. 
Water tube cooling coils are used for tuyeres and other hot surfaces. 

Air-compressing and gas engine cylinders are water jacketed to 
carry oif the heat of the compressed air or gas. Cooling by 
exposing a large surface to air is sometimes employed for exhaust 
steam on tram car engines &c., the apparatus consisting generally 
of numerous wrought-iron tul es or coils. 



Section 26.— CONCENTRATING AND SEPARATING. 

Sifting, riddling, and screening are treated of under Section 72. For 
concentrating ores many methods are in use, of wliich the water 
processes are the most important. 

475. Circular revolving concentrating table. The lightest particles 

are discharged over the edge, and the heaviest remain in the centre. 

The ordinary magneting machine, for separating particles of iron or steel 

from mixed barings, c^-c, consists of a series of magnets drawn through the 






THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 




68 TEE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 

material, and then through fixed brashes, whi(jh brush off the iron particles 
adhering to the magnets. 

476. Separating dust from grain, c^c, by a current of air driven 

through the stream of material as it falls from hopper to hopper. 
See also Nos. 1268, 1270. 

477. Ore concentrator ; consists of an endless rubber belt with flanges 

(see No. 1082), having a slow longitudinal motion, and a rapid 
shaking motion, either sideways, as in the " Frue Vanner," or 
endwise, as in the " Embrey " concentrator ; a stream of water 
runs over the ore, the heavy particles settle on the belt, and the 
mud is washed off. 

478. Jig for separating ores by motion of a piston in water, the heavy 

parts settle to the bottom and the light parts are removed at the top. 
Filtration through various substances — as sand, charcoal, calcined 

ores, &c., is employed to separate suspended matter from liquids. 
Separation by subsidence in a tank, similar to No. 1571, is 

employed for lime, &c. 
Chemical deposition and evaporation are necessary in many cases. 



Section 27.— CHOPPING, SLICING, AND MINCING. 

479. Has a disc cutter with radial knives and slots ; used for roots, &c. 

480. Disc cutter, with small knives wedged in separate holes, through 

which the cuttings escape in shreds. 

481. Revolving cutter rollers. 

482. Hand mincing compound knife. 

483. Spiral tapered revolving cutter, in a conical case, having projecting 

knives on its interior. The type of the common mincing machine. 

484. Two or more rectangular cutters, with vertical reciprocating 

motion in a revolving pan for mmcing. 

485. Single roller revolving cutter machine. 

486. Revolving spiral cutters, as used in the common lawn mower, in 

conjunction with a fixed straight knife or shear blade. 

487. Apple slicer and corer (cutter for). The apple is passed 

down tljrough the cutter and divided into sectors and central 

cylindrical core. 

See also Section 24. 

Section 28.— CHUCKS, GRIPS, AND HOLDERS. 

Common devices for gripping articles comprise the ordinary vice, tongs, 
pincers, pliers, joiners' handscrew, cramp bench screw, parallel 
vice, instantaneous grip vice, &c. 

488. Hollow chuck, with radial knives, for rounding wood rods. See 

also No. 458. 

489. Barber's patent grip for shanks of drills, brace bits, &c., having 

square taper shanks. 

490. Collar grip and bolt, or set screw. 

491. Cone and screw lever grip, with two or more jaws ; with two jaws 

only it serves as a small vice. 

492. Taper grip for vices. 

493. Tool box, for lathes, planing machines, &c., with centtal revolving 

tool post and set screw. 



THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 



46^ 




70 THE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK. 

494. Tool box, with two tool stocks and set screws sliding in T grooves 

in the slide rest. 

495. Tool box, with clamping screw and plate, which can be revolved to 

any angle. 

496. A modification of 495, the tool being secured by set screws in 

the clamping plate 

497. Rail grip for holding a crane, car, &c., down to its railway. 

498. Cam-lever rail grip for safety gear on inclines; this is usually 

thrown into action by a spring released by the breakage of the 
hauling rope. 

499. Cone centering grips for macbine tools. 

500. Hinged clamp, with screw and nut. 

501. Fitter's clamp or cramp. 

502. V grip vice for round rods ard tubes. This is frequently made 

Mrith multiple V's to hold cylindrical articles such as drills, &c., 
and is a common device for drill chucks. 

503. Lathe carrier, for round rods, spindles, &c. 

504. Bench cramp ; employed to hold down to the bench work operated 

upon ; the bench has a series of holes bored in it to receive the 
vertical leg of the cramp. 

505. Grip tongs, used for draw benches, &c., the bite of the jaws 

increasing with the strain on the chain. 

506. Split cone expanding chuck for rods, &c. ; the centre cone is 

split into three or four parts, and the screwed ring or collet 
contracts the split cone upon any cylindrical article inserted in the 
central aperture. 

507. Le Count's patent expanding mandril, with cone and three 

slidinj^- feathers which are fitted into dovetail grooves in the 
conical mandril. The travel of the feathers being limited, they 
are provided with stcj s to take various sizes of holes. 

508. Bell chuck and set screws for lathes. 

509. Three jaw grip, or stay bearing, used as a steady for long shafts 

or spindles. 

510. Pipe tongs, self gripping; there are several modifications in use. 

511. Paper grip, used for holding sheets of paper ; released by striking a 

stop A at any point in the travel of the machine. 



THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 




72 THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 

512. Split bar grip, or tool bolder. 

513. Eye-bolt tool holder. 

514. Hand pad for holding small tools. 

515. Self-adjusting jaws for round articles. 

516. Adjustable gripping tongs for lifting heavy stones, boxes, &c. 

See also No. 761. 

517. Revolving tool post, or head, to carry a variety of tools, each 

being required in use in a certain order, as in special repetition 
turning work. 

518. Double screw gripping ton^s. 

See also No. 944, 912, 918, 917, 919, 923. 

The ordinary three or four-jaw chucks, wood chucks with centre 

screw or fork, and numerous varieties of self-centering chucks, 

are well known. See tool makers' lists. 
Spindle grips, Nos. 917, 918, 919. 
There are numerous forms of three and four-jaw chucks, both with 

universal or centering motions, and with independent jaws. See 

Horton's, Cushman's, the Swcetland, Pratt and Whitney's, West- 

cott's and others, chiefly American. 
These are various combinations of the scroll (No. 1384) and screw 

jaws, as in the ordinary dog chuck. See also Nos. 1378 and 

1381. 



Section 29.— CUSHIONING. 

For checking the impact of a blow, or more generally the momentum of a 
heavy moving part of a machine. The devices in use comprise (a) 
springs, see Section 80 ; (b) air cylinder, see No. 1480 ; (c) pistons 
driven by elastic fluids, such as steam and air, can be cushioned by 
imprisoning a portion of the fluid at each end of the cylinder ; 
(d) brakes of various kinds, see Section 5. 

519. Hydraulic cushion. The descending ram, by its tapered end, 

closes gradually the discharge outlet for the water. 
Hydraulic buffer stops are constructed on this principle. 

520, Cushioning device, at the upper end of a steam-hammer cylinder. 

Should the piston pass the exhaust holes, the steam above is 
imprisoned, and checks the piston without shock. 



Section 30.— DRILLING, BORING, &c. 

Besides the ordinary tools in use, as gimlets, bradawls, pin and brace bits, 
augers, &c., which do not need description, the following an.' 
noteworthy : — 

521. Is the ordinary V drill for metal work. 

522. Flat point, or "bottoming" drill. 

523 & 52 1. Countersinking drills for metal. 

525. Centre bit for wood. 

526. Twist bit for wood ; clears its own borings. There is a variety 

with rounded cutter edges. 

527. 628, & 529. Rock drills, or "jumpers." 
630. Earth borer, or mooring screw. 



THE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK 




74 TEE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 

631. Twist drill for metal. 

632 & 633. Countersinking drills for wood. 

534. Diamond drill for rock ; bores an annular hole, the core of which 
breaks out at intervals. 

636 to 546. Well boring tools for different kinds of strata ; tools for 
raising broken rods, &c. 

546. Hollow boring cutter for cutting a shoulder on a central core; 
dowelling bit. 



Section 31 .—DIFFERENTIAL GEAR. 

Devices to utilise the difference of velocity, or power, between two distinct 
moving parts. 

547. Equational box. Two drivers A, A', equally speeded in opposite 

directions, will drive the bevil gear at same velocity without 
revolving the spur wheel C' which is loose on the shaft ; but any 
alteration in the relative speeds of A and A', causes the bevU 
pinion to travel round, carrying the spur wheel C' at a speed equal 
to half the difference of the two velocities. This gear is used on 
traction engines to drive the swivelling wheels round curves, where 
the proportionate velocities of the wheels will vary with the radius 
of the curve. In this application of the gear B is the driving 
shaft, and A and A' the swivelling wheels. 

548. Is a modification of 547. The pinion A may be controlled in 

speed by any hand or automatic device, to vary the speed of the 
driven pinion B. The belt pulley C carries round the bevil 
wheel D, driving B at a speed varying with the motion given to A. 

549. Two wheels (one of which has a different number of teeth to the 

other) gearing into one pinion ; used for counters and slow motions 
of all kinds. 

550. Is an application of No. 549 by internal or epicycloidal gear to 

pulley blocks. Moore's patent (No. 1545) and Pickering's patent 
are examples. The arm shown is not required where two internal 
loose wheels are used with different numbers of teeth, and one 
pinion as in No. 1545, but if used is fixed to the pinion so that it 
is prevented from revolving, but retains its circular swaying motion ; 
in this case, one internal wheel is movable and the other fixed, the 
speed being equal to the difference in number of teeth of the loose 
wheel and pinion at each revolution of the eccentric shaft. 

651. Weston's differential pulley block, consisting of a two-grooved 
pitched chain-sheave having different numbers of teeth, in com- 
bination with a return block and endless chain. 

552. Differential screws. These may be both of the same hand, or 
one right and one left-handed, and any fractional speed secured by 
proportioning the pitches. 



THE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK. 



75 




76 THE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK. 

653. Two-speed gear, operated by a double clutch, which throws either 

pair into gear as required. 

654. Stewarts' differential gear. Two cranks, one fixed to a sleeve 

and the other to a centre shaft, are driven round at varying 
velocities by a slotted crosshead revolving with the driving shaft. 
The two shafts are not in the same line. 

655. Differential hydraulic accumulator. The effective area of the 

ram is the annular shoulder, or the difference between the areas of 
the top and the bottom rams. 

556. Differential governing device. The motive power drives A 

which winds up the large weight ; the small weight tending to run 
down, drives the fan regulator, and the two weights are so adjusted 
that when the proper speed is attained, both weights are stationary ; 
any change of speed causes them to run up or down, so actuating 
the regulation by the bell crank lever and rod. 

557. Varying differential regulator. The upper rod A is connected 

to the regulator valve or other device, and it is capable of receiving 
motion from either the piston, which acts against a spring, or 
from the rod B attached to some positive reciprocating part, so 
that the nett movement of A is due to the difference of motion 
of B and the piston C. 
Differential Worm Gear, No. 1559. 



Section 32.— ENGINES (TYPES OF). 

The following sketches are type drawings of the most important forms of 
Steam Engines in use, and are intended to afford a choice of 
outline arrangements from which in any scheme under consideration 
a selection may be made as a basis, without reference to details. 

VERTICAL ENGINES. 

558. Overhead cylinder engine. 

559. Overhead crank engine. 

560. Overhead crank engine, cylinder oscillating. 

561. Overhead cylinder engine, with oscillating cylinder. 

562. Overhead tandem compound 

engine. 

563. Overhead double compound 

engine. 

564. Overhead one-crank compound oscillating engine, cylinders 

at right angles and receiver between. 

565. Overhead double-crank compound oscillating engine, with 

receiver. 

566. Overhead crank compound tandem oscillating engine. 



These can, of course, be 
reversed and the crank fixed 
overhead. 



THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 




78 TEE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK. 

567. Vertical engine, with top guides, double connecting rods, and 
underneath crank shaft. 

508. Vertical trunk engine. 

Note that the trunk plan is applicable to any of the preceding 
arrangements, and is employed where a very short engine is 
required. 

569. Vertical triple compoiind engine, single acting cylinders. 

The high pressure steam acts first on the under side of the small 
piston, is then expanded into the annular under side of large piston, 
and finally expanded into the upper side of large piston. 

570. Vertical compound engine, with annular cylinder. The central 

cylinder is the high pressure, and the annular cylinder the low 
pressure. 

571. Vertical annular cylinder engine, with crank below. 

572. Vertical slotted crosshead engine. 

573. Standard vertical engine; a type largely used and possessing 

many good points. 

574. Double cylinder engine, with T connecting rod. (Bernay's 

patent.) 



HORIZONTAL ENGINES. 
675. Box bed engine, high pressure. \ 



676. Double box bed engine, coupled 

end to end. 

677. Oscillating cylinder engine, 

with crosshead guides. 



578. Trunk engine. 

679. Return crank engine. 

580. Diagonal engine. See also No. 564. 



These can, of course, be 
duplicated side by side. 



THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 




8o TBE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK, 

681. Horizontal tandem compound engine. 

582. Galloway's oblique compound engine. 

583. Double cylinder compound engine, with receiver, cranks at 

right angles. 

584. Trunk bed engine. 

585. Double piston engine. The pistons are sometimes coupled to 

two crank pins at right angles. 

Condensers (see Section 25) may be driven (a) from horizontal engines 
either direct by continuation of the piston rod, or (6) may be worked 
horizontally below by a vertical rocking beam coupled to the main cross- 
head, or (c) worked vertically below by a bell crank coupled to the main 
crosshead, or (d) by a separate small steam cylinder working indepen- 
dently, or (e) by a connecting rod or gearing from the crank shaft. 

For Jet Condensers see Section 25. 



BEAM ENGINES, &c. 

586. Ordinary pillar and overhead beam engine. 

587. Has extended beam and double cylinders, either as a compound 

engine or one cylinder may form a pump or blast cylinder. In 
some designs the high and low pressure cylinders are placed side 
by side and coupled to the same end of the beam by a modified 
parallel motion. 

588. Side lever engine. 

589. Plan of beam engine, with compound cylinders. 

590. Walking beam engine. 

591. Diagonal engine. 

592. Three or four cylinder high-speed engine, with single-acting 

cylinders. 

593. Vertical high-speed single-acting engine, with one or more 

cylinders. 



THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 



^8l 




586. 




82 TEE ENGINEEB'S SKETCH-BOOK. 

Section 33.— ENGINES AND BOILERS COMBINED (see 
also Boilers, Sec. 6). 

VERTICAL ARRANGEMENTS. 

594. In this engine the boiler forms the standard for support 
of engine parts, but it is better to fix these on a vertical bed-plate 
bolted to the boiler, or as No. 595. 

695. Any type of vertical engine and any type of vertical 
boiler can be combined on this plan. 

596. Vertical boiler (any type) and horizontal engine (any type). 

597. Any type of vertical boiler, with short horizontal engine on 

crown. 

598. Vertical boiler, with cylinder sunk in the centre of crown. 

599. Overhead crank engine and boiler, the latter forming the base 

to which the engine parts are fixed. 

HORIZONTAL ENGINES. 

600. Loco.-type semi-fixed horizontal engine. 

601. Loco.-type semi-fixed horizontal engine, with engine on top. 

When placed on wheels this type constitutes the well-known 
" Portable." 

602. Horizontal semi-fixed boiler, with circular shell and engine on 

top. (See No. 72.) 

603. Horizontal semi-fixed boiler, with underneath fire-box. (See 

No. 71.) 



Section 34.— ELLIPTICAL MOTION. 

604. Ellipsograph ; by gearing ; the bevil wheel A is fixed, the other three 

revolving with the whole machine on the fixed central standard, 
the distance A' should equal the difference between the major and 
minor axes of the ellipse. 

605. Performs the same operation in a similar way ; A is fixed ; B 

is same diameter as A ; and C = J diameter of A and B. 

606. Common trammel or ellipsograph. 

There are other forms of apparatus for drawing ellipses merely 
(see Knight's Dictionary of Mechanics). See Trammel Gear, 
Sec. 40. 

607 & 608. Two forms of ellipsographs or elliptical cranks. 
See also No. 144. 



TEE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK. 



83 




595. 



596. 



597. 




59a. 






600. 





604. 




F^^ 



G05. 





607. 



606. 




84 TBE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK. 

Section 35.— ELASTIC WHEELS. 

Wheels with rubber tyres are the common form. Wheels with a loose 
flat tyre outside a fixed tyre and with various forms of springs 
inserted between the tyres. (See Springs, Section 80.) 

609. Huxley's wheel, with spring tyre and jointed spokes. 

610. Wheel with double tyres and intermediate springs. 

611. Two plans of bent spoke, spring formation. 

612. Two plans of bent spoke, spring formation. 

613. Has an outer elastic tyre and an inner rigid ring, to which the 

tension or compression springs are fixed. 

614 & 615. Sections of rubber tyres. 

Wheels are also made with rubber rings applied between the boss and 
shaft so as to allow a limited amount of elasticity between the wheel and 
axle. 



Section 36.— EXPANDING AND CONTRACTING DEVICES. 

Common expedients for these purposes are — ^jointed folding rods, as a car- 
penter's rule ; the telescope tube ; net work ; diagonally crossed 
and jointed bars ; lattice work ; springs (see Section 80) ; lazy 
tongs (No. 623). 

616. Telescopic ram hydraulic lift. (See also No. 1217.) Consisting 

of two or more rams sliding within each other. 

617. Parallel bar expanding grille, or gate. 

618. Parallel bar expanding grille, with lazy tongs motion, each 

alternate bar has slotted holes as shown. 

619. Modification of 618. The number of horizontal bars can be 

multiplied indefinitely. 

620. Venetian blind ; this method is used also for movable doors or 

partitions, sliding horizontally. 

621. Venetian blind, but without revolving motion to the laths or slats. 

622. Perforated bar and hooked rod suspender. 

623. Lazy tongs expanding connecting rod. 

624. Four-guide expanding link device, for varying motion. 

625. Thorburn's tube expander, operated by a central cone and 

ring of conical rollers. 

626. Gasometer. 

627. Timms' expanding boring tool. Operated by a central cone 

and three or more diagonal feathers, sliding in dovetail grooves in 
the central cone. 

Expanding Mandrel, No. 507. 

Expanding Chucks, Nos. 489, 491, & 506. 



THE ENGINEEB'S SKETCH-BOOK. 




61.0. 





6J2. 



615. 





61 4-. 



615. 





S6 THE ENGINEEKS SKETCH-BOOK. 

628. Expanding basket, with chain corner suspenders. 

629. Expanding socket, with sliding ring grip. 

630. Expanding grating, formed of bent steel laths on edge. 

631. Bridge or flap between cars, having buffers. 

632. Expanding core barrel, in three parts, expanded by a wedge. 

633. Expanding mandril or chuck. See also Section 28. 

Expansion Joint, Nos. 1076, 1077. 
Expanding Pipes, No. 1079. 



Section 37.— FASTENING WHEELS TO SHAFTS. 

Besides the ordinary plan of shrinking them on while hot, the following 
are the chief devices in use : — 

634. Square shaft and single key. 

635. Square shaft and two keys at right angles; two keys should 

always be used for a square shaft, unless it has been machined to 
fit to the hole. 

636. Round shaft and hollow key. 

637. Round shaft and flat ey. 

638. Round shaft and sunk key. 

639. Staked fastening, four keys, usually on flats cut on shaft, but 

better if slightly sunk into shaft. 

640. Set screw. Cannot be depended on for any but light strains. 

641. Taper pin. 

642. Split pin ; always used where a pin, bolt, or centre is liable to work 

loose. 

643. Cotter and slot. 

644. Screwed pin through shaft and boss of wheel. 

645. Octagonal shaft of cast iron, with four keys, or the four keys 

may be cast on shaft. 

646. Cotter or pin through side of shaft. 

647. Large wheels are sometimes wedged with iron and wood wedges 

all round on a square or octagonal shaft having feathers cast on it. 

648. Set screw, tapped half into shaft and half into wheel. 

649. Screwed shaft, nut and clamping plates; used for emery 

wheels, grindstones, circular saws, and milling cutters. 



TEE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK. 




88 TEE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 

650. Screwed end and nut, the hole in wheel being square, or round 

and fitted with key. 

651. Gib head taper key. 

652. Plain taper key. 

653. Taper round pin. 

654. 655. Split pins (round). 

656. Cotter and split pin. 

657. Cotter and nut. 

658. Dovetail taper key, or fixing for projection, cutter or bracket. 

659. Self-locking pin ; cannot work out. 

660. Split collar and ring fastening, sometimes used instead of a 

nut and screwed end ; the inner ring is in halves. 

661. Piston rod fastening. 

662. Locking feather and wedge fastening, for rollers, &c., prevents 

end motion. 

663. Railway chair key. 



Section 38.— FRICTION GEAR. 

Various forms of friction gearing are much used, the chief objection to 
this kind of gear being the excess of pressure on the bearings 
required to give sufficient grip to drive the gear. 

664. The common form of flat-faced friction gear for hoisting 

purposes, &c. See No. 1211. The required pressure is given by 
a weighted lever. 

665. Friction bevils, plain faces, for governor driving, &c. 

666. Friction bevils, the pinion being usually of hard leather; the 

pressure may be applied in the direction of either of the arrows. 

667. Multiple V gear. A common mistake is to run these too deep in 

gear ; the narrower the surfaces in contact, short of the seizing or 
crushing point, the less the power wasted in friction. 

668. A very small pinion of leather, wood, or rubber is frequently 

driven by a large driving wheel for obtaining high speed with 
steadiness, for driving dynamos, fans, &c. 

669. Disc wheel and rubber pinion, arranged to reverse motion or 

vary speed. See No. 1595. The motion is reversed by throwing 
either wheel into gear with the pinion, and the speed varied at will 
by raising or lowering the pinion, used for screw presses. 

670. Wedge friction gear. 



THE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK. 



89 




a 



651. 



652 



E3 S 



65S. 



654-. 



^ 



655 



656 



657. 



(Lz.— f-0- -2 



658 



f 



659. 



660. 




I ^ 





662. 



66^ 



EiS13- 



s^5^=0* 



0lb 



I \ 





667. 



663. 





6S8, 



670. 




(5=^ 



90 TEE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 

671. Coupled bearings for friction gear, to allow of any reqmre(3 
pressure or " bite," the strains being self-contained. 

See also No. 737, 738, 1294. 



Section 39.— GUIDES, SLIDES, &c. 

PISTON-ROD GUIDES. 

672. Two bars and crosshead; tlie^e mnst be far enough apart to 

allow for the angle of the connecting roil. 

673. Four bars, crosshead, and slide blocks; the connecting rod 

wor'jcing botwecu the two pairs of guides. The bottom guides are 
often cast solid with the bedplate. 

674. Bar and slipper. 

675. Adjustable slipper ; there are other adjustments for wear by wedge 

pieces, similar to No. 19. See also No. 21. 

A plain guide bush is sometimes used as No. 682, and a forked 
connecting rod with long fork coupled to the gudgeon or crosshead. 

676. Section of No. 673 and alternative crosshead for two 

round bar guides. 

677. Slide bed and slipper. 

678. Section of trunk guide, cast with engine bed and bored out. 

679. Oscillating cylinder piston head guides. 

680. Oscillating fulcrum in lieu of guides. 

681. Diagonal crosshead and guide bars, to allow the crank and 

connecting rod end to pa-s the guide bars. 

VALVE ROD GUIDES. 

682. 683, 684, & 685. 

GUIDE ROLLERS. 

686 & 687. Guide rollers for ropes, &c. 

688 & 689. Guide rollers for \>ars of various sections. 

LIFT AND HOIST GUIDES. 

690. Cage guided by four corner posts. 

691 & 692. Cage runs on two vertical rails, and is steadied by a 
third guide. For large cages. Small cages only require guide son 
one side, as 692. 



THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 



^)T 



671 




672. 
I ■ 



674. 



f-V 



^ L 




675. 



675. 



67G. 



^77. 




673. 




y/P/z/Y^''^' 



680 





e82. 



.^ 



679 




683. 



684-. 



685. 



^f^Ht- -^^^|=HZ* -C=^^ 



687. 



686. 




683. 



r^ 



1- 



IkNi 



\ 



689. 



690. 



•i 



\ 



W- 



! % % 







G 2 



92 TEE ENGINEER'S SKETCHBOOK. 

693. Iron wire or rod guides, strained tight, are sometimes used, 

especially in mines, as guides for the cage ; two are used to guide 
the cage and two for the balance weight. 

694. Planished round iron guides, with half round fixing brackets 

and limners attaclied to cage ; these guides are equal to planed 
bars and much less costly ; two are usually sufficient for any cage. 

695. T L or IJ iron guides, for goods lifts. 

69 J. Wire rope guides, with separate pair of wood guides for balance 
weiglit. 

697. Intermediate guides for double cage lilts ; for large cages extra 

guides at each side should be used. 

698. Sloping carriage guides. 

699. Vertical bracket cage guides. 

MACHINE GUIDE BEDS. 

700. Double V bed, with set screw adjustments. 

701. Guide bed for planing machine, or any machine where the bed is 

not liable to lift in working. 

702. Round bar and flat guide bed. 

703. Deep V guide ; much used for crossheads, tool boxes, &c., requiring 

accurate movement. 

704. Lathe bed with square guides and adjustments for wear, 

705. Planing machine, double V bed. 

706. Crosshead for two single bar guides, with renewable wearing strips 

and square guide surfaces. - 

707. Radial slide for tool box, usually of same section as No. 700. 

ROPE GUIDES. 

708. 709, & 710 ; in 709 the rope can be threaded without passing the end 
through. 



Section 40.— GEARING, VARIOUS DEVICES IN (not 
otherwise classed). 

711. Conical rotatory gear. Applied to reaping machines. See also 

Pan Screen, No. 1264. 

712. Triangular eccentric, used to obtain a pause of one-third revo- 

lution at each end of the stroke. 

713. Face plate worm gear. 

714. Double rack and pinion gear. 
Ci^. Double- gear wheels. 



THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK, 



93 



694 



e95. 




94 



THE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK. 



716. Eccentric gearing; the wheel A being fixed on a crank pin in the 
driving wheel B, drives the dotted gear at a speed proportionate 
to the diameters of the wheels A and the driven wheel 

717 & 71H. Forms of epicyclic or planet gear. Several modes of 
driving these may be employed by fixing one or other of the 
three wheels, the other two revolving. See Diflferential Gear, 
Section 31. 

719. Multiple trammel gear. The pinion is half the diameter of the 

wheel, and makes two revolutions to one of the wheel. 

720. Trammel crank gear; the crank revolves once to two double 

strokes of the rod. 

72L. Knight's noiseless gearing, for two shafts running in opposite 
directions. Each shaft has two equal cranks at right angles, which 
are coupled by links to rocking arms, which are also coupled in pairs. 

722. Eccentric variable speed toothed gear. 

723. Scroll bevil gear. 

724. Segment reversing gear, to obtain two speeds in portions of one 

revolution, and in opposite directions. See Reversing Gear, 
Section 74. 

725. Snail wheel, or scroll ratchet. 

726. Combined spur and bevil wheel. 

727. Double screw gear, for steering gear, &e. 

728. Angular ball-jointed crank motion. 

729. Crank gearing between two sliafts running in the same direction. 

See No. 187. The cranks should be similar to Nos. 174 or 175. 

730. Snail worm gear. 

731. Diagonal engine or pump, with bevil gear revolving motion and 

three or more cylinders. 

732. Angle coupling on Dr. Hooke's principle. See No. 292. 

733. Worm and crown gear. Used in chaflf machines ; useful to obtain 

a slow feed on two shafts in opposite directions. 



iMJbJ ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 



95 



716. 



717 



718. 



719. 




g6 THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK, 

734. Ball wheel, with limited angular traverse gearing into one or two 

pinions. 

735. Scroll and rack. 

736. Variable speed gear, from an elliptical or other irregular-shaped 

driving wheel, combined vvitli a tied idle intermediate wheel. 

737. Spring friction grip wheels. 

738. Intermittent reversible feed motion. The pinion is of leather. 

and drives the seirmeut till it runs out of gear ; when the machine is reversed it 
travels an equal distance the opposite way. 



Section 41.— GOVERNING AND REGULATING SPEED, 
POWER, (fee. 

739. Is a device for varying the opening of a main valve 

(connected to ro 1 A) by the pressure on the small piston, which moves it against 
the tf nsiou of a spring. 

740, 741, 742, & 743. Types of centrifugal governors, of which 

numerous varieties are in use. 

Pumping enqines may be governed by allo\vin<j; the pressure of water in the rising main 
to accumulate in a st;in<l pipe or equivalent device until it stops the engine by excess of 
pressure. To prevent such an engine running away a catch is used, kept open by the 
pressure of water; when the pressure falls below a certain point the catch is released and 
closes the throttle valve. 

Steam enqines may also be safeguarded in the same wav by a catch which is released 
and closes the throttle valve when tlie governor becomes fully expanded. 

744. Screw and nut device, to control the travel of any machine, 

such as a lift, by reversing the belt or throwing out a catch after any specified 
number of revolutions, the travel being adjusted by the stop nuts. 

745. The cataract is one of the (ddest governing devices. It consists 

essentially of a vessel which is filled with water by one stroke of the engine, and 
empties itself through an adjustable orifice during the return stroke, the valve 
motion being prevented from reversing till the water is all discharged. 

746. Gas engine governor. Rod A has a reciprocating motion from 

the engine, and the spur on lever B strikes the end of the gas valve slide when 
brought in line with it hy the motion of tiie governor, thus supplying gas only 
when the governor falls to a certain point. 

Differential Governor. See Nos. 556 and 557. 



Section 42.— HYDRAULIC MULTIPLYING GEAR. 

747. Is the ordinary " chain and sheave " multiplying gear, 

unequally geared, thus — 

Ram end. Cylinder end. 

With 1 sheave .. 1 sheave .. it is geared 3 to 1. 
„ 2 „ ..2 „ .. „ 5tol. 

„ 3 „ ..3 „ .. „ 7tol;&c. 

748. Is the same plan, but equally geared — 

Rjim end. Cylinder end. 

With 1 sheave .. Mo sheaves .. it is geared 2 to 1. 
„ 2 „ ..1 sheave .. „ 4 to 1. 

„ 3 „ .. 2 „ „ 6 to 1 ; &c. 

749. An arrangement of the sheaves suitable for vertical working, 

geared 8 to 1. 
760. An arrangement of the sheaves suitable for vertical working, 
but geared 6 to 1. 



TEE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 



97 



755. 




7^. 






J- 



f^-' 
f 



t 



98 THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 

761. An arrangement of the sheaves suitable for vertical working, 
but geared 4 to 1. 

752. Stevens and Major's patent for horizontal working. The 

angle of the chain helps to support the weight of the ram. 

753. Modification of 752, sometimes used, and suitable for both 

horizontal and vertical positions, with any required multiplication 
of speed. 

754. Rack gear ; short stroke piston cylinder plan. 

755. Double rope vertical ram gear. 

756. Arrangement with the sheaves all at head of cylinder. 

For Telescopic Hydraulic Lift, see Nos. 1217 & 616. 
Hydraulic Balance gear, Nos. 371, 373. 



Section 43.— HOOKS, SWIVELS, Ac. 

For Chains and Links, see Section 11. 

757. Double or match hook. 

758. Split link. See also the common Key Ring. 

759. Self-locking hook, with inclined shoulder and pin. 

760. The common "Lewis." 

761. Self-gripping claw grab. See also 516, 505. 

762. Grab bucket, on same principle. 

763. 764, & 765. Double S links. 

766. Hook with rope grip. 

767. Snap hook. 

768. Snap link. 

769. Slip hook for a monkey or pile engine ; a rope is attached to the 

eye in end of leyer which pulls the loop link away from the bottom 
link to which the " monkey " is suspended, allowing it to fall. 



THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK, 



99 



751 



^1 752 



i ®-.l- 



753. 



jrnz 



754. 




^^nM 



M. 



757. 



758 




789. 




LofC. 



lOO THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK, 



110. Automatic slip hook ; slips the T end of the " monkey " by the 
curved arms striking the sides of a fixed stop hole. 

771. Draw bar hook, self-locking. 

772. Fixed bar hook, with snap. 

773. Slip hook. 

774. Hook, with mousing ring ; slip hook. 

775. Crane hook, with swivel. 

776. Double swivel links, inserted in a chain to take out the twist. 

777. Triangular link, to attach two chains to one. 

778. Safety link. Has a flat on link to slip in notch of hook. 

779. S link. 

780. Split link. 

781. Bolt shackle. 

782. Double link and bolt connection for ordinary chain. 

783. Pin shackle. 



Section 44.— INDICATING SPEEDS, &c. 

784 & 785. Hand (portable) indicator, to indicate speed of revolution 
of a shaft, &c., by simple wh(iel work and dial plate. 

786. Governor gauge, indicates the speed by the angle of the balls 

moving a finger on a vertical scale. 

787. Steam engine indicator, of which there are many varieties. 

Macnaiight's, Eichards', Darke's, Kraft's, Casartelli's, &c., are 
examples, in which a small steam piston operates a marking point 
by the varying pressure of steam acting against a sj)ring ; the 
paj^er is usually coiled on a cylinder having a reciprocating 
motion by a string from the engine. 

788. Morin's dynamometer. Consists of two belt pulleys connected 

by a spring ; one receives the strain of driving belt, and the other 
transmits it, the spring indicating the tension on the belts. 

789. Regnier's dynamometer indicates the tension on the connections 

by contraction of the spring operating a dial phite. 

790. Bourdon tube pressure indicator. The tube is of flat section, 

and its curved portion expands with the pressure, operating a finger 
on the dial by rackwork. 

791. Worm gear and dial to register the number of revolutions. See 

No. 1559. 

Other forms of pressure gauges are — 1st. The mercurial g lUge, in 
which the pressure is indicated by the height of a column of 
mercury in a glass tube. 2nd. The water gauge, in which a 
column of water replaces the mercury. 3rd. The spring balance 
(see No. 1729). See also Nos. 1730, 1728. 



THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 



lOI 



770. 



771. 



772 




775. 




781 





774. 




77&. 



779. 



777 




77<5. 



780. 



778 



^ 





E=E 



^=:^>- 



782. 

f^ — 4^ 



783. 



784. 



■^ ^ 




788 



783,. 



786. 




787 



m 




^ 



790 



^=4^ 

-^^ 



ty 



789. 





79f 




I02 TEE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK. 

792 & 793. Winding engines are provided with indicators on the prin- 
ciple of No. 744. The travelling nut has a pointer whose position 
on a vertical graduated scale shows the position of the cage in the 
pit. 
Vertical scale indicators are also employed to show the level of 

water in tanks, reservoirs, &c. See No. 1730. 
"Water tube indicators are employed to show the level of water in 

boilers, &c., as also gauge cocks fixed at various heights in the 

boiler. 



Section 45.— JETS, NOZZLES, AND INJECTORS. 

794. Straight jet, for long distances. 

795. Short jet. 

796. Rose jet, for spreading. 

797. Fan jet, or spreader. 

798. Blast tuyere. 

799. Smith's tuyere and water bosh. 

800. Jet aspirator, for inducing a mixed current of air and water or 

steam. 

801. Steam jet pump ; the steam enters by the central jet and causes a 

vacuum, into which the water rises by the branch pipe. 

802. Insufflator for steum and air blast ; used also as a petroleum 

iijjt'ctor, &c. 
803 & 805. Spray jets; the liquid rises by gravity at the small vertical 

nozzles, and is driven in a spray or mist by a cross blast of air 

from the horizontal jets. 
804. Injector. The varieties of this contrivance arc too numerous to 

specify. See Graham's, Gifford's, Hall's, Hancock's, and others in 

common use. 

806. Plain or spreading jet. The eight vanes can be pushed into the 

jet of water to cut it up by moving the sliding ring. 

807. Ventilating jet or aspirator, with several lateral openings for 

inducing a current. 
Jet condensers. See Section 25. 



Section 46.— JOURNALS, BEARINGS, PIVOTS, &c. 

See also Section 70. 

808. Plain or solid pedestal. 

809. Half bearing, sometimes used without a cotter. 

810. Half bushed bearing, having a half brass on the lower side only. 

811. Chambered long bearing. 

812. The ordinary double brassed pedestal or plummer block ; 

sometimes made with the cap and joint of brasses at an angle of 
45° when the shaft is subject to horizontal thrust. Numerous 
modifications of this bearing exist. 

813. Slot bearing for rising and falling spindle. 



THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 




I04 THE ENGINEEB'S SKETCH-BOOK. 

814 & 815. End thrust bearings. 

816. Sliding bearing, with vertical or horizontal traverse. 

817. Double V bearing to accommodate different sizes of shafts. 

818. Vertical shaft footstep. 

819. Vertical pivot. 

820. Horizontal pivot and set screw ; the screw should have a lock nut 

to preveat it being worked back by the motion of the spindle. 

821. Conical neck, usually with steel bush. 

822. Spherical footstep, to allow the shaft to sway out of the per- 

pendicular. 

823. Horizontal bearing, allowing the shaft to run out of line. 

;821. Balanced bearing, to bear the weight of a light shaft, and placed 
, between the fixed bearings. 

825. Self-adjusting bearing for line shafts, with ball and socket 

movement. 

826. Ball and socket bearing for vertical spindle, allowing con- 

siderable variation from a right line. 

827. Horizontal thrust bearing, with multiple flanges and double 

brasses, each capable of sepai*ate adjustment ; used for screw shafts 
in steam-ships. 

828. A form of pedestal, with the cap provided with end joggles to 

prevent looseness. 

829. Trunnion bearing, for oscillating cylinders, &c. The steam is 
1 conveyed through the bearing, which has a stuffing box and gland 

to prevent leakage. 

830 & 832. Swinging support for a shaft, having a sliding bevil gear 
or other motion upon it which has to pass the swinging sup2)ort ; 
used for lathe sliding gear, overhead travellers, &c. 

831. Ball and socket centre for car bjgies, &c. 

833. Pedestal with side adjustment for the brasses by taper keys 
and screw adjustments. 
Bearings running under water are generally lined with strips of 

lignum vitas and require no lubricant. 
So-called self-lubricator bearings are in use, lined with strips of 

patent composition metal. 



THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 



105 



814- 



816. 



817. 



E 




818- 




819. 

m 



820. 




£3 




821 

1 




824. 




106 THE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK. 

834. Centre bearing, with annular grip, for a heavy centre piece or car 

bogie. 

835. Centre bearing, with allowance for some amount of oscillation. 
Coupled bearings. No. 671. 



Section 47.— PLATE WORK. 

836. Single riveted lap joint. 

837. Double riveted lap joint. 

838. Single riveted butt joint. 

839. Double butt joint. 

840. T-iron butt joint. 

841. 842, 843, & 844. Angle or edge seams. 

845. Transverse tubular seam. 

846, 847, & 848. Reducing ring seams. 

849, 850, 851, & 852. Bottom seams round water spaces, fire-boxes, &c. 

853. Expansion hoop joint in boiler flues, &c. 

854 & 855. Fire-box stays. 

866. Gusset stay for flat ends. 

Flat bar, tube, and round iron stays are also much used to stay flat 
surfaces in boilers and tanks. 

In household boilers it is usual to weld all the seams, thus avoiding 
L iron and other riveted work. See Nos. 89 to 96. 

Flue tubes in boilers are stayed also by cross tubes inserted at 
intervals, such as Galloway's patent conical cross tubes. 



THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 



lO 



854. 





856 



837. 

I ! 



^ ^ m)>M m i ^ 



%^///^ 




859. 



84-0. 




842 



845. 



IJ^M ^^"^^^^^^ ^^^^^^^^ 




i)- 



^^ 



844 



845. 




^ ^>%)^^AV ^^ 847. 



^^^^ ^^Xx.. . 




848 



849 



850 



851 




" mf . '^': . 




855. 




% m- 



855' 




856 



-din^^ 




lo8 THE ENGINEEB'S SKETCH-BOOK. 

857 & 858. Cover plates to carry tensile strains over joints in plates, 
L irons, &c. 

859, 860, 861, 862, & 863. Various forms of joints employed in plate 
iron structures, boxes, tanks, &c., not subject to much strain. 
863 is a dovetailed joint. 

864. T or L iron strut end joint. 

865. Junction of flat bar and diagonal T or L iron. 

866. Gusset plate joint for diagonal ties and struts. 

867. Mode of jointing boiler plate corners by tapering the corners of 

the plates. 

868. Another form of angle joint. 



Section 48.— LEVERS. 

Levers are of three orders (see Section 53). The fulcrum or rocking 
centre may be at either end or at some intermediate point. In 
practice the fulcra are usually shafts or pins (sec Sections 76 
and 77), and the following are the typical forms in use. 

869, 870, 871, i^ 872. Elevation and plans of plain levers, with 
end bosses for rod attachments. 

878. Plan of plain lever, with forked end. 

874 & 875. Bell crank levers, with plain or forked ends. 

876. T or double cranked lever. 

877. Forked end, off-set. 

878. Fish bellied lever of the 2nd order. 

879. Balance weight lever. 



rHiJ ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK. 



109 




858. 



/0000;^0 O OX 
Q"0 P"_0 ]D J.O 'C)_ O O o] 

'd'&'d'd ~6'l '6 'o '6' 'd ' 6] 
x"6"6" Q "6" \o<5 6 ox 



864-. 



set 



rJhu 



. rt\ AK 



^^ 



865. 





868. 



869 

I 



-(o 



870. 





.^(^ 



859. 



S62. 



860. 



863. 



jSx 



867. 







OO'fO 



"0 


0)0" 




of 




:? 






875 







877. 



-(^EE-^EEI^ 




878. 

L_ 



879. 



t^=:^^ 



-# 




^^^ 



1 io THE ENGIJS FEE'S SKETCH-BOOK. 

880. Hand lever, with round handle 

881. Hand lever, with flat handle. 

882. Another form of round handle sometimes used. 

883. Crank handle. 

884. Starting lever, with spring catch. 

885. Another pattern of ditto. 

886. Similar lever, with side or crank handles. 

887. Foot lever. 

888. Foot treadle frame. 

889. Wrist plate or T lever. 

890. Hand lever, adjustable as to length by means of a slot and locking 

bolt. For this purpose a plain round rod passed through a central 
socket and fixed at any radial length by a set screw, is often used ; 
or the hand rod may be cranked as No. 1784. 

891. Double hand lever. 

892. Lever, formed of two wrought iron or steel plates and distance 

pieces. 

893 & 894. Rocking levers, with sliding swivel joints. 

895. Forked lever, to span a central bearing. 

896. Hand lever, simple pattern; wrench or spanner. 

897. Headed lever, for valve rod and other movements. See Nos. 149 

to 152. 

See also Section 97. 



Section 49.— LOCKING DEVICES. 
898. Common sliding bolt. 



TEE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK, 



I 1 1 




1 1 2 THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 

899. Common latch. 

900. Cam. locking bolt ; locks the bolt when either in or out, so that it 

can only be moved by the cam spindle. 

901. Crank movement locking bolt, similar to the last. 

902. Bolt of common lock. 

903. Disc and pin. 

904. Side pawl. 

905. Locking pawl. 

For Pawl and Ratchet Gear see Section 62. 

906. Spring catch, with round end which slips past the socket if suffieiont 

force is applied, used for swing doors, &c. 

907. Another form, bevilled on one side. 

908. Hook latch. 

909 & 910. Hasp and staple. 

911. Crossbar and hooks. 

912. Hand set screw. 

913. Drop catch for turntable, &c. 



THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 



dh 



899. 



900. 



sznEm-. -^ 



OBH 



O 



901 



GEE 






mmM 



902. 



.^M 




P 



903 



904. 




911 



310. 




913. 



912. 





114 THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 

914. Turning or twisting bolt. 

915. Rope or rod stopper, with cam lever grip. See No. 47. 

916. Chain stop. 

917 & 918. Spindle grips, to lock a sliding or revolving spindle in a 
bearing or bush. 

919. Clamp and screw. 

920. Sliding shaft locking pin; used for lathe headstock back-gear 

shafts, &c. 

921. Lever locking hook ; the lever is hinged so that it can be slipped 

over the hook. 

922. Bow catch for ladles, skips, &c. 

923. Segment-slot and bolt fixing for swivelling base. 

924. Pin lock for turntable or disc. 

925. T catch. 

926. Roller and incline slot for locking a rod or rope. 

927. Revolving bush lock for catch rod ; the catch rod can only slip 

through the bush when the latter is in one position (see plan view). 

928. Wire fencing notches in L or u iron. 

929. Trap door automatic catch. 

930. Screw and bridle suspension, for blast pipes, &c. 

931. Drop loop fastening for a door. 

932. Spring stud lock. 



THE ENGTNEEKS SKETCH-BOOK. 



914, 



918. 



917 



918. 




•\V\N\N\\\S\S\\^ 




916. 



919. 




//J 




920. 



921 



-ezE:^:^^:^ 




925. 



-^ 



"^ 



9^4-. 



91&. 



U^ 



z^ 



932. 




931 



)f) 



1 1 6 THE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK. 



933. Disc and radial slot ; the rod can be slipped out sideways when 

the disc is turned so as to bring the slots together. 

934. Radial hinged lever and crown ratchet. 

935. Locking bar to fix a lever in any position. 

936. Pawl for locking sliding shaft, used for winches, &c., having 

double and single purchase gear or shifting clutches. 

937. Fastening eye bolt for a hinged cover; the bolt is also hinged, 

and can be turned down out of the way. See also No. 1930. 

938. Crank arm device, to lock a valve or lever in two positions. See 

also No. 16. 

939. Gun, breech-loading, sliding cylindrical block locked by turning 

the arm into a notch. 

940. Door fastening staple and cotter. 

941. Common cotter. 

942. Half nut locking and unlocking device, used for lathe 

leading screws; the half nuts are moved simultaneously in opposite 
directions by cams on the lever spindle. 

943. Swinging catch to secure end of a drop bar. 

944. Tool post, to swivel and lock in any position. See also No. 493. 

945. Locking screw, to lock the hand wheel and spur pinion to the 

shaft when required to be driven by it. 

See also Lock Nuts. TJie common varieties of lever locks with 

stepped key- wards. 
See No. 1723. 



Section 50.— HINGES AND JOINTS. 

946. The common double-leaf hinge. 

947. Rising hinge, to cause the door to lift slightly as it opens, it will 

then close of itself without a spring. 

948. Cup and ball hinge. 



THE ENGINEEB'S SKETCE-BOOK. 




1 1 8 THE ENGINEEKS SKETCH-BOOK. 

949 & 950. Pintle hinges. 

951 & 952. Parchment or leather hinging for wood movements. 

953. Dovetail joint, used on iron bedsteads, &c. ; the circular dovetail 

is slightly tapered and fitted tight. 

954. Hinge for a door, required to lay flat against the wall at either 

side when open. 

955. Hinge pin for rocking levers on a knife edge. 

956. Door spring hinge, to return the door always to its central 

position ; the cams press against a roller attached to the springs. 

957. Another method, with tension springs. 

958. Rocking bearing or knife edge, used for weighing machines, &c. 

959. Knuckle joint, halved together; the bolt secures the two parts 

together. 

960. Door spring hinge with open springs and toggle movement. 

961. Gate hinges, with double pintle at bottom to cause the gate to 

return to the central position without springs. 

962. Link hinge, for a grid or trap door, to allow it to lie flat when 

opened. 

963. Bayonet joint. A common device. 

964. Double scarfed and joggled joint, for pump, rods, &c., with 

ferrules and keys to tighten up. 

965. Universal joint. See Dr. Hooke's Joint, Nos. 33 and 34. 

966. Knuckle jointed levers. 



THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 



119 



949. 




953. 



^ 



m 



UJ 



957. 



960. 




964-. 



I 950 



J-? 7 

i Q i 



o 



951. 



952. 



954. 




955. 




958. 

i 





962 



fO)' 






965. 



I 965, 






'^W.VxVVVvkWk^xVvv 





966. 




O 



I20 THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 

967. The common male and female or nipple and socket rod 

joint. 

968. Multiple hinges, with one centre bolt, for long or heavy doors. 

969. Scarfed rod or bar joint. 

970. Another form of hinge, to effect the same object as No. 954. 

See also Swivel Joints, Nos. 893 and 894. Sections 49, 4, and 48. 



Section 51.— LUBRICATORS. 

I do not propose to attempt to illustrate the vast tribe of " greasers " of 
all kinds. They would easily fill a moderate volume, but scarcely 
repay the reader for perusal. I shall content myself here as else- 
where by indicating the types of most interest and importance to 
the machine draughtsman. 

Besides the simple cup or enlarged oil hole, oil box, and grease cup, the 
following are the most commonly employed : — 

971. Oil pan for gearing, worms, wheels, &c. 

972. Revolving wire lubricator ; carries a drop of oil on to the shaft 

at each revolution. 

973. Roller and pan lubricator. Can be employed also for gum, 

paste, paint, &c. 

974. Screw ram lubricator, to force lubricant into a cylinder or pipe 

against pressure, with non-return valve. 

975. Telescopic tube lubricating device, for reciprocating or 

revolving joints, such as crank pins. 

976. Another tubular device for crank pins ; a hollow cup on end of 

a tube stands opposite the centre of the shaft, and can be fed with 
oil while revolving, the oil running down the tube during the lower 
half revolution. 

977. Stauflfer's lubricator for thick oil, which is forced in by screwing 

down the cap. 

978. Shaft bearing lubricator by the capillary action of pieces of 

cane, the lower ends of which dip into the oil cistern. 

979. Endless string lubricator. 

980. Single cock lubricator, with screwed cap for filling. 

981. Double cock lubricator. 

982. Hollow plug cock. 

The last three are used to feed oil against steam pressure. 

983. Lieuvain's needle lubricator. A loose wire (one end of which 

touches the revolving shaft and the other is in the oil) ; keeps the 
oil flowing as long as the shaft is running. 

984. The pressure of steam enters the cup above the oil, 

which is fed through an adjustable small valve at bottom. 

985. Plunger or ram and cylinder lubricator, with ratchet feed 

worked from some reciprocating part of engine. 

Lubricating or inking rollers to evenly cover a flat surface are 

placed at an angle of about 10° to the direction of motion of the 

surface to be lubricated or inked. 
Large engines are fitted with an oil reservoir, and pipes are led to 

all joints, bearings, &c., with small cocks for regulation. 



THE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK. 



121 



967 

M 



968. 



E«J3- 



.jCi, <=4 /3k iCi. 



"O — ^^r — O — ^-r 



^^ 




122 THl! ENGINEER'S SKEWS-BOOK. 



Section t)2.— LEVELLING AND PLUMBING. 

The common spirit Isvel and plumbline are ordinarily employed, as also 
the surveyor's telescope and spirit leyel or " Dampy." 

986. Gravitation level. 
9S7. Plumbline a] id square. 

988. Water tube level ; the tube may be carried a long distance and 

round corners, &c., in any direction below the water level. 

989. Spirit level plumbing square. 

i 

Section 53.— MECHANICAL POWERS. APPLIANCES TO 
VARY POWER AND SPEED. 

990. Lever of the 1st order 

991. Lever oi the 2nd order \ See Applications, Section 48. 



992. Lever c^f the 3rd order 

993. Wheel and axle ; power gained and speed reduced in proportion 

to the diameters of the two sheaves. 

994. Return block; power multiplied 2 to 1. 

995. Two double sheave blocks; power multiplied 4 to 1, 

996. Four single blocks ; power same as No. 995. 

997. Three return blocks ; power multiplied 8 to 1. 

See Applications, Section 42. 

The inclined plane is simply a modification of the force of gravity, 
which acts vertically. 

The wedge. See Section 37. 

The screw is simply a circular inclined plane. See Section 78. 

See also Gearing, Sections 40 and 84. 



Section 54.— MIXING AND INCORPORATING. 

998. Kneading mill, with spiral vanes. 

999. Pug mill, with radial spiral paddles revolving inside a conical case. 

1000. Pug mill, with spiral paddles. 

1001. Pan mixer. A cylindrical case or pan with a set of arms revolving 

with the central shaft. 

1002. Egg beater or mixing machine. Two sets of open radial 

frames revolve in opposite directions, the frames being shaped to 
pass through each other, and are driven by mitre gear driving a 
shaft and sleeve. 

1003. Diagonal mixing barrel, with revolving and fixed vanes. 

1004. Conical mixing barrel of similar construction. 

1005. Diagonal mixing pan, used for confectionery, &c. 



THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 



I 2 




1 24 THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 

1006. Mixer, with two pairs of arms running in opposite directions. 

See Cross section. 

1007. A modification of the last ; the centres of the arms being above 

one another so that the arms pass each other in revolving. 

1008. Horizontal table mixing machine. The stuff works its way 

from the centre to the edge of the table by centrifugal force. 

See also No. 60. Anderson's patent employs this plan to con- 
tinuously distribute purifying material through water with 
which the revolving drum is charged. 

See Section 13. Crushing, grinding, &c. 



Section 56.— PARALLEL MOTIONS. 

Purpose : to maintain rectilinear motion of a rod or equivalent detail 
coupled to a lever without employing guide bars. 

1009. Watt's parallel motion for a beam engine. 

1010. Rack and segment motion. 

1011. Epicycloidal parallel motion. The pinion is one-half the 

diameter of the wheel at the pitch lines, and the gudgeon is fixed 
upon the pitch line of the pinion. 

1012. Peaucellier's parallel motion. A is a fixed centre; B (for 

parallel motion) must be one-half way to C ; power is applied to 
C ; D parallel centre gudgeon. 

1013. Beam, with rocking fulcrum. A A are equal, as also B B. 

1014. Single radius bar and link ; the radius bar to be same length 

as the half beam and the link hinged on its centre. 

1015. All the radius bars to be of same length as the half beam. 

1016. Two equal radius bars connected by a link, the main gudgeon 

in its centre. 

1017. Beam of the 2nd order with rocking fulcrum, A and A being 

equah 

1018. Sector and rack motion. 

See also No. 714. 



Section 56.— PUMPING AND RAISING WATER. 

Some of the most primitive methods are still in use, and may possibly still 
be found of service in particular cases. 

1019. Scoop wheel. 

1020. Dipping trough. 

1021. Endless chain of buckets. 

1022. Archimedean screw ; a spiral pipe serves the same purpose as 

the worm revolving in a cylindrical case. 



THE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK. 



125 




1 26 THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK, 

1023. Chain pump, frequently used still. The lower length of pipe 

should be bored to fit the buckets on chain ; the rest of the pipe 
may be a little larger in diameter and not bored. 

1024. Lifting wheel for raising water. 

The following four examples are machines for raising water to any height by 
employing a fall of water of comparative low pressure : — 

1025. Hydraulic ram. A stream of water runs down the incline pipe 

and flows away at the ball valve ; when its speed reaches a certain 
point it suddenly closes the ball valve, and the shock opens 
the delivery valve, water flows into the air vessel till the power 
of the stream is checked, when the delivery valve closes, the 
ball drops, and the action is repeated. 

1026. The Robinet. Direct-action water pressure self-acting pump ; 

performs the same work as the hydraulic ram, that is by using a 
low fall and large quantity of water it raises a smaller quantity 
to a greater height, the low-pressure water acting on the large 
double-acting piston. The valve is reversed by the motion of the 
engine. 

1027. Hydraulic pumping engine. A modification of the Robinet 

A is the driving cylinder, B the pump. The main slide valve is 
worked by two pistons, and the pressure water distributed by an 
auxiliary four- way cock or small slide valve, connected to a stop 
rod from the main crosshead. See also No. 1741. See Sec. 93. 

1028. Water wheel and pump. 

1029. Single-acting bucket or suction pump. 

1030. Single-acting ram force pump. Sometimes an open top 

cylinder and piston are used instead of a ram, as No. 1029. 

1031. Double-acting ram and piston pump. Forces on both 

strokes ; sucks only on the uj) stroke. 

1032. Double-acting plunger or ram pump, externally packed ; a 

favourite arrangement. 

1033. Double-acting piston pump, four valves. This is of course a 

type of a very great variety of pumps. 

1034. Double-action piston pump, without valves. The piston has 

an oscillating or radial motion (see plan), as well as an up and 
down motion, so that the two ports are alternately open to the 
upper and under side of piston by the small passages A A. The 
required motion can be obtained from No. 406, crank motion. 

1085. Rope pump. A simple endless soft or porous rope absorbs water 
at its lower part (immersed), which water is pressed out of it 
between the rollers at top. 

1036. Apparatus to supply air to air vessels. The main pump at 
every stroke draws a small quantity of water from the small air 
vessel A, and on the return stroke forces an equal quantity of air 
from the smaller to the larger vessel B. C is a double air valve. 

1037 Combined bucket and plunger pump draws on the up stroke 
only, but delivers on both strokes. 

1038. Air pump, with foot and head valves. 

1039. Hand or power pump. Can be thrown into action from the 

crank shaft by fastening the set screw, or may be worked 
independently by the hand lever. 

1040. " Worthington " pattern of plunger pump, double acting. 



THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 




128 THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 

1041. Double barrel pump, with bucket pistons. The water passes 

both pistons, which are fitted with valves opening opposite ways. 

1042. Oscillating sector or quadrant pump, with one vane or piston. 

1043. Double quadrant pump. The two vanes are worked by links 

from a single crank. 

1044. Oscillating pump, with two radial vanes keyed to a central 

rocking shaft. 

1045. Hollow plug ; oil or water feeder. 

1046. Double ram pump. 

Kising mains in mines and wells have been used as the main 

pump rods in some instances. 
In pumping up to a tank or reservoir from which a down service 

pipe is taken, the pump can be arranged to deliver into this 

pipe at its nearest convenient point, instead of having a second 

pipe from the pump to the tank. 

1047. Schmid's trunk cyl. hydraulic pumping engine utilises a 

low-pressure supply to force from the annular side of the piston a 

high-pressure service. 
See also rotary engines and pumps, Section 75. 
Pumping engines, Section 61. 



Section 57.— PIPES AND CONVEYORS. 

Plain tubing may be either of iron, brass, zinc, lead, tin plate, sheet iron, 
papier mache, indiarubber, guttapercha, leather, cotton, or canvas. 

Flexible sorts of the last five materials named are strengthened wheu 
required by spiral wire, either inside or outside or imbedded in 
the material ; also, in the case of rubber, by canvas insertion ; or 
by being payed with yarn or wire, either wound or plaited round 
the exterior. 

CAST IRON PIPES. 

1048 to 1053. Show sections and elevations of forms of flanges 
employed. 1053 has a small V space, in which is inserted a 
ring of guttapercha cord or soft lead. Used for heavy pressures. 

1054. Socket and spigot pipes. 

The ordinary earthenware socket drain pipes, flue pipes, &c., 
are examples. 

1055. Socket and spigot pipes, with tapered, bored, and turned joint. 

1056. Cup and ball joint for uneven ground, &c. 

1057. Wrought iron pipes, with cast iron flanges. 

1058. Diagonal universal joint. See No. 1078. 

1059. Swivelling joint. Coupling quickly opened or closed, faced with 

rubber or leather. 

1060. Bayonet joint, for hydrants, &c. See No. 963. 

WROUGHT IRON PIPES. 

1061. Sheet iron flue pipes. 

1062. Wrought iron pipe and screwed couplings. 

1063. Wrought iron flange coupling. 

1064. Reducing socket or coupling. 



THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 



129 



1041. 



104-3. 




1051 



1052. 



1055. 



1654.. 





t-; r 



I 

1055 



lose. 



t057. 



I05&. 








J- 



1059 



ro6o. 



1061, 



3 



1062. 



1063. 



1064. 



,-f 




I30 THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK 

1065 & 1066. Elbows. 

1067. Bend. 

1068. Internal coupling for handrailing, &c. 

1069. Patent lap-folded pipe. 

1070. Long screw, coupling and back nut, for making the last 

joint in a series of pipes when the last piece cannot bo screwed 

into both joints. 
1071 to 1073. Screwed unions. The nut may be as No. 1072 or 1073. 

See also Section 78. 
1074 & 1075- Unions with right and left-hand threads. 

1076. Expansion joint plain. 

1077. Expansion joint with gland and safety bolt to prevent the joint 

blowing out. 

A bent U-shaped tube of copper is sometimes used as an expansion 
piece in a line of hot piping. 

1078. Royle's patent diagonal universal joint, by swivelling the 

diagonal joint the pipes can be set at any angle from 0° to 90° to 
each other. 

1079. Expanding pipes with stuffing boxes at each joint, used for con- 

veying water, steam, or air to a movable engine or machine. 

CONVEYORS. 

1080 & 1081. Wood troughs sometimes lined with metal. 
For conveying materials other than liquids, such as sand, coal, grain, &c., 
the following contrivances are used : — 
Endless bands of canvas, rubber, leather, &c., sometimes with 

flanges like 1082. 
Sloping wooden tubes or shoots. 

1082. Sectional conveyor, endless, carried round pulleys like 

No. 1083. 

1083. Creeper, an endless chain of boards or buckets sliding along a 

fixed wood trough. See E wart's patent detachable drive chain, 
which is fitted with special links for attachment of boards or 
buckets. 

1084. Worm and trough, similar in principle to an archimedean screw. 

See No. 1022. 

Elevators for vertical or sloping conveyance usually consist of 
an endless band of some flexible material or chain with a 
number of tin or metal buckets attached at regular intervals 
(as No. 1086) like a creeper. No. 1083, but working in an 
enclosed tube. 

Pneumatic tubes. See Section 19. Valves for do., No. 1638. 

1085. Is an improved form of worm having no centre shaft. 

" Patent Anti-Friction Conveyor." 

1086. Elevator, or band and buckets, may be run in any position. 
1087 & 1088. Endless web and roller devices for conveying sheets 

of paper, for printing or folding. 

See also Raising and Lowering, Section 69. 



THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 



131 




«067. 



«06a. 



1069. 





1070. 



r07i 



1072 

I 



1073 f ^/ 






1074. 



10.75. 



1076. 



^ 



mmmrn^ 



1077. 





1080. 



joai 




1082 




1085. 



1084-. 



^..j]._..^...^-.-.ii.---3--.^i. 



I08S, 




1087 



1086. 

'^ rN ^ Cl_Ck_ 



"^3^0 — U U iJ ^ 'J^ 




1088 




132 THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 

Section 58.— PACKINGS, JOINTS, STUFFING BOXES, &c. 

PISTONS. 

1089. Piston with junk ring ; the packing is sometimes cast iron, 

steel, brass, or phosphor bronze rings, or even hemp or asbestos. 

1090. Small pistons have generally two rings of steel or brass sprung 

into the grooves. 

1091. Double-acting hydraulic piston for cold water; if single 

acting, one leather only is required ; for hot water, rings are gene- 
rally employed. 

1092. Indiarubber rolling ring packing, used on Kennedy's patent 

piston water meters. 

1093. Piston, with junk ring for fibrous packing. 

Numerous patents are in use for springs of various kinds applied 
to piston rings. See Section 80. 

STUFFING BOXES, &c. 

1094. 1095, 1096, & 1097. Sections and plans of gland stuffing 

boxes. 

1098. Leather packing ring or collar, used generally for higher 

pressures up to 3 or 4 tons per square inch. 

1099. Stuffing box for hydraulic rams, up to pressures of about 

1000 lbs. per square inch, with special hard packing. 

1100 & 1101. When the wear on an hydraulic leather is con- 
siderable a guard-ring should be added, as shown here. 

1102. Stannah's patent stuffing box ; the packing is tightened by a 

set screw. 
1103 & 1104. Ram leathers, with gland to facilitate renewing. 

1105. Grooved steam packing. It is said that the steam will not 

readily pass a series of grooves round a piston rod, 

1106. Useful form of gland for a screwed spindle, the thread being cut 

in the outer cap. 

1107. V-ring piston packing rings. The inner spring ring presses 

the outer rings out against the cylinder. 

1108. " Bottle " gland to cover a reciprocating rod end. 

1109. Gland with oil space to keep the rod lubricated. 

1110. Water lute or seal for gas holders, &c. 

1111. Grooved joint for packing round covers, &o. 



THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 



133 




1090. 





i 


p 


^^ 


^ 


a 


J" ■ 



1091 

I 
i 






1092. 



1095. 



I094-. 



1095 




1096. 




1099. 





1104 




1 34 THE ENGINEEB'S SKETCH-BOOK, 

1112. Indiarubber sheet joint for the tubes of condensers, the rubber 

being pressed around the tube joints by a plate with projecting 
rings. See Plate, page 139. 

1113. V-ring metallic gland packing. See Plate, page 139. 

Joints of plane surfaces are usually made with red-lead for steam 
and water ; asbestos, millboard, and sometimes rubber insertion, 
tape, paper, or wire gauze for steam, water, air, &c. 



Section 59.— PROPULSION. 

(See also Sections 60, and 12.) 

On land, vehicles^ &c., may be propelled by : 

a. Any engine having contained in itself its source of power ; such as 

a steam engine, compressed-air engine, electric motor, &c. 

b. Any fixed source of power, the moving vehicle being connected 

to it by : 1, a rope or chain ; 2, a tube ; 3, an electric wire 
or other electric connection. 

c. By gravitation down an inclined or vertical road. See Section 69, 

d. By wind power, using sails or windmill. See Section 95. 

e. Animal power. 

On water, vessels are propelled by; 

a. Wind. 

b. Steam or other heat engine. 

c. Wave motion. 

d. Natural currents, tides. 

e. Animal power. 

In air, balloons have been propelled by: 

a. Wind. 

b. Some kind of engine power, 

c. Hand power. 

But the two latter sources must be at present considered almost 
impracticable. 



THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 135 

MEANS EMPLOYED FOR PROPULSION. 
On land: 

a. Steam or other engine and boiler on the moving vehicle. 

b. A reservoir of compressed air or gas, driving an engine on the 

vehicle. 

c. An electric battery or accumulator, driving an engine on tlie 

vehicle. 

d. Rope railway : the rope may be driven by any kind of engine. 

e. Endless rope transmission. See Section 66. 

f. Inclined or vertical hoists. See Section 69. 

g. Ice vessels, or yachts, propelled by wind and sails, windmills, &c. 

See Section 95. 

h. Velocipedes of all kinds, hand power lifts and hoists. See Section 69. 



On water, vessels are propelled by: 

a. Sails. 

b. Steamships, by screw, paddle-wheel, stern wheel, water jet, and 

steam jet. 

c. Wave engine. 

d. Barges and rafts usually employ tidal motion only. 

6. Rowing boats, &c., hand power paddle and screw boats, horse 
towage. 



In air, balloons are propelled by : 

a. Wind, acting on the inflated balloon, or on an umbrella-shaped or 

other sail ; also on the under side of inclined planes of large area. 

b. Balloons of elongated form have been propelled by an engine placed 

in the car, driving either a large screw propeller or wings. 

C. Various attempts have been made to work flying machines (generally 
having some form of wings) by the power of a man's hands and 
feet, with very little success. 



136 THE ENGINMEB'S SKETCH-BOOK. 



Section 60.— MOTIVE POWER. 

It is assumed that all physical energy is derived more or less directly from 
the sun, whose rays combine : 1, heat ; 2, light ; 3, actinic or 
chemical power. 

Heat may be obtained: 

a. By direct use of the sun's rays. 

b. From any combustible material. 
C. From chemical reaction. 

Light does not separately develop power. 

Chemical reactions are employed to develop heat, combustion, con- 
traction, or expansion, as means of developing power. 

From the foregoing elementary physical sources the following are the 
practical sources of our power for mechanical purposes. 

Electrical power. 

Magnetic power. 

Tidal motion. 

Falling water. 

Descending weights. 

Wave motion. 

Wind. 

Expansion of air or other gases. 

Steam. 

Explosives. 

Fuels, hydrocarbons, &c. 

These are employed in producing power by the following apparatus or 
motors : — 

Electric motors driven from a dynamo, battery, or accumulator. 

Magnetic power cannot be employed continuously as a motor, 
as it gives out only as much as it receives. 

Tidal motion can be utilised to drive any kind of wheel, see Water 
Wbeels, Section 90. It can also be stored in a reservoir, driving 
a water engine as it flows in and out on the flood and ebb ; or a 
floating vessel may, by its rise and fall, communicate motion to 
machines. 



THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 137 

Falling water; for maeliines employed to utilise, see Water 
Wheels, Suction 90; Turbines, Water-pressure Engines, &c.. 
Section 93. 

Descending weights must first of courss be raised, absorbing 
as much power iu raising as they give out in falling, neglecting 
friction. Clockwork ; water ; or compression of a spring (see 
Section 80); multiplying jmlleys (see Section 42), are the 
apparatus employed to utilise this form of energy. 

Wave motion is too uncertain and erratic to be a practicable 
source of power. Rocking air-compressing chambers, rocking 
pumps, &c., have obtained some small measure of success. 

Wind, windmills. See Section 95. 

Expansion of air and gases. Ascending currents of hot air 
from a fire are used to drive a light screw motor, fan, &c. Hot- 
air engines, see Ryder's patent and numerous others, which 
depend upon alternate expansion and contraction of air by 
heating and cooling. Air compressed in an accumulator or 
reservoir is employed to give motion to multiplying pulleys or 
an air engine. 

Expansion of liquids, other than water (by heat), into the 
gaseous form. Engines in which the fuel is burnt under pressure 
and the total products of coml)ustion employed (with or without 
stuiim) to drive a motor. 

Steam is in reality one of the last-mentioned sources of power ; 
it is employed by direct pressure on a piston or ram (see Section 
32) ; or to produce direct rotary motion (see Section 75) ; also in 
the jet pump. No 801 ; or injector (see Section 45) ; or by 
direct pressure on a body of water contained in a closed vessel, 
as in the pulsometer, steam accumulator, &c. 

Explosives are substances which, by application of flame, heat, 
percussion, &c., suddenly assume the gaseous form, thus in- 
creasing their bulk many hundred times, usually in a small 
fraction of a second of time. A second class comprise explosive 
mixtures of gises, such as hydrogen, and oxygen, carburetted 
hydiogen, and air. Some attempts have been made to employ 
explosive substances to drive engines in various ways, but with 
no permanent succrjss. The second class of explosive mixtures 
of gases are largely employed in the gas engine, petroleum 
engine, and their varieties. 

Fuels, hydrocarbons, &c., are employed to evaporate water 
into steam ; to expand air or other gases, or convert liquids into 
gases ; and also by vaporisation to supply gas for use in soma 
forms of g:is engine. 

K 



138 



THE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK. 



Section GI-PUMPING ENGINES, TYPES OF. 

VERTICAL ENGINES. 

■J. 114. Vertical direct-acting, with either ram pump, ram and piston 
pump, or piston only. See Section 56. 

1115. Slot and crank motion, a variety of the last named. Of course 

any other kind of crank driving can be employed. See Section 10. 
The frame standards are frequently used as air vessels or valve 
chests. 

1116. Direct-acting ram pump, with fly-wheel worked off crosshead 

pin. 

1117. Direct-acting, with yoke crosshead ; much used in the northern 

counties. The standards form air vessels and valve boxes, and 
they are made both of the piston and ram types. 

1118. Three-cylinder, with yoke crosshead. Either the centre cylinder 

or the two side ones can be used as the steam motor cylinders, or 
the pumps. 

HORIZONTAL ENGINES. 

1119. The ordinary direct-acting engine, with either steam-moved 

or tappet valves, see Tangye's " Special," the " Coalbrookdale," 
and others, in which the slide valve is operated by pistons 
controlled by auxiliary tappet valves on the saUiC principle as 
No. 1500. 

1123. Direct-acting, with crosshead and guide bars between the cylinders. 
1121. Two modifications of No. 1120. 

1123. Direct-acting, with rocking lever valve motion ; see the '* Worth- 
ington" and other "Duplex" pumps, in which two engines are 
combined so that one works the valve of the other. 

1122, 1124, & 1125. Other forms of direct-acting engines. 

1126. Horizontal compound direct-acting. The high - pressure 
cylinder, low-pressure ditto, and receiver are side by side, and 
the air pump and main pump in line with the steam cylinders. 



THE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK. 



139 



1112. 



IIIA 






M 



1 



IliS. 




nt&. 




U17. 



1118. 




]|I9, 





1121 




1122. 



-E 







1125. 



P 



,tQ 



s:^ 



1124. 




1125 



Cr-^^^^ 



i.' r 

I 






1126. 



I 



^UA»l»_ |. ■^..T 



|l|,7.'-cc/yty?.| C. ,.L, _J 



E 2 



T40 THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK, 

1127. Horizontal pumping engine, with yoked crossheads and crank 
in centre. 

1128 & 1129. Horizontal compound lever engines. 

1130. Davey's patent vertical compound beam mining pump. 

The Cornish beam pumping engine is too well known to need 

illustration. 
In mining pumps the pump rod has occasionally been made of 

iron pipe and employed as the rising main. 

1131. Geared pumping engine, with steam cylinder and pump side 

by side ; the speed of the steam piston is reduced on the pump by 
spur gearing. 



Section 62.— PAWL AND RATCHET MOTIONS. 
INTERMITTENT MOTION. 

1132. The common ratchet-wheel and pawl, or detent. 

1133. Ditto, with compound pawls to check angular motion less than the 

pitch of the teeth. 

1134. Locking pawl. 

1135. Strut-action pawl. 

1136. Indiarubber ball pawl; sometimes a solid roller is substituted 

for the indiarubber ball. 

1137. Reverse ratchets, for continuous feed from an oscillating arm. 

1138. Ball and socket ratchet, will work at an angle. 

1139. Pawl, used with ordinary spur teeth, and sometimes made reversible 

(see dotted lines), to drive the opposite way. 

1140. Ratchet bosses. 

1141. Silent pawl ; the pawl is lifted out of gear while reversing by 

the motion of the toggle joint and lever. 

1142. Crown ratchet and pawl. 

1143. Application of No. 1136 as a silent feed motion. 

1144. Click and detent continuous feed motion. 

1145. Hare's foot ratchet motion with detent. 

1146. Silent feed. The jaw grips the rim of wheel when moving in 

one direction and runs loose the other way. 

1147. Reciprocating into intermittent rotary motion. 



THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 



Hi 



1127, 





1151 




1130. 




1132. 



1153. 



1135 




^ 



1154 



:^ 




1158. 



:^3- 



1141. 



II4-2. 





i 




1156. 




I!59. 



114-3. 




II 44-. 




U4-5. 




II45 

7 




1147 



J 




) 



142 THE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK. 

1148. Reciprocating circular motion into intermittent circular ditto, 

Kaiser's patent. 

1149. Continuous circular motion into intermittent ditto, Kaiser's 

patent. The wheel A is locked by the ring C while the finger B 
is out of gear, the ring then passing between the teeth of A. 

1150. Cam-ring intermittent feed motion. 

1151. Modification of the last named; in both the wheel is locked 

during the dead movement of the cam by the flange passing 
between the teeth 

1152. Slot wheel and pin gear. 

1153. Segment-wheel intermittent feed motion ; locked during the 

dead movement of driving wheel. 

1154. The pawl is lifted out of gear at each revolution of the pin 

wheel A and the ratchet moved one or more teeth. 

1155. Double pawls and links for continuous feed motion. 

1156. The cam A is eccentric to the wheel B, and slips out of gear at 

any required point while the driving wheel makes a partial 
revolution. 

1157. Spring-pawl feed motion; the large wheel with pawl attached 

drives the ratchet wheel. 

1158. Rocking lever and double pawls for raising a rack. 

1159. Internal pawls, dropping into gear by gravitation. 

1160. The pawl is lifted out of gear by the act of putting the bandle 

on the square end of shaft, the handle having a boss shaped so as 
to lift the pawl. 

1161. Star wheel and fixed pawl for conveying intermittent motion 

to screw on revolving disc ; used for boring-bars, slide rests, &c. 

1162. Pendulum and ratchet escapement. 

1163. Cylinder escapement. 

1164. Pendulum and double ratchet wheel escapement. 

1165. Enlarged plan of cylinder escapement. 

1166. Lever escapement. 

1167. Double pawl and pin wheel escapement. 

1168. Three-leg pendulum escapement. 

1169. Self-sustaining ratchet motion. Pulling the cord A throws the 

pawl out of gear by the straightening of the cord forcing back the 
bent pawl lever. 

1170. Verge escapement. 

1171. Intermittent circular motion by revolving pawl and detent. 



THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 




144 ^^^ ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 

1172. Spanner ratchet ; a simple spanner having a pin near one end of 

one of the jaws which slips into the teeth of the rachet wheel. 

1173. V pawl ; operates by wedging itself between the V flanges. 

1174. Gravity pawls and ratchet wheel. 

1175. Ratchet wheel, used to govern the striking gear of a clock. 

1176. The pawl is hinged to the jointed end of the lever, and is 

pulled out of gear by the return movement of the rod — silent feed. 

1177. Pawl and rack. 

1178. Roller and inclined segmental recess for silent feed motion. 

1179. Gripping pawls and ring for silent feed motion. 

Snail ratchet, No. 725. 



Section 63.— PRESSING. 

The ordinary Screw press and Hydraulic press are well-known machines. 

1180. Rack and screw press. 

1181. Power press or stamp, with double crank movement worked 

from below. 

1182. Dick's anti-friction press, with rolling contacts throughout. 

1183. Hydraulic press, with dies for lead pipe making ; a similar press 

is used for making earthenware drain and flue pipes, the material 
being forced out of an annular orifice. 

1184. Wedge press. 

1185. Ster-hydraulic press; a strand or rope is wound upon a barrel 

inside the cylinder, thus displacing the water and raising the ram. 

1186. Screw fly press. 

1187. Combined screw and hydraulic press. The screw is worked 

down by hand until the pressure becomes too great for hand power, 
when the pressing is finished by the hydraulic ram. 

1188. Revolving dies. 

1189. The "Boomer" double-screw toggle press, with increasing 

pressure as the press follower descends. 

1190. Revolving toggle press, with similar capabilities but more 

restricted movement. 

1191. Sector and link press for increasing pressure. 



THE ENGINEERS SKETCHBOOK. 



145 



1172 



1176 



"^F^^ 



f^ 



1175. 



1177 



^^.^ 



II74-. 




1175 



1178. 





1180 



1181 




146 THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK, 

1192. Press dies, with sliding plate for discharging. 

1193. Screw and toggle press; a modification of No. 1189. 

1194. Double ram hydraulic press for two pressures ; the small ram 

is employed to give the first pressure, the large ram then finishes 
the pressing. 

See also Section 13. 



Section 64.— POWER AND SPEED, CONTRIVANCES 
TO VARY. 

(See Mechanical Powers, Section 53.) 



Section 65.— QUICK RETURN MOTIONS. 

Employed for machines having a slow movement one way, and a quicker 

return movement. 

1195. Slot lever and crank motion; gives a varying speed, quickest 

when the crank pin is at the bottom centre, and slowest when at 
the top, with a slight pause at each end of stroke. 

1196. Whitworth's motion. The pin A in the wheel B travels eccen- 

trically in the crank disc, which is eccentric to the fixed boss on 
which the driving wheel B runs, so that the radius of the driving 
motion of the pin varies as it revolves and it travels up and 
down the slot in the disc. 

1197. By two belts, one open and one crossed, and driving drums of 

difiercnt diameters. 

1198 By two belts, one open and one crossed, but driven by the same 
drum. The middle pulley is loose, the left hand pulley is fast to 
the spur wheel, and the right hand pulley to the spur pinion. 

Segment gear, gearing alternately with the internal ring and the 
central pinion. See No. 724. 
See Section 74. 



Section 66.— ROPE GEARING. 

1199. V-grooved pulley rim for round rope. 

1200. Multiple pulley rim, used for rope driving in mills, &c. 



THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 147 

1201. Single V-grooved pulley for Land ropes. 

1202. Pulley for wire rope transmission, with wood bedding in the 

groove. 

1203. 1204, & 1205. Clip pulleys, which grip the rope by its own 

tension. 

Ordinary round grooved pulley. See Section 71, No. 1241. 

Rope grip pulley, with snugs to wedge the rope and prevent 
slipping. See Section 71, No. 1242. 

Pit head sheave. Used for quick running wire ropes. The 
boss is u-ually split to allow of expansion in cooling, and the 
arms are of wrought iron. See Section 71, No. 1243. 

1206. Rope driving. 

1207. Rope driving, with tightening pulley and weight. 

1208. Rope grip pulleys, for driving a vertical rope, the large pulley 

has a V groove into which the rope is j^ressed by the small imlley. 

1209. Jigger hoisting rope gear, used for whip cranes, &c., instead of 

spur gearing. 

Wire rope transmission. Endless wire ropes of small diameter 
are used running over large pulleys and driven at a high speed 
(usually 8000 to 4000 feet per minuto). This kind of power 
may be carried considerable distances and over uneven ground, 
but it is not desirable to have horizontal angles in the direction 
of the rope. 



Section 67.— RESERVOIRS OF POWER. ACCUPyiULATORS. 

a. The fly-wheel or its equivalent. 

b. Springs. See Section 80. 

c. Weights. 

d. Air or gas compressed into a reservoir ; air vessel, bellows. 

See Section 7. 

6. Water raised into an elevated reservoir or tank, or pumped 
into a loaded accumulator. Variable Pressure Accumulator, 

No. 1586. 

f. Electricity stored in accumulators. 

g. Explosives. 

h. Pendulum. Sometimes used to accumulate power to be given out 
suddenly, as in punching. 



148 THE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK. 

Section 68.— RECIPROCATING AND CIRCULAR MOTION, 
CONVERTING ONE INTO THE OTHER. 

(See Circular and Eeciprocating Motion, Section 21). 
(.See Pawl and Eatchet Motions, Section 62), 



Section 69.— RAISING AND LOWERING. 

(1.) BY HAND POWER. 

a. The ordinary winch and crank handle. 

b. Winch, worked by an endless hand rope and wheel, similar to 

Nos. 1210, 1220. 
1210. Hand rope and barrel hoist. In this machine gearing may- 
be interposed between the hand rope wheel and rope drum to 
increase the power and reduce speed. 

c. DifFe'rential blocks of various patterns (see "Weston's, Pickering's, 

Moore's, &c.). See Section 31. 

d. By screw gear, as in the ordinary screw jack. Sec. 78. 

e. Rack and pinion gear. See No. 754. 

f. Worm and wheel gear. See Section 84. 

Note as to brake wheels ; these should always be upon the load 
shaft so that the braking is not transmitted to the load through 
toothed gearing. Worm gear usually will not sustain a load 
without a brake wheel, unless there is an excess of friction 
which should not exist. 

g. Friction gear. See Section 38. 

(2.) BY POWER. 

This may be applied to any of the above as follows: — 
a or b. To the ordinary winch by either gearing (see Section 84), belts 
(see Section 3), or friction gear (see Section 38). 
^- By gripping the endless rope between grip wheels (see 1208) the 
small wheel can be thrown into gear to grip the rope by a lever, 
cam or screw. 
C. Differential gear may be driven from a shaft by belts or gearing. 
See Sections 84 and 3. 

d. Screw gear. Ditto. 

e. Rack gear. Ditto. 

f. Worm and wheel gear. Ditto. 

g. Friction gear is usually driven as No. 1211. 

1211. Where the barrel shaft has a slight horizontal move- 
ment, so that, by the lever, it can be forced into gear with the 
friction pinion to raise the load, or into the brake block to sustain 
the load or lower it. 
Grooved friction V gearing is also sometimes used. See No. 667. 



THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK, 



149 



1192 




1193 



1194 




^^5=3 




1196 



1197 



r 



^mm^- i -HFm- -^ 




^ II 111! 





150 THE ENGINEER' S SKETCH-BOOK. 

(3.) HYDRAULIC GEAR. See Section 42. 
The direct-acting plan is simply a ram and cylinder, as in the 
hydiaulic p?e.ss, the ram being as loiii; as the height of travel of tlie cage. 
For multiplying cylinder hydraulic gear, see Section 42. 

Balancing the dead load of cage, &c. This is usually done 
by weights attached to the end of ropes runuinir over overhead pulleys and 
fastened to the cage, as in No. 370, oi- by an auxiliary cylin ler and ram of 
short stroke loaded to the required weight, and communicating with the lift 
cylinder by a pipe. See Section 20. 

(4.) FOR LOWERING WEIGHTS ONLY. 

a. An hydraulic cylinder and piston may be used, to which the 

cage is directly attached either above or below, the ca-^e or platform being 
overbalanced by a counterbalance weiglit and rope (running over a T)ulley 
as No. 370), which is sufficient to raise it empty. The speed is controlled by 
a pass valve which allows the water to pass from one side of the pistou to the 
other. See Section 5. 

b. An ordinary V wheel and brake wheel may be used, the 

cage being overbalanced as last described ; the motion is controlled solely by 
the brake. Or, an hydraulic brake cylinder may be used in connectiou witii 
a rope or chain attached to the cage. See note to Section 5. 
Other hoisting devices are : 

Direct-acting steam or air cylinders, the piston rods being 
coupled direct to the cage. 

Air vessels, on the principle of the gasometer, but of a height 
equal to the travel, and diameter proportional to the pressure of air 
employed. 

1212. Internal screw elevator. The vertical shaft has a feather groove, 

and carries a double crosshead with a wheel at each end, which run on the 
spiral guides and raise the cage. 

1213. Screw elevator, for ice, &c. Vertical creeper. 

1214. Travelling hoist, with in and out motion and rope, 

1215. Steam digger and hoist. 

1216. Hauling capstan. The rope, which is payed on and off the 

barrel, " fleets " itself as it travels along the barrel owing to its conical 
shaped flanges. 

1217. Richmond's patent differential telescopic hydraulic lift. 

The water under each piston is forced into the next cylinder above, so that 
the rams all travel upwards at proportional speeds, so as to leach the top 
of their stroke at the tame time. 

1218. Self-sustaining gear. The revolution of the pinion tends to 

lift the barrel and its brake wheel out of the brake ; lowering is performed 
by relieving the brake wheel by a lever which raises it from the brake. 
Cherry's patent. 

1219. Belt hoist. Worked by a loose vertical belt, which is tightened 

by the lever and jmlley when required to hoist, and in lowering a load the 
belt friction acts as a brake. 

1220. Travelling hand hoist, with endless rope. 

1221. Travelling cathead hoist. The cathead can be run back with 

its load ; the winch is sometimes fixed to the travelling beam and moves in 
and out with it. 

1222. Winding engine, usual type for direct acting. 
1-228. Geared winding engine, 

1224. Steam winch, horizontal arrangement. 

1225. Steam winch, diagonal arrangement. 

1226. Steam winch, horizontal worm-gear plan. 



THE ENGIISEEB'S SKETCH-BOOK. 



151 






11 !-,^ 



Ikl^ 



I 







w 






^ 






^+- 



w 



I2!S. 



n( 







i2'.'^^. 






3 



0-'-'- 



1215. 




oTo ' 



12!7. 




LU:=^ 



F2I3- 



i\3 






( / 



1221. 



IZ24. 

I 






I2?2. 



'--/ 





I22S 4^y / 



^a. 






152 THE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK. 

1j27. Continuous lift, for parcels, S^c. Has a number of small cages, 
boxes, or ])lattbrms suspended from horizontal pivots in two 
endless chains ; the cages are guided so as always to bang vertical. 

1228. Continuous lift, for passengers. Sometimes the cages are sus- 

pended from two endless chains at their tops, as last described ; 
or sometimes from two endless cbains, but with attachments to the 
cages at corners diagonally opposite each other ; and sometimes 
from a single endless chain at the back, provided with guides, &c. 

1229. Continuous barrel hoist. 

See also Cranes, Section 18. 



Section 70.— RELIEVING PRESSURE ON BEARINGS. 
ANTI-FRICTION BEARINGS. 

1230. The pivots of two rollers or shafts bear against the inside of a 

stiff ring producing rolling contact, but the rollers or shafts must 
run in the same direction. Used for roller mills, &c. 

1231. The same device, but for three rollers or shafts. 

1232. The shaft is guided vertically and its weight is borne by a 

large roller with smuli )>ivots. 

1233. The shaft runs in the V between two rollers as last 

described. 

1234. Roller or ball bearing. The friction is least when the rollers 

have end pivots to run in loose rings so that the rollers are kept 
apart and do not rub each other in revolving. 

1235. Hydraulic bearing, the shatt being sustained by water (or pre- 

ferably oil) pressure. 

1236. Vertical shaft, with cone rollers. 

1237. Vertical shaft, with ball bearing. 

1238. Vertical shaft, flanged and coned for cone rollers. 

1239. Ordinary swivelling castor. 

1240. Ball caitor. 



Section 71.— ROPE, BELT, AND CHAIN PULLEYS. 

(See also Section 66.) 
1241. Pulley for round rope without any grip. 
1212. Round grooved pulley for round rope with gripping snugs. 

1243. V pulley for round rope; pithead pulley. 

Pulley for wire rope transmission, high speed with wood 

bedding. See Section 66, No. 1202. 
Multiple rope gripping pulley for rope driving. See Section 6G, 

No. 1200. 

1244. Belt pulley, flat fare. 

12 15. Belt pulley, crown face. The rounding tends to keep the belt 
from running off. 

1246. Flanged belt pulley. 

1247. Speed cone for bslt. 

1248. Round grooved chain pulley. 



THE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK, 




154 THE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK. 



1249. Double grooved chain pulley ; prevents the chain twisting. 

1250. Pitched chain snug pulley or sprocket pulley. The pitch 

of snugs should be slightly longer than the chain, to allow for wear 
and stretching of the chain. 

1251. Chain sprocket wheel, for long link chain at slow speeds. 

1252. Sprocket wheel, for long flat link pitched chains. 

1253 & 1254. Sections of rim showing single and double links. 

1255. Sprocket wheel, for Ewart's patent pitched chains. See Chains 
&c., Section 11. 



Section 72.-RIDDLING AND SCREENING. 

1256. Square mesh wire gauze. 

1257. Perforated plate. 

1258. Parallel bars or wires. 

1259. Hexagon or triangular mesh wire work. 

1 260. Slit and square hole perforations, used for seeds, &c. 

A form of variable mesh is manufactured by parallel series of 
diagonal bars jointed by pins to sliding cross-bars, so that the 
angle of the mesh bars can be altered and thus the spaces 
reduced or enlarged, on the same principle as No. 617. 

1261. Sloping screen. 

1262. Cylindrical or slope reel screen. 

1263. Cylindrical graduated screen or sizer. 

1264. Rotary screen, with rolling bevil gear motion. See No. 711. 

1265. Rotary horizontal screen. 

1266. Shaking or jigging screen. Sometimes supplied with a blast 

or aspirator to carry off the lighter particles. 

1267 Eccentric or angular barrel screen or mixer. 

1268. Air blast sizing or graduating apparatus. 

1269. Edison's magnetic sizing apparatus for iron or steel particles. 



THE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK. 



155 



i!24S 



1250 





1253. 1254. 



12B5 



I25S. 



1257. 




o 00000 
00000 

000000 
O o o o o 

000000 



12€>0. 



1258. 



i2&9. 




L 2 



156 THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 



1270, Graduating or sizing screens, either fixed as shown or kept 
in motion like No. 126G. 

See also Concentrating and Separating, Section 26. 



Section 73.— RAIL AND TRAM ROADS. 

1271. Square bar rails. 

1272. L-iron tram road; often made of cast-iron with the joints 

dove-tailed together. 

1273. T-iron tram road. 

1274. Tram road, with flanged plates for ordinary vehicles. 

1275. Tram road, wiih. one channel plate and one flat plate. 

1276. Bridge rail. 

1277. Bulb-head flanged raiL 

1278. Double headed raiL 

1279. "Barlow" rail. 

1280. Bulb rail. 

1281. Flush grooved tramway rail. See Nos. 1839-1841. 

1282. Rolled joist rail. 

1283. Bulb-iron rail. 

1284. Edge's patent perforated rail and toothed wheel. 

Many forms of ccmbined chair and sleeper are manufactured in 
wrought iron and steel, 

1285. Left-hand switch. 

1286. Shunting carriage, for transverse shunting; carries a short 

section of the main road and runs across it on independent rails 
laid on a lower level; often used instead of a turntable for 
shunting. 

1287. Tramway switch. 



THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK 




1275. 



1 



1274. 



b rLa.. 






1275. 



1276. 

i 




1277. 

i 



8278. 




i 




1281 



126^. 



.^j,-::^!: 




1 



158 THE ENGINEEB'S SKETCH-BOOK 

1288. Right and left-hand switch and crossing, showing arrange- 

ment of guard-rails. 

1289. Flat bar on edge rail. 

See Section 99 for other sections of rails. 



Section 74.— REVERSING GEAR. 

For Reversing Gear of Steam Engines, see Section 79. 

1290. Reversible driving motion by open and crossed belts, with two 

loose and one fast pulleys. 

1291. Reversible driving motion by single belt, two fast pulleys and 

one loose ditto and bevil gear, one bevil pinion having a sleeve 
to which its fast pulley is keyed, the other bevil pinion being 
keyed to the shaft. 

1292. Reversible driving motion by single belt, with quick and slow 

motions ; a modification of the last. 

1293. By double clutch and bevil gear. 

1294. Reversing friction cones or bevils. 

1295. Three-wheel gear. The driving wheel A can be put into gear 

either with the driven wheel C or idle wheel B. 

1296. Double clutch and spur gear reversing motion, with idle 

wheel. 

1297. Reversing pinions, as used on the ordinary screw-cutting lathe. 

There are many varieties of this gear in use. 

1298. Application of single belt gear to No. 1296. 

1299. Self-reversing gear, with one belt, two fast and one loose 

pulleys. The large spur wheel is driven from the bevil gear, 
and carries the weighted lever past the vertical position by a stop 
on the face-plate or disc, when it falls over and reverses the belt 
fork. See No. 1026. 



THE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK. 



159 



^S 



m 



1293^ 





f295. 

— <-|G.-3Lj -- 



lZ9f 



1292 



I2S9 





5237. 



'^;=^'- 




1 60 THE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK. 

1300. Self-reversing gear, as applied to planing machines. The stops 

can be set at any required distance apart, to alter the length of 
travel of the machine bed. This plan requires a heavy table to 
carry the belt across the loose pulley to the other fast pulley. 

1301. Reversible belt-shifting hand gear. 

1302. Right and left hand screw reversing traverse motion. 

Each lever has a half nut, vrhich can be put in gear with the 
screw to drive either way. See also No. 163. 

1303. Best form of fast and loose pulleys for open and crossed 

belt reversing gear, as used in No. 1290 ; the fast pulley is rather 
larger in diameter than the two loose ones. 

1304. Single-belt reversing pulleys, the reverse motion on the shaft 

being obtained by intercepting an idle wheel A between the 
epicycloidal wheel B and the shaft pinion C, the middle pulley 
being the loose one ; the idle wheel is carried by a fixed bracket 
and pin. 

Note.— Eeversible motion can be obtained direct from any steam 
engine fitted with reversing motion. See Valve Motions, 
No. 1436, &c. 

Segment Eeversing Gear, No. 724. 



Section 75.— ROTARY ENGINES, PUMPS, <S;c. 

Nearly all rotary engines can be used either as motors, pumps, blowers, or 
meters, and most of the following typical devices have been 
applied to all four purposes. Most of them are reversible by 
simply reversing the direction of the motor fluid. 

1305. Disston's ; used as a pressure blower. 

1306. Root's, blower and pump. 

1307. Root's. 

1308. Mackenzie's ; may have one, two, or three vanes. 

1309. Gould's. 

1310. Bagley and Sewall's. 

1311. Greindl's rotary pump. 

1312. 1313, 1314, & 1315, Varieties of intergeared piston rotary 

engines. 



TEE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK. 




1 62 THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 



1316. The small crescent-shaped piston revolves three times to 

one revolution of the three-armed piston. 

1317. The hinged shutter is thrown out of the way each time the 

revolving arm passes it. 

1318. Sliding shutter and cam piston device. 
1319 & 1320. Varieties of the '' Root " engine. 

1321. The hinged vanes are closed upon the revolving piston as they 

pass the flat side of the casing. 

1322. Has an eccentric piston and two hinged vanes. 

1323. Eccentric piston and sliding diaphragm. 

1324. Klein's motion. The eccentric ring revolves in contact with the 

inner and outer casings, but is prevented from revolving on its 
axis by the fixed shutter and slot. 

1325. Baker's pressure blower. 

1326. A modification of No. 1323. 

1327. The eccentric ring revolves on its centre, allowing the vanes to 

alternately project into the steam space as the wheel revolves. 

1328. Ivory's. An eccentric cam and two sliding shutters, with a central 

steam inlet. 

1329. Mellor's has a rocking vane oscillated by an eccentric piston 

carried round by a crank. 

1330. Eccentric piston and two sliding vanes or steam stops. 

1331. Differential rotary engine, with elliptical gear (see Section 

34), or Stewart's ditferential gear (No. 554) may be employed. 

The " Tower " spherical engine is a well-known form of 
rotary engine. See Engineer, August 10th, 1883. 

1332. An eccentric four-armed piston, with four rolling stoppers 

or packings. 

1333. Mellor's patent pump has a rocking vane or partition, with 

packing device which accommodates itself to the revolving oval 
piston. 



THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK 



t6 



J3I5. 





1317. 



1318 





1319 



J520. 








132^ 



1325 



1326. J 





1327 



1326. 



1329. 



(330 




164 TEE ENGINEEB'S SKETCH-BOOK. 

1334. Bisschop's disc engine, with three or four cylinders, single 

acting, whose rams press alternately on the edge of the disc. 

1335. Another form of disc engine, in which partitions (rising and 

falling vertically) form the steam stops. 

1336. A modification of 1316. 

1337. Rotary or centrifugal pump or fan, numerous varieties of which 

are in use. Many of the later forms, as Blackman's and others, 
have the vanes fixed diagonally so as to propel the air at right 
angles to the plane of motion. 



Section 76.-8HAFTING. 

Employed to convey motion from a motor to various forms of driven 

machinery by gearing of various kinds. See Sections 3, 11, 38, 

40, and 84. 

INIaterials employed are :— Round, square, or polygonal wrought iron or steel bars, 
cast iron, wood, iron or steel tubes, planished round iron and steel bars, &c. 

Stow's flexible shafting. See No. 442. 

1338. Longitudinal section of a cast-iron shaft. These are some- 

times made of a X section. 

1339. Wooden shaft with end ferrules and iron end centres. 

1310, 1341, & 1342. End view and sections of ditto, solid hexagonal 
and hollow circular. 

1343, 1344, & 1345. Arrangements of line shafting in a machine- 
shop or factory, with or without overhead travelling crane. 

1346. Example of a line shaft, showing bearings (see Section 46), 

couplings (see Section 16), pulleys (see Section 3), and gearing 

(see Sections 3, 84). 

Shafts to be used as rollers are usually made hollow of wrought 
iron or other metal tube, tin plate, zinc plate, or sheet iron 
riveted ; or sometimes, as No. 1342, of wood laggings fixed to 
solid polygonal blocks or centres, either continuous or in short 
pieces fixed at intervals. 

See also next Section (77). 



Section 77.— SPINDLES AND CENTRES. 

1347. Spindle with sunk end bearings. 

1348. Spindle with one sunk bearing and one collar. 

1349. Plain spindle with two loose collars. Where pedestals with 

loose caps are used (see Section 46) the collars may be solid with 
the spindle, but with a long shaft the collars should be at one 
end only as shown, to allow of expansion. A wheel frequently 
occupies the place of one or both collars, and serves the same 
purpose. 



TBE ENOINEEB'S SKETCH-BOOK. 



'65 



A 



1534. 



^33 



#l| 




^^ 



I! 




loS7. 



14 






•■sss. 







^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ 



^^ 



J359. 



t- 



iS4: 




S344. 




b^' '"-^^f 



•xy. 



=#= 



1346. I 



n 



1 66 TEE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK. 

13j0. Coned centre, fixed. 

1351. Collar centre pin or stud bolt, fixed. 

1352. Coned centre for roller or similar detail, driven in place. 

1353. Parallel centre for roller or similar detail, keyed in place. 

1354. Square centre for crane barrel, &c. See Nos. 634 and 635. 

1355 & 1356. Lathe headstock spindles, solid or hollow ; sometimes 
made with conical and sometimes with parallel necks. 

1357. Conical crane post. 

1358. Conical cart axle. 

1359. Universal centres, employed to allow of a machine (or part of 

ditto), such as a drill, to be adjusted at any possible angle, the 
machine being fixed to one end of bar A. 

13G0. Railway carriage axle. For cranked axles, see Section 10. 

1361. Square neck centre bolt. The square neck prevents the bolt 

turning and loosening the nut. 

1362. Coned and cottered crank pin or centre, sometimes secured 

by a nut, as No. 1350. 

1363. Centre pin and bracket, adjustable to various angles. 

1364 & 13G5. Two methods of securing end of rod to any solid 
part of machine ; used for steam hammer heads. 

1366. Hollow post centre, with water or steam channel to allow for 

swivelling. 

1367. Group of sleeve centres, employed to allow of several pairs of 

lever or wheel motions being taken independently on a single shaft. 

1368. Ordinary centre pin, with nut, washer, and split pin. 

1369. Ordinary centre pin, with split pin and washer. 



THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 



167 



!i 

I 



• » 



» 







1554 



^■^^^^^T^^^^^^^^\^^^^^^L^^, 






r^ 



^v^^^\vv^^vu^v^Ml'rt^^Y> 



1557. 



1355 



1552. 




I35S 




I5B8. 




1362. 



fe^- 



r^-ym^ 



1360. 



^^ 



33^ 



IS64-. 




1367. 



iio 



Lm 



1561. 



S 




1569. „ 



68 THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 



Section 78.— SCREW GEAR, BOLTS, &c. 

1370. Square thread screw. Single, double, or multiple thread. 

1371. V thread screw. 

1372. Enlarged section of V thread. 

1373. Strongest thread when the strain is always in one direction. 

1374. Round thread screw. 

1375. Geared thread, to be used with ordinary wheel teeth, the section 

of thread being that of a rack of the same pitch as wheel. 

1376. Earth screw, screw pile, screw mooring, earth borer. See No. 

580. 

1377. Fixed screw, with hand wheel to revolve the nut, the screw 

having no rotation. 

1378. Conical screw; used for chucks, &c. With two, three, or more 

sliding jaws chased to fit the conical thread. 

1379 & 1380. Differential screws. One fixed, the other revolving, 
impart a motion equal to the difference of pitch of the two screws 
(see Section 31). See No. 1430. 

1381. Screw, with half nut; the bearings of the screw being fixed act 

as a fulcrum for the motion of the half nut, which may be 
attached to any sliding device ; employed for jaw chucks. 

1382. Screw and worm gear, used for screw jacks, &c. The worm 

gears with a worm wheel having a central nut running on the 
main screw. 

1383. Mutilated screw and nut. In one position the nut can sUde 

on the screw^, and a partial turn locks it. Used for instantaneous 
grip vices, &c. 

1384. Spiral worm for three or four jaw chucks, expanding devices, &c 

See Sections 28 and 36. 

1386, 1386, & 1387. Screw driver heads for screws. 

1388 & 1389. Hexagon and square heads for ordinary spanners. 

1390. Form of head requiring special spanner or pointed bar. 



THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 



1 69 




1 70 THE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK, 

1391. Cylinder head bolt, with drilled holes and special spanner. 

1392. Cylinder head, but with flutes instead of holes for spanner 

1393. Cylinder head, but with two flats cut on the head to suit an 

ordinary spanner. 

1394. Socket head, to receive a second screw. 

1395. Eye bolt. 

1396. Thumb screw. 

1397. Thumb or shutter screw. 

1398. Milled head screw. 

1399. T head screw. 

1400. Thumb or fly nut and screw. 

1401. Hexagon collar stud to receive a nut or other female screwed 

fixing. 

1402. Bolt head for forked spanner, used for sunk or countersunk heads. 

1403. Hexagon head, with solid washer or collar. 

1404. T head bolt for T grooves in castings. 
1405 & 1406. Countersunk heads. 

1407. Eye bolt, with flat sides and straight eye for a pin or bolt. 

1408. Snap head. 

1409. Hook bolt. 

1410 & 1411. Lewis bolts, rag bolts. 

1412. Cottered bolt. 

1413, 1414, & 1415. Lewis bolts and key pieces. 



THE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK. 



I7r 




M 2 



I 72 THE ENGINEER'S SKETCHBOOK, 



1416. Collar stud. 

1417. Split spring head bolt. 

1418. Hook bolt. 

1419. Solid head and collar bolt, bed bolt. 

1420 & 1421. Heads for bolts to slide and turn in T grooves of planing 
machines, &c. 

1422. Countersunk bed bolt. Boiler stay. 

1423, 1424, & 1425. Methods of finishing screw heads to prevent 

catching passing articles. 
1426. Screw head, with cross dovetails to carry a key or screwing lever 
1427 & 1428. Right and left-hand screw couplings for tie rods, &c 

1429. Ring coupling for 2, 3, 4 or more rod ends for tie bracing. 

1430. Right and left-hand screw couplings with halved ends to 

prevent the rods turning ; may be made with one fine and one coarse 
thread for differential motion, or with right and left-hand threads. 

1431. Rifling, as used in ordnance, &c., i.e. an internal multiple screw 

thread of very long pitch. 

1432. Screw spanner ; the weight prevents it working loose. 

1433. Belt screw. 

1434. Gib cotter bolts. 

See also pipe couplings, Nos. 1071, 1072, 1073, 1074, 1075, and 

1062, 1068, 1070. 
For spiral worms and creepers, see Section 57. 
Spiral pump. No. 1022. 
Note that it is possible to construct a screw with an increasing or 

decreasing pitch, as is done with the screw propeller. See also 

No. 1378. 
Double screw gear. No. 727. 
Snail worm gear, No. 730. 
Worm and crown gear, No. 733. 
Worm and spiral gear, see Section 84. 



Section 79.— SLIDE AND OTHER VALVE GEAR. 

It would be neither easy nor useful, besides being beyond the scope of this 
work, to attempt to illustrate all the varieties of gear employed 
to work the valves of steam and other motor engines. I shall 
therefore only illustrate the more important types in general use,, 
the details of which may be varied to suit individual cases. 

1435. Is the ordinary slide valve gear with single eccentric for 

engines running always in one direction. 

1436. Ordinary link motion reversing gear with two eccentrics;. 

the link, having a shifting motion, is so arranged that either 
eccentric can be put into gear with the slide valve, the other 
eccentric running idle ; or when in the mid position, as in sketchy 
both eccentrics run idle and the slide valve has no motion. 
By setting the link at intermediate positions the travel of the valve 
can be varied, and consequently the cut off also within certain- 
limits. 



THE ENGINEER'S SKETCH BOOK. 



73 



I 1416. I4.J7. 



14^18. 

I 



rAi9. 

1 



u 



^ 



1420. 



1421. 




1422. 



1423. 



14-24. 



1429. 



1425. 



^ 



:i- 




1427. 



I4'28. 



^MEZI EZEI^^^S^pE^ 



14-30. 



1432. 



14-31 



^^^^^^^:^///Aw^yM^r/^////^^^^ 



^>^^^^^^P7P777^r^^?^^^777Z'>^///////////A 





t:^^^^ 




<434. 



! I 



^xN >^^:^^^^^|^ 



14-35. 

I 



I 74 THE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK. 

1437. Nicholson's patent reversing gear, without eccentrics. The 

drawing explains itself. This gear cannot be run in the inter- 
mediate positions, as a link motion to vary the cut off. This 
limits its usefulness to simple reversing only. 

1438. Automatic governor expansion for single eccentric engine ; the 

position of the connecting rod end in the swinging link is depend- 
ent on the governor, and thus also the travel of the slide valve. 

1439. Side shaft motion for operating Cornish, Corliss, and spindle 

valves. The valves can be driven from this shaft by cams, 
eccentrics, or gearing. 

1440. Gab lever for throwing the eccentric out of gear and thus stopping 

the engine. 

1441. Sector and link reversing motion for oscillating engine; 

sometimes a shifting eccentric is used instead of link motion, as 
No. 1443. 

1442. Reversing sector link motion for an oscillating engine; the 

valve is operated from the link, the angle of which is altered by 
the hand lever, there is therefore no lead to the valve. 

1443. Shifting eccentric and balance sometimes used for reversing 

instead of double eccentrics and link ; the loose eccentric is 
carried round in either direction by a stop piece on the shaft, 
fixed so as to give the correct lead both ways. 

1444. Murdoch's variable expansion gear (see Mechanical World, 

September 29th, 1888) has one eccentric which operates a double 
arm lever, the outer end of which moves a sliding fulcrum along 
the valve rod lever, so that the leverage of the valve rod lever 
varies at different parts of the stroke. The sliding fulcrum is 
attached to a radius rod. 

1445. Proell's automatic expansion gear. Shown applied to special 

double beat valves, but is sometimes applied to a special throttle 
valve, and is then applicable to any ordinary engine. The action 
of the governor alters the lap of the catches upon the ends of the 
valve levers, thus varying the time that the valves are kept open ; 
the catches are centered on an oscillating T lever, operated from 
an eccentiic on the main shaft. 

1446. Marshall's valve gear, driven by one eccentric on crank shaft. 

The sector rocking centre is moved along the curved slot to 
reverse the engine, giving similar motion to the valve rod as in 
the case of the ordinary link reversing gear No. 1436. 



TEE ENGINEEB'S SKETCH-BOOK. 



175 



1457. 




4.39. 



1 



ll^T^,. 



UM 




#M#- 




176 THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 



1447. The Bremme valve gear with single eccentric; the valve rod 

is operated by a lever and bent connecting rod from the end of the 
eccentric rod ; the latter is constrained to move in an arc by a 
three-link attachment to a fixed bearing behind the eccentric rod 
and a movable one at the right-hand end of the horizontal link. 
To reverse ; the arm and sector are turned to the dotted position 
by the worm and hand wheel shaft. 

1448. Joy's valve gear, operated by a pin on the connecting rod. The 

slotted T lever is connected to the hand lever for reversing, and 
when reversed stands at the same angle from a vertical line but 
on the opposite side. The fulcrum of the valve rod lever has a 
sliding motion in the slot of the T lever. 

1449. Variable expansion gear by hand power. There are many 

applications of this type used to vary the travel of a cut-off 
valve. 

1450. Corliss valve gear, operated by a single eccentric, has two 

steam and two exhaust valves similar to No. 1G42, worked from 
pins on a rocking wrist plate. The steam valves have trips, 
regulated by the governor, on a similar principle to No. 1415. 

1451. Crank shaft governor with shifting eccentric : the centrifugal 

action of the weights, acting against springs, is used to revolve 
the inner eccentric so as to vary the throw of the main eccentric 
from which the slide valve is driven. 

1452. Another form : in this also the throw of the eccentric is varied 

by the action of the governor ball. 

1453. Another form of automatic governor expansion trip gear 

in connection with Cornish valves ; a single eccentric operates the 
four valves, and the contacts of the catches and steam valve 
levers are regulated by the governor, the lower or exhaust valves 
having a constant motion. 



THE ENGINEERS SKETCE-BOOK. 




I 78 THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK 

1454. Double angular slide valve for varying tlie cut off by a trans- 

verse motion given to the valve from outside, either by hand gear 
or by the governor, the valve being made wider than the valve 
face, as dotted lines. 

1455. H. Jack's variable expansion gear, v^^ith one eccentric. 

Patent No. 4167/85. ♦ 

1456. Variable cut-oflf valve on the back of the main slide, the rod of 

which can be revolved by hand or from the governor to vary the 
opening of the cut off valves. 

1457. A plan to effect the same object but by a cylindrical cut off 

valve. 

1458. English's expansion gear. Two eccentrics. The expansion 

valve has no lap, and the gear gives a constant relative motion to 
both valves. 

1459. Tappet gear, sometimes used for water-pressure engines, &o. 



Section 80.— SPRINGS. 

1460. Open spiral spring for tension. 

1461. Close spiral spring. 

1462. Open spiral spring for compression. 

1463. Open spiral spring (square thread) for compression. 

1464. Double volute chair spring. 

1465. Spindle-shaped open or close spiral spring for tension. 

1466. Parallel open or close spiral spring with coned ends. 
1467 & 1468. Volute springs. 



THE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK 



179 




4-58 





£cce«rR/c 



14-59 



g -^ — .^^^ — 


1" 1 '^^ 


..IJ i 




»^64. 



14-65. 



14-66. 



14-SS. 





14*7 




1 So THE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK. 



1469. Torsional spiral spring. 

1470. Wire staple torsional spiral spring, used for hinging; the 

ends of the wire are bent at a right angle and driven into the 
wood. 

1471. Fixed spring. 

1472 & 1473. Sear springs. 

1474. Plat spiral spring. 

1475. Plate spring. 

1476. Indiarubber spring for tension. 

1477. Wire spring. 

1478. Ribbon spring for torsion. 

1479. Compound rubber disc spring. 

1480. Air cushion or spring piston. 

1481. Laminated plate wagon spring. 

1482. Compound dished disc or bent plate spring. 

1483. Loop spring. 

1484. Flat spiral spring, clock spring or coil spring. 

1485. Split ring spring. 



THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 



I«l 




{4-63. 



IBW 



-^ 



1473. 




1470. 




m 



JA75. 




147 1.. 




,r4^ 



14-74. 





1477. 



-^§^ M 




1 82 THE ENeiNEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 

1486. Spring pole for foot hammer motion, &c. 
1487 to 1489. Spring washers. 

1490. Spindle-shaped compression spring. 

1491. Plat spiral spring for piston rings. 

See also Nos. 1729, 630, 1501, 1503, 11, 767, 768; and Section 35 
(Elastic Wheels) for other forms of springs and applications of 
them. 

For equalising the tension of a spring, see No. 1592 and 1602. 



Section 81.— SAFETY APPLIANCES FOR VARIOUS USES. 

FOR HOIST CAGES, &c. 

1492. Cam gear ; operates by gripping the wood guides by a serrated 

eccentric cam surface on the breakage of the rope, the cam being 
pulled round by a spring which is kept out of action by the 
tension of the rope until it breaks. 

1493. Strut or pawl gear ; explains itself. 

1494. Double wedge gear. 

1495. Governor gear. The rope attached to the cage drives a governor 

acting on a brake or catch which is thrown into action if the cage 
^ains excessive speed, used in Attwood Beaver's Patent; American 
Elevator Co., &c. 

1496. Rack and pawl gear. 

1497. Cross grip lever gear. 

1498. Safety hook to prevent accident from overwinding ; the projecting 

horns A A strike the edges of the plate B, and throw the shackle 
C at top out of gear. 

For hoist doors the best appliance is an ordinary spring lock 
opened only by a key, the doors being provided with springs to 
close them. Various automatic doors, revolving shutters, and 
other devices have also been tried. A simple and effectual pro- 
tection is a continuous open-work screen wound upon a roller at 
top and bottom of lift, and attached to the top and bottom of 
cage and rising and falling with it, so that the doors into lift are 
all covered at all times except the one at which the cage happens 
to stand. 

Safety valves (see Section 89). Various automatic alarm signals 
are applied to boilers to warn against low water or excessive 
pressure. 

Automatic valves and other devices are applied to pumping and 
steam engines to prevent running away. See note to Section 41. 



THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 




l84 THE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK. 

Section 82.— STEAM TRAPS. 

To collect and discliarge condensed steam from pipes, &c. 

t499. Trap operated by a modified form of ball cock, which 

rises as the box jSlls with condensed water and opens the discharge 

valve. 

1500. Effects the sam.e object by a floating basin. The con- 

densed water enters the box outside the basin, fills it, and lifts the 
basin which closes the discharge outlet; when the box is full 
the water overflows into the basin and sinks it, thus opening the 
outlet valve. 

1501. Trap operated by expansion of a bent spring which closes the 

valve, on the principle that live steam is hotter than the water 
condensed from it. 

1502. Tredgold's trap. The valve is opened by a simple float. 

1503. Wilson's trap, like 1501, is dependent on the difi'erent expansion 

of a spring under the difterence of temperature of the steam and 
condensed water. In this case the spring is formed of a steel and 
brass plate riveted together. 

There are many other forms upon similar principles to the 
foregoing. 

Section 83.— STARTING VALVES. 

The valves used for starting steam and other engines are usually merely 
of the ordinary screw down or sliding types. See Section 89. 
For starting and controlling all other forms of reciprocating 
cylinder motors, such as hydraulic lifting cylinders and presses 
for all purposes, the ordinary slide valve with either two or 
three ports is the common device ; also the ordinary three or 
four way cock. See Section 89. 

1504. Locke's 3-way balanced valve, which is balanced in all 

positions. A is the supply, B the cylinder branch, and C exhaust. 

1505. Fenby's 3-way equilibrium starting valve. A supply, 

B cylinder branch, C exhaust. 

1506. Auxiliary valve and pistons to start large slide valves too 

heavy for direct hand power. A 3-\vay cock is shown as the 
auxiliary valve, but a small slide valve or piston valve may be 
substituted. See note at foot of Section 93, also Nos. 1740 
and 1741. 

1507. Auxiliary valve and bellows for air, as sometimes used in 

large organs to open heavy " pallets." The small valve A is 
o])ened by the pressure of the finger on the corresponding key ol 
keyboard, and allows the pressure of air to enter the small bellows 
which operates the large valve B. 

1508. Four plunger valve, used for double power hydraulic lift 

cylinders employing a trunk piston. For the low power the 
pressure water acts on both sides of the piston ; for the double 
power it acts only on the back of piston, the front side being then 
open to the exhaust. 

1509. A starting valve, having two ordinary wing or spindle valves, 

either of which is lifted by a double cam or wiper on a spindle 
passing through a stuffing box on side of valve case. A supply, 
B cylinder port, C exhaust. 



THE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK. 



i8. 




C iXHtHJSt 



1 86 THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 

1510 & 1511. Two methods of operating starting valves for 
hydraulic lifting machines. 1510 acts by counter balance 
weights and a single rope, each of the weights being heavy 
enough to move the valve, and 1511 by an endless rope. 

1512. Low pressure starting valve, used for piston hj'draulic 

cylinders in which the lifting is performed by the down stroke 
of the piston rod, and in lowering, the valve allows the water to 
pass from above to below the piston, the water being exhausted 
from below the piston on its down stroke when the valve is in the 
position shown. 

1513. Oscillating valve, with plunger face kept up by a spring. 

The oscillating valve has two ports passing out at opposite ends, 
through stuffing boxes, to e ther end of the cylinder ; the inlet is 
at top and discbarge at bottom. 

1514. Balanced self-acting starting valve, suitable for large 

machines and low pressure. The upper piston is larger than the 
lower or main piston, and the sj)ace above the upper piston can 
be put in communication with the pressure water below it, or the 
exhaust port by the small piston valve at top operated by the 
hand gear; so that the main piston is operated by the pressure 
water acting on it. 



Section 84.-T00THED GEARING. 

1515. Spur gearing. For construction of teeth see text books. 

1516. Strongest form of spur teeth for motion in one direction only. 

1517. Half shrouded spur teeth. 

1518. Whole shrouded spur teeth. 

1519. Double helical spur teeth, stronger by 15 per cent, than 

straight teeth; work without backlash or noise, and may be half 
or wholes shrouded ; section of tooth on plane of motion is tlie 
same as the ordinary spur teeth (No. 1515). 

1520. Crown wheel and pinion. 

1521. Long teeth spur wheels or " star " wheels. Used on 

roller mangles, &c., where the centres rise and fall. 



THE ENGINEER'S SKETCHBOOK. 




1 88 THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 

1522. Plain bevil gear; shafts at right angles. 

1523. Plain bevil gear; shafts at acute angles. 

1524. Plain bevil gear; shafts at obtuse angle. 

1525. Plain bevil gear; four shafts at right angles. 

1526. Skew bevils; shafts not in line with one another. 

Note. — Where the pair are both of same diameter they are called 
" mitre wheels." 

1527. Spur wheel and pinion; to increase or decrease power and 

speed the diameters can bj varied to almost any proportion. 

1528. "Screw gear"; single helical gear. 

1529. Skew spur wheels ; shafts not parallel. 

1530. Dr. Hooke's gear. Three or more separate wheels of similar or 

dissimilar piicU fixed together so as to divide the pitch and 
reduce backlaj^h. 

1531. The same result obtained by two wheels, one fixed to shaft, 

the othcir loose and forced round by a spring so as to follow the 
pitch of the pinion and destroy all backlash. 

1532. Mortise wheel teeth. 

1533. Mortise wheel teeth ; another method. 

Note. — Wood teeth are usually one-third thicker than the iron 
teeth they gear into. 

1534. Pin wheel and pinion gear. 

1535. Lantern wheel. 

1536. Screw gear, used in place of bevil gear. Shafts at right angles; 

teeth at an angle of 45°. 

1537. Variable speed cone gear. 

1538. Va-riable speed square gear. 

1539. Variable speed oval or elliptical gear. 

1540. Irregular gear. 

1541. Internal or epicycloidal gear. See Nos. 550 and 1545. 

Used for differential blocks, &c. Note that both wheel and pinion 
run in the same direction, and that more teeth are in gear at one 
time than with external gear as No. 1527. 



THE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK. 




pi 




p-^=^ 


!'~7" 




fe 


hrr 


-• 


k=--3 


i 






h-S 










i 




«53I 





•fV0 











J 530. 









mti^. 



m 







ISS7. 



1533. 



iSSS. 



! 



~^m. 






J5S9. 



'>;^i-^ ^H:iHhi., 






154.0. 







I90 THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 



1542 & 1543. Varieties of " mangle " gear. The pinion being re- 
volved continuously in one direction produces a reciprocating 
motion of the wheel ; the pinion shaft travels from inside the 
wheel to outside, and vice versa, by rising and failing in the slot 
in the frame. See also No. 423. 

1544. Differential gear. See Section 31. One wheel has one or more 

teeth more than the other ; used for counters, &c. 

1545. Moore's patent differential epicycloidal gear. The pinion 

and wheel are loose on the shaft and eccentric. One wheel has 
one tooth more than the other. 

1546. Multiplying bevil gear. A is a fixed wheel, the cross C is 

keyed to shaft, B loose on ditto, D and E loose on C ; then B is 
driven at a speed greater than the shaft iu proportion to the 
diameters of the gear. See Patent No. 12,696, 1884. 

1547. Double worm gear, right and left hand threads. Neutralises 

the end thrust on shaft. A and B may be geared together. 

1548. Pointed gear; used for light work and for minimum of friction. 

1549. Curved worm gear, for heavy strains. Several teeth are in 

gear at once, but the thread, having a varying section and pitch, is 
difficult to cut. 

1550. Antifriction worm gear (Hawkins'). The wheel has four 

rollers ; when one pair is nearly out of gear with the worm, the 
next pair is coming into gear. This worm is also difficult to cut. 

1551. Crown worm gear. 

1552. Ball joint mitre gear. 

1553. Multiplying rack gear. The upper moving rack is driven at 

twice the speed of the spur wheel rod. The lower rack is fixed ; 
used on planing and printing machines. 

1554 to 1557. Varieties of worm gear, with straight, hollowed, and 
curved teeth ; the latter are strongest. 

1558. Worm and rack gear. 



THE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK. 



191 






15^2. 



n 



1545. 




1545 





1544 



1546 



1547. 




^m 



548. 

I 







A A. 




1550 





1555 



^=^=^^w;; 



/vvw-yvi 



1557 



1558 




:^ 




ViiJ 



192 THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 



1559. Differential worm. gear. The worm gears into two wheels, one 
having one tooth more than the other. 
See also Sections 40 and 31. 



Section 85.-TRANSIVIISSI0N OF POWER. 

a. By belt, chain, or rope. See Sections 3, 66. 

b. By shafting. See Section 76. 

c. By gearing. See Sections 84 and 40. 

d. By steam or air conveyed in pipes (elastic fluids). 

e. By water, glycerine, or oil conveyed in pipes (non-elastic 

fluids). 

f. By stiff rods running over guides. 

g. By wires or ropes running over guide pulleys — wire rope 

transmission. See Section 66. 
h. By electricity conveyed along wire conductors. 



Section 86.— TANKS AND CISTERNS. 

1560. Plan of square tank of ordinary form; formed of cast iron 

flanged plates and wrought iron tie rods, the joints are either made 
with rust cement or planed and jointed with tape and red lead, 

1561. Plan of square tank with rounded angles. 

1562. Circular tank. No tie rods required. 

1563. Elliptical tank. Eequires tie rods across the flat sides. 

1564. Polygonal tank. No tie rods required. 

1565. Elevation of square or polygonal tank. 

1566. Elevation of cylindrical or circular tank. 

1567 & 1568. Condensing or cooling tanks. Surface condensers 

with sloping irays or tubes. 
1549. Wrought iron tank, usual section, formed of sheets and L irons 

riveted together. 
1570 & 1571. Circulating or depositing tanks. 

1572. Boiler saddle tank. 

1573. Circulating tank for hot water. 

The level of water may be maintained in tanks by either an over- 
flow pipe or notch, or by a ball cock on the supply })ipe. 
Glass water gauges can be fixed outside to show the level of the 
water inside ; and floats are used, attached to a cord and 
pulleys, for the same purpose. See also No. 1730. 



Section 87. -THROWING IN AND OUT OF GEAR. 

1574. The driving wheel is loose on shaft, and is locked to its shaft by 

the hand wheel nut (see No. 945), or by a ratchet wheel and 
locking pawl. 

1575. Two half-nuts are lifted in or out of gear with the screw by cam 

or lever motion. See No. 942. 

1576. One shaft runs in eccentric bearings, which can be revolved 

so as to throw it out of gear with the other shaft. 



THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 



193 



1559. 




1560. 




1561, 



^^V\ 



LD 



;I562, 



I5S5. 







n===.=^ 




1565. 






1666. 



1557. 



1568. 



1569. 



Qj 






o o o o 
0000 

0000 
0000 

0000 
0000 

0000 

O O O O 
O o O o 

00 o o 

O O O O 



1570, 



167?. 



1572. 





1573. 

i 



' 1574. 

rn 



TM 



■"^ 



i 




I57C. 




194 THE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK. 

1577. Radius bar and slot. The stud wheel can be shifted in or out 

of gear along the slot. 

1578. Sliding back shaft, slides out of gear. See dotted lines. 

1579. Method of throwing a pulley out of gear by slacking the 

belt. This is done either by a cam bearing or sliding motion to 
the driver shaft. Works best vertically. See also No. 1219. 

1580. Cam slot motion for back shaft. To throw it in or out of gear. 

1581. Motion employed for punching machines^ &c. To set the 

punch in or out of action by a cam and hand lever. 



Section 88.— VARIABLE MOTION AND VARIABLE POWER. 

For variable speed and power by spur gear, see Sections 84 and 40. 
For variable speed and power by bevil gear, see Section 84. 
For variable speed and power by cam gear, see Section 9. 
For variable speed and power by belt gear, see Section 3. 

1582. Variable speed belt cones, for crossed belts. Angle of cones 

should not exceed 15"^. 

1583. Stepped cone gear. 

1584. Variable throw crank pin. (See Hastie's Patent, 3561, 1878 ; 

Knoweldcn and Edwards', 299G, 1858.) 

1585. Beam motion, with variable fulcrum to alter the pro])ortionate 

lengths of stroke of driving and driven cylinders. See also 

No. 1606. 

1586. Variable pressure accumulator. Both cylinders are in com- 

munication by a pipe, and the pressure varies with the angle 

between the rams. 

1587. Wright's variable gear. The radius of frictional contact of the 

wheels varies as they are moved closer together or separated. 

1588. Olmsted's variable cone friction gear, with intermediate 

double cone idle wheel instead of belt. 

1589. Convex and concave cones for open belts. 

1590. Three speed gear, each separats pair of spur gear being driven 

by its own belt pulley on separate sleeve pieces. 

1591. Irregular or elliptical gear. 

1592. Lever combination to obtain an even tension from a spring 

throughout its motion. 



THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 



195 




1578. 



1579 





I 1 



1560. 



iSQI 







I 1562. 



^^^//^/^. 









w^^ 




l»ti3 



1538. 



O 



I^ 



(SS^. \ 



~1 




hir n / 




e:3 



/ 




IS03 I 



' ijj Lii 



?4— -•■ 



I5S7 






I5S0. 



1+ 




1^ 



196 THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 

1593. Scroll spur gear. 

1594.. Scroll gear for obtaining a variable pull from a weight. 

1595. Variable friction gear. The pinion can be moved up or down 

from the centre to the outside of disc to vary the speed. 

1596. Owen's compound lever variable pressure air pumps. 

The pressure increasing and speed decreasing as the pistons rise 
to the top of their stroke. 

1597. 2-speecl gear by one belt. One loose pulley B carries a trans- 

verse mitre wheel, which, gearing into the fixed mitre wheel A, 
drives the mitre wheel pulley C keyed to shaft at twice the speed 
of pulley B when the belt is on B ; by shifting the belt to pulley 
C, the speed is 1 to 1. The third pulley is loose for running idle. 

1598. 2-speed bevel gear with three wheels and sliding shaft, by which 

either pair can be put into gear. 

1599. 2-speed bevel gear with four wheels and sliding shaft. 

1600. Increasing speed cone and screw, friction gear. The cone 

is driven by frictional contact with the pinion. 

1601. Variable fulcrum lever, with shifting pin and hole adjustment. 

1602. Fusee barrel, as used in clocks and matches to equalise the tension 

of spring on the movement ; may also be employed to give a 
variable speed. The spring is usually similar to No, 1484, and 
coiled in the upper barrel. 

1603. Variable throw crank pin and slot, much used for variable 

feed motions in combination with some type of pawl and ratchet 
gear. 

1604. Variable travel imparted to the piston rod from the 

crank by altering the point of attachment of the link A to the 
slot. 

1605. Variable power pistons, single-acting. 

1606. Effects the same ends as No. 1601 or 1585, by shifting the 

fulcrum point along the slot by means of a screw. 



THE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK. 



97 




iqB tee engineers sketchbook. 

1607. Variable throw crank pin by means of a jointed crank and 

r.idial adjusting screw. 

1608. Variable throw crank pin by attaching the crank pin to an 

eccentric disc. See Sectiou 10, 

1609. Wind motor-fan or turbine, with variable-angle vanes actuated 

by a central sleeve and cam or lever gear. 

1610. Variable friction cone gear; the small friction pinion can be 

moved radially to and fro to alter the leverage and consequently 
speed of driving radius from the cone. 

In the steam engine, compressed air engine, and gas engine 
(these being all elastic fluids), the power given out is varied 
by altering the supply of steam, air, or gas. In the water 
wheel the power may be varied by altering the quantity of 
water (or head of water) supplied to the wheel. In the turbine 
the power can be varied by altering the head of supply water 
and the angle of vanes ; altering the quantity reduces the 
speed and efficiency. The turbine will not work well under 
great variations of either head or quantity. 

See also Nos. 736, 722, 723, 1190, 1191, 381, 382, 384, 385, 
377, 372, 373 ; and Sections 20 and 40. 

For variable pressure or tension by springs, see Section 80. 

Variable balance weights, Section 20. 



Section 89.— VALVES AND COCKS. 

Of the almost innumerable varieties of valves and cocks in use the following 
are selected as types without reterence to special uses, each type 
having its peculiar value, and the drawings are only intended to 
indicate the special features of each type without such details as 
may be varied to suit each particular requirement or application. 

1611. The common plug cock. 

1612. The same, but with screwed gland. 

1613. 2-way or 3-way plug cock, with packed gland. 

1614. Hollow plug blow-off cock, with packed gland 
1615 Back pressure or check valve, self closing. 

1616. Ball valve and guard, self chasing, 

1617. Indiarubber disc and grating valve. 

1618. Double flap indiarubber or leather and grating valve. 

1619. Simple flap valve faced with rubber or leather. 

1620. Rocking or rolling valve. For opening and closing gradually 

and easily against pressure. 

1621. Roll-up valve. For same purposes as the last named. 



THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 



199 




200 THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK, 



1622. Sector full-way screw down valve, shown closed ; wlion open 
the disc is up in the chamber out of the waterway. 

1G23. Double face valve ; the spindle is screwed into the stuffing-box 
neck and the lower valve, the upper one being pinned to the 
spindle ; the thread in the lower valve is twice the pitch of the 
upper thread. 

1624 & 1625. Spring relief valves ; the springs are adjusted to blow 
off at any stated pressure, which may be regulated by a screw or 
nut (not shown). 

1626. Weighted lever relief valve or safety valve. 

1627. Reducing valve, can be adjusted by the balance weight to pass 

fluids from a high pressure to any lower pressure. 

1628. Another form, with spring balance adjustment and equilibrium 

valve. 

1629. Equilibrium valve. 

1630. Equilibrium valve, not steam tight, but serrated, to cut off 

graduallv, employed for governors of steam engines. 



1631. Equilibrium cylindrical grating valve, may be used to open 
and close either by vertical or revolving motion. 



1632. Common throttle or butterfly valve. 

1633. Duplex throttle or damper for a three-way pipe or flue. 



THE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK. 



20 1 



1622. 



1625 






1626. 



1627. 





1625. 



I63a. 




^VRvVSii^W^ 



1652, 

i 



'~^Z^^^ 






1629. 




1635. 




202 THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 



1634. Hydraulic high-pressure check valve, with long guide wings. 

1635. Hydraulic plug or spindle valve and seating; all seatings 

for high pressure should be narrow and hard. 

1636. Duplex or Ramsbottom safety valve ; each valve serves as 

a fulcrum by which to lift the other. One fulcrum point should 
be jointed to the lever and the latter move in a vertical guide, or 
else the point of attachment of the spring to the lever be placed 
below the level of the valve seatings. 

1637. A modification of the last named. 

1638. Pass valve, used for pneumatic despatch tubes. 
639. Oscillating lever duplex valve. 

1640. Simple radial disc valve or sluice. 

1641 & 1642. Oscillating cylindrical valves. Corliss valves ; some- 
times made tapered or conical. 

1643. Multiple ball valve, for high lift delivery valve of large 

pumping engines. Balls are of guttapercha, and open and clcee 
without shock, 

1644. Multiple ring valve. The rings open and close in succession, 

thus avoiding shocks. 

1645. Double beat ring valve, 

1646. Double beat equilibrium or Cornish valve. The upper 

seating can be made of such area as to partly or entirely balance 
the valve. 

1647. Multiple ring valve. The indiarubber rings expand and contract 

over the perforations. 



THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 



20' 




o 2 



204 THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 

1648. Double-beat valve, with sunk seating. 

1649. Common D slide valve, with three ports. 

1650. Duplex or double D slide. 

1651. Another form, partly in equilibrium. 



1652. Equilibrium slide valve, with circular packed trunk on back, of 
area sufficient to balance the face area of valve. 



1653. Similar result obtained by a piston and link. 



1654. Equilibrium piston valve employed in lieu of the slide valve. 
A steam pipe, B B exhaust. 



1655. Gridiron slide valve. 



1656, Common plate slide valve or sluice, used for blast pipes. 



1657, Floating ball valve, for automatic discharge of air from water 
mains. 



] ?58 Ordinary double-faced sluice valve, lifts clear of the water 
way. 



THE ENGINEEB'S SKETCH-BOOK. 



205 




2o6 TEE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK. 

1659. Single face sluice valve, for sewage water, &o, 

1660. Flap sluice valve. Tidal outlet valve. 

1661. Diaphragm valve. 

1662. Oscillating disc valve, for gas. 

1663. Large 3 or 4-way plug cock. 

1664. Finger valve, closed by a spring. 

1665. Taper cone valve, for gradually closing an outlet 

1666. Dome valve, used for hot blast, hot gases, &c. This fonn retains 

its shape when heated, expanding evenly. 

1667. Common floating ball tap. 

1668. Three-way air valve. 

1669. Duplex slide, used to close a number of openings at onoe 

1670. West's spiral valve, with indiarubber cord which expands and 

contracts over a spiral perforated groove. 

1671. Dennis' self-lifting valve. The valve is kept to its seat bv the 

pressure being admitted on to its back through small hole A ; when 
the larger hole B is opened by the spindle the back pressure is 
relieved and the valve lifted by the pressure below its conical 
underside. 

1672. Common cone plug. 



THU ENGINEEirS SKETCH-BOOK. 




2o8 THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 

1673. Equilibrium plug or cylindrical valve, double ported. 

1674. Another form of self-lifting valve. See No. 1671 for 

description. 

1675. Compound flap valve. 

1676. Indiarubber pump valve. 

1677. Venetian shutter or compound butterfly valve. 

1678. Bye pass used to allow a small flow when the main valve is shut off. 

Used also to equalise pressure on both sides of a large valve to 
enable it to open easily. 

1679. Bell and hopper, or cup and cone; used for blast furnaces, 

coke ovens, and gas generators. 

1680. Cup valve and suspended weight. 

1681. Four-way valve for hot water pipes, &c. 

1682. Oscillating valve. 

1683. Gas purifier centre valve, for four purifiers; to work one 

purifier off and three on, or all four on at once. It is similar in 
plan to No. 1684, but has an additional top valve which allows the 
gas to pass into the fourth purifier ; the top valve has an inde- 
pendent sleeve and lever motion. 

1684. Gas purifier centre valve, employed to deliver and discharge 

gas into and out of any one, two, or three out of four purifiers. 
The motion of the gas is shown by the arrows. 

1685. Conical grating valve with radial slots, opened or closed by 

revolving motion. 



Section 90.— WATER WHEELS AND TURBINES. 

1686. Simple undershot wheel. 

1687. Breast wheel. 



THE ENGINEER'S SKETCHBOOK.^ 



209 



^^ 




2 lo THE ENGINEEirS SKETCH-BOOK. 

1688. High breast wheel. 

1689. Overshot wheel. 

1690. Return overshot wheel. 

1691. Internal feed re-action wheel. 

1692. Sunk wheel, driven by air : may be used as a meter for gas or air. 

1693. Current wheel, driven by tidal or river current. 

1694. Flutter wheel, with high falL 

1695. Horizontal wheel. 

1696. Re-action wheel, the oldest form of turbine. 

1697. Engel's diagonal wheel. 

1698. Scoop wheel for raising water. See also No. 1024. 

1699. Wheel, with internal buckets and feed. 

Note that most of these may be reversed and made into water 
raising machines, as No. 1698. 

1700 to 1703. Sections of various forms of buckets in wood and 
iron. No. 1703 is a ventilated bucket which allows air to escape 
as the water enters. 

For governing speed of water wheels and turbines, see Section 41. 

1704. Fourneyron^s turbine, outward flow ; the outer vanes are fixed, 

the inner ones revolve with the shaft. 

1705. Jonval's turbine, downward flow; either the upper or lower set 

is fixed. 

1706. Swain's turbine, inward and downward flow, with inward curved 

vanes or flumes. 



THE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK. 



21 I 




2 1 2 IB.^ ENGINEEB'S SKETCH-BOOK. 

1707. LefFel's turbine, inward and downward flow ; has one outer ring of 

fixed vanes and two inner sets revolving, but having different 
angles of flow. 

1708. Undershot jet wheel for high pressure water. 

Many other forms of turbines are extant, but are mostly modifications 
of the above types. The best types have means of varying the angle of 
the vanes and areas of passages to suit varying quantities of water. 



Section 91.— WHEELS IN SEGMENTS. 

1709. Heavy gearing for rolling mills, &c., with dovetailed joints, 

wedged and packed. 

1710. Wheel cast in sectors bolted together. 

1711. Bevil wheel in halves. 

1712. Wheel with rim in segments bolted together, and provided 

with bored and cottered sockets for arms in both rim and boss. 

1713. Fly wheel rim, cottered and dowelled together. 

1714. Arms and boss cast in one: the rim in segments, bolted 

together and to the arms. 

1715. Tension wheel. The tie spokes are sometimes arranged in two 

sets at a slight angle to each other to prevent the rim turning 
without the boss. Bicycle wheels are of this class. 

1716. Wrought-iron wheel, with cast boss. 

1717. Wrought-iron wheel, with cast boss. 

1718. Rim in segments bolted together, wood arms and cast boss, with 

sockets to receive arms ; this type is much usod for water wheels. 



THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 



21 




2 14 ^^^ ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 

1719. Railway wheel : boss of cast iron with wrought-iron arms cast 

in. The rim is of rolled iron or steel riveted on. There are 
numerous methods of fastening the tyres to arms, detailed in 
the Engineer, July 23rd, 1880. 

1720. Spring rim split pulley. 

1721. Segment fly-wheel, with long radial bolts to secure the rim, 

arms, and boss together. 

1722. Large centre boss, with rim segments bolted to it. 

1723. Wheel in halves ; the boss is held together by two bolts acting 

as cotters. 



Section 92.— WEIGHING, MEASURING, INDICATING 
PRESSURES, &c. 

1724. Weighing by a beam with equal arms. Weights A = pack- 

age B. 

1725. Weighing by a beam with unequal arms. Weight A 

constant; leverage of ditto variable by shifting it along the 
graduated arm of lever. 

1726. Graduated measuring vessel. 

1727. Similar principle applied by compound levers with un- 

equal arms. The table is supported on four points on the arms 
of levers loosely jointed together in the centre; one lever is 
extended and coupled by a rod to a graduated lever with sliding 
weight. Knife edges are used for bearings for all weighing 
machines by leverage. See No. 968. This construction is the 
basis of most of the ordinary weighing machines in use. 

1728. Duckham's patent hydraulic weighing machine. The 

article to be weighed is suspended from the hook, and exerts 
a pressure on the ram. The corresponding pressure on the 
liquid (usually oil or glycerine) is indicated on the pressure 
gauge, which is graduated to show the weight. 

1729. Spring balance. 

1730. Appliance for indicating depth of water in a cistern by an 

air bell and pipe connected to a U water gauge. The pressure 

on the air in the bell varies with the depth or head of water 

above it, and is indicated on the gauge. A modification of this is 

employed for sounding at sea. 

Weights of substances may be ascertained by their displacement in water 

or mercury, or by supporting the weighing scale on a free piston resting 

on an ascertained area of water or mercury, the pressure produced being 

indicated by a gauge. 

1731. Micrometer gauge. 

1782. Radial arm weighing machine. 

1733. Small weighing device, depending upon the angle the card 

assumes in respect of the vertical pointer, which is on a free 
pivot. 

1734. Automatic measuring or weighing device. The material fills 

one compartment until it overbalances, when it falls and empties 
itself ; the material then fills the other compartment, and so on. 



THE ENGINEER'S SKETCnBOOK. 



21 




1720. 



1721. I 



' f724 





^ M 



17S0. 


>»r- 






B 


ff 


D) 


Sr= 


-^^- 






fe 




^--i 


1 


— 




2 1 6 THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 



1735. Wet gas meter. The gas enters at the centre, and as the com- 

partments fill they rise out of the water, the gas being discharged 
at the outer ports into the casing. 

1736. Measuring wheel. 

1737. Measuring wheel. 

1738. Double slide measurer. 

1739. Automatic tipping scale. When full, to equal the weight, it 

falls and tips by striking a fixed stop ; the scale then turns over 
and returns to its position, and is refilled. 

1740. An ordinary piston and cylinder are often employed to 

measure liquids, and fitted with a reversing valve on the same 
principle as Nos. 1026, 1027, and 1741. See also note to Sec. 93. 
Most of the rotary devices (see Section 75) have been employed 

as meters for liquids and gases. See No. 1692. 
Dry gas meters usually employ an expanding bellows, or light 

piston, with a self-reversing valve, similar to Nos. 1299 and 

1026. See also Section 44. 



Section 93.— WATER-PRESSURE ENGINES. 

See also Section 56. 

Hydraulic ram. See No. 1025. 

Robinet. See No. 1026. 

Two- or three-cylinder engines, with slide valves operated either by 
eccentrics as in the steam engine, or by the oscillation of the 
cylinder. The slide valves have no lap or lead ; there is no 
cushioning except what is given by an air vessel on the supply 
pipe. Three-cylinder engines are usually made single acting 
with rams. See No. 1743. 

1741. Single cylinder engines. These must have the slide or other 

distributing valve reversed by pistons A, A, operated by the 
pressure of the supply water. This is usually done by an 
auxiliary valve B, reversed by the main piston rod C. This 
valve admits the pressure water to the pistons A, A, which 
reverse the main slide valve. See No. 1506. See note below. 

1742. Mode of working an underground pumping engine by 

water cylinders above ground, connected to those below by pipes 
A, A. B is the suction, C the delivery. 

1743. One^ two, or three cylinder water engine. The ports are 

in the segmental base of the cylinder, have no lap, and are 
opened and closed by the oscillation of the cylinder. 

1744. Circular oscillating cylinder, in a case which opens and closes 

its ports by its own oscillation. 

In lieu of the weighted lever valve gear for single cylinder water 
pressure engines, the engine may be arranged to compress a 
spring during the stroke, which at the end of the stroke shall 
be released, and by its expansion reverse the valve. 



Section 94.— WASHING. 

1745. Cylindrical revolving screen washer, for roots, &c. 

1746. Tub and paddle washer. 



THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 



217 




2 1 8 THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 

1747. Coal washer. The wat; r is kept in motion np and d»)wn through 

the S(aeen A by a cylinder and piston B ; the nuid sinks to C 
and the washed coal passes over to D. Both are removed 
continuously by elevat;>rs or worms. See Section 57. 

For washiiifj ores sloping screens either plain or perforated are 
often used, a stream of water being kept flowing over the ore, 
which is kej)t in motion. See Nos. 1266 and 477, also Cylin- 
dricil devolving Screens, as No. 1262. 

1748. Cylindrical perforated drum, with internal fixed spiral flange 

which causes the material to travel at a fixed rate of motion. The 
cylinder may be revolved in a water trough as No. 1745, or vvater 
may be led in with the material and the casing be uujierforated. 

1749. A contrivance to keep a continuous circulation in a 

boiling tub or co])per in which clothes, &c., are washed. The 
hot water from the bottom rises ujj the tin tube, and is discharged 
on the surface. 

L750. Corrugated rollers washing device, for fabrics. 

1751. Water trough and dipping band, for wasliing cloths, wool, 
paper, &c 

Domestic washers comprise, besides the ordinary tub and dolly, washing 
boards, having corrugated sur% tes ; rocking and revolving boxes, having a 
churn-like motion. Brushes also are sometimes used. 



Section 95.— WINDMILLS AKD FEATHERING WHEELS. 

1752. Feathering paddle v/heel. Each float has a bi-acket and pin 

at lack, with connecting rod to a common eccentric (tixed), 
through which the shaft revolves. 

1753. Spiral vane or cowl, for chimney top. Used to drive a 

vertical worm inside the chimney cap to maintain an upward 
draught, by employing the wind as a motive power. 

1754. Windmill sails, with angular adjustment by a sliding device on 

the shaft. 

1755. Feathering horizontal windmill. Each float is hinged a little 

out of centre to the arms, so that the pressure of wind (see arrow) 
turns the floats to the positions in the sketch as they revolve. 

1756. Hollow semi-spherical cup windmill or motor. 

1757. V/ind motor, with curved vanes. These last two revolve in the 

direction of the arrows, because the wind ha.s more hold up )n the 
hollow sides of the cups and vanes than on the convex side. 

1758. Self-feathering wini:: -fheel, 

1759. Spiral wind wheel. 



THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 



219 




p 2 



2 20 TEE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK. 



Section 96.— WINDING APPARATUS. 

1760. Barrel or drum, for wire, &c. 

1761. Winding barrel, for cranes, winches, &c. 

1762. Fusee barrel. See No. 1602. 

1763. Grooved barrel, for chain. Prevents the chain riding as it 

coils. 

1764. Hexagon frame winder, for yarn, &c. 

1765. Spool. 

1766. Card winder. 

1767 & 1768. Bobbins. There are a great many patterns in use for 
various trades. 

1769. Appliance for winding bobbins of cotton, and other machinery. 

The bobbin is stationary and the flyer revolves, the thread 
passing up its centre and down one arm through the eye, which 
has an up and down feed motion to wind the thread on evenly. 

1770. Mode of feeding the thread on to the spindles to cause it to 

coil evenly by an oscillatng arm and pin over which the thread 

passes. 

1771. Drum, for flat rope or chain wound upon itself. 

For winding engines ond winches, see Nos. 1222 to 1226. 
See also Eope Gear, Section 66. 



Section 97.— HANDLES, &c., FOR VARIOUS PURPOSES. 

1772. Knob handle. 

1773. Loop handle, hinged. 

1774. Loop handle, fixed. 

1775. T handle. 

1776. Plain handle. 

1777. Sash lift or drawer handle. 

1778. Hand bar. 

1779. Swing door handle. 

1780. Sunk or flush loop handle. 

1781. Hinged lifting levers. 

1782. Bent handle, for radial motion. 



THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 



221 



I 




2 22 THE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK, 

1783. Hand wheel. 

1784. Cranked T handle. 

1785. Capstan wheel. 

1786. Bow or lifting handle, for ladles, buckets, &c, 

1787. T bar handle, for two hands. 

1788. Cross hand lever, four, six, or eight arms. 

1789. Loop handle, sometimes cast into a casting, 

1790. Ring handle. 

1791. Double bar pushing handles. 

1792. Bent handle, for radial motion. 

1793. Weighted handle. 

1794. Vice handle, with sliding lever bar. 

1795. Hand bar, with forked lever attachment for pumps, &c. 

1796. S lever double cranked handle. 

1797. Stirrup handle. 

1798. T lifting handle or key, for opening flush doors or manhole 

covers. 

1799. Thumb screw head. 

1800. Straight handle, with suspending eye. 

1801. Capstan wheel, for screw gear. 

1802. Ventilated twisted handle. 
1803 & 1804. Loop handles. 



THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 



VL__ 


) 


' \l 






'r^ — 



1732. 





)80! 

I 



ly 



1794- 



1795. 




17S6, 



^^ 




1739. 



'O 



1802, 



Orflffl .r^rx^ 



^lil> 



1796 




1800. 



i:-^ 



^ 




1805. 



,-^ 



2 24 ^^^ ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 

1805. Spring lock lever handle. 

1806. " Coffee pot " handle. 

See also Section 48. 



Section 98.— APPARATUS FOR DRAWING CURVES. 

See Gearing, Section 40 ; Ellipsograph, Section 34. 

1807. Cy olograph, for describing arcs, the chord and versed sine being 

given. Fix pins at A and B, fasten together at C two slips ot 
wood, hold the pencil at D, and move the slips round, keeping 
them against the pins. See also No. 11. 

1808. Hyperbolagraph. Height and focus are given as for 1800, and 

string fixed to B, and focus A ; the arm is pivoted at C, and the 
pencil used as described lor No. 1809. 

1809. Parabolagraph. The height of parabolic curve H and focus A 

are given. A string is fastened to end of set square at B, 
reaching to C, and the other end fixed to a pin in the focus A. 
A pencil held in the loop and kept against edge of set square as 
it is moved to left or right will describe the parabolic curve. 
iolO. Cycloidograph describes the hypo- or epi-cycloid. A modifi- 
cation of this is used to draw the curves of the teeth of wheels. 

Pentagraph, for reducing or enlarging outline drawings, No. 1924. 

Helicograph, to describe a regular helix by a central fixed bevil 
wheel which drives the radial bevil wheel screw and scribinor 
pencil, No. 1925. 

A simple helicograph. with radial screw and roller nut, which 
travels along the screw as the apparatus is revolved on its centre 
pin, No. 192G. 

Section 99.— MATERIALS EMPLOYED IN CONSTRUCTION 

The followino; memoranda lelate only to such materials as are required in connection 
with machinery or mechaniml constructions, and are intended to supply 
pariiculars of tlie dimensions of the manufactured or raw material, giving 
the sections manufactured and the limits as to size available for incor- 
poration in any design under consideration. 

Rolled iron and steel bars are manufactured as below : — 

1811. Rounds, from -^\r" to 7^" diameter, and up to 18' long. 

1812. Squares, from yV to 6" square, and up to 18' long. 
1818. Flats, from J" to 14" wide, and up to 18' long. 

1814, 1815, 1816, 1817, 1818, & 1819. L iron sections are made from 
I" X J" up to 14" X 3?", or to I'l^" united inches, with equal 
or unequal flanges, and up to 30' long ; but the acute, obtuse, and 
round angled sections are not usually stocked. 

1820 & 1821. T irons, from 1" x 1" up to 12 united inches, or to 
9" X 4", and up to 80' long. 

1822. Rolled girder iron, from 3" deep to 20" deep x 10" flanges, and 

to 86' long, in hundreds of sections. 

1823. Zore girders, from 3" to 8" deep, and to 24' long. 

1824. Channel iron, from |" to 12" wide, and to 25' long. 

1825. Convex iron, from 1 " to 6" wide, and up to 20' long. 

1826. Cope iron, from 1" to 4" wide, and to 20' long. 



THE ENGINEERS SKETCHBOOK. 



22 



1804. 




iao7. 




l«05. 1806 





ISll. 



0. 



1809. 



/'\ 



A-^- 



I s 

I i 



p J 



1012. 



1013. 




1814. 



1815. 



i8i&. 



1817. 




L L t 



V 



N-:^:::::::::!::^ 



1813, 



18:9. 



4620. 



1821 



I 



Jl 




1803. 



1824. 



1625. 



L==J c=3 



1822. 



im »M ■■< f ^^^fcijj 



182S. 



2 26 TEE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 

1827. Half-round iron, from J" to 4" wide, and to 20' long. 

1828. Funnel ring iron, from 3J" x ts" to 8" x i%" wide, and up to 

18' long. 

1829. Jackstay iron. 

1830. Hollow cope iron. 

1881, 1832, & 1838. Rail sections (see Section 73), usually made in 
18' to 30' lengths, and numerous sections of from 22 lbs. to 84 lbs. 
per yard. 

1833. Bulb L iron. 

1834. Deck beam or bulb T iron, up to 16" x 6". 

1835. Bulb L iron, up to 10" x 4", 

1836. Bulb iron, to 13" wide, 

1837. Pile iron. 

1839, 1840, & 1841. Flush tram rails, 18' to 30' long. 
1812, 1843, & 1849. Fire bar iron. 

1844. Double L iron, i" x 1" X i" to 6" x 5" x i"- 

1845. Cross iron. 

1846. 1847, & 1853. Sash bar iron. Hundreds of special sections are 

manufactured. 

1848. Bevil edge iron. 

1850. Octagon bar iron. 

1851. Hexagon bar iron, 

1852. Tyre iron, made in many sections. See note to No. 1719. 



THE ENGINEER'S SKETCHBOOK. 



1S?7. 



L _j 



1523. 



1323. 



^r ■ t- 



:) c. 






I85r. . 1832 



IS33. 



9 

I 




o 



b 



1836. 



1857. 



1858. 



C) 



1841. 



1840. 



1^ 




1842 



1844, 



1845, 



»$46. 1847 





Zl 



227 



1330. 




1854. 1855. 



d 



1859. 



X-^^. JnL R\£] 




1845. 



1848. 



ZZH 



>S49. ISSO. 



i65r 





1852. 1855. 

O 




2 2 8 THE ENGINEEB'S SKETCH-BOOK. 

1855. Bevilled flat iron. 

1856. Trough iron. Used for bridge flooring, fire-proof floors, &c. 

1857. Double convex iron. 
1858 & 1859. Tramplate iron. 

18G0 & 1861. Chair or sleeper iron. 

1862. Oval iron. 

1863, 1864, & 1865. Round edged flats. 

1866. Segment round iron. 

1867. Round edged convex iron, 

1868. Bevilled flat iron. 

1869. Bevil edge flat iron. 

1870. Bevilled flat iron. 

1871. Round edged hollow convex iron. 

1872. Taper edged hollov/ convex iron. 

1873. Boiler tube expansion ring iron. 

1874. Moulded flat bar. 

Ill addition to the above, iron ornamental mouldings are rolled 
with moulded and relief ornaments in bars, from | 'to 2J" wide, 
and up to 16' or 18' h)iig. Also plain mouldings similar in 
sections to those used in joinery. 

Plates (iron and steel) are mnnufactured from \" to |" thick 
ordinary. Thicker plates are rolled to order up to 20" thick. 
Stocked sizes of ordinary plates are 4' X 2' up to 14' X 4' 6". 

Strips from 7" to 22" wide, and up to 30' long. 

Chequered plates, with diamond, ovjiI or square recessed 
patterns, are made 6' X 2' up to 8' X 3' 6". 

Sheets, plain, in thicknesses from No. 10 w.g. to No. 36 w.g., and 
from 6' X 2' to 10' x 4'. 

Corrugated sheets, plain or galvanised, from No. 16 to No. 26 w.g., 
and from 6' x 2' to 9' X 2'. 

Tinned shetts, same as above. 

Cold rolled sheets „ „ 

Planished sheets „ „ 

Lead-coated sheets „ „ 

Tin plates, terne plates, 14" X 20", 17" X 12.y', 15" x H", 14" 
X 10", 24" X 20", 28" X 10", 28" x 20". 

Hoops, from f " to 7" wide, and from No. 8 to No. 24 w.g. 

1875. Wire ; sections manufactured in hard iron, soft iron, soft steel, 

hard steel, tempered steel, piano wire, covered wire (wound with 
either cotton, silk, guttapercha, flax, &c.), or copper wire. Also 
brass, copper, lead, zinc, and other metal wire, hard or soft ; tinned 
iron wire, galvanised iron wire, tinned brass wire, coppered iron 
wire, lead-coated iron wire. 



THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 




230 THE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK. 

Pipes (see Section 57) and tubes of wrought iron, either butt or 
lap welded, or solid drawn, are made in four qualities or 
strengths: — 1. Gas tube; 2. Steam or water tube; 3. Boiler 
flue tube; 4. Hydraulic tube. These are manufactured from 
J" to 3" internal diameters ; boiler flue tubes to 9" diameter, but 
much larger sizes can be made to order. 
Solid drawn steel tubis are made up to 10'' diameter ; larger 

sizes are made to order. 
Special steel or wrought iron pipes, flanged with L iron, are 
made up to 4' diameter with welded joints, and welded steel or 
wrought iron socket and spigot pipes up to 24" diameter. 

Cast iron pipes are made in the following strengths : — Rain- 
water pij)es, hot-water pipes, gas mains, water mains, hydraulic 
mains for high pressure, and the thicknesses of metal vary 
according to the pressures. Diameters from IJ" up to 4', and 
lengths usually 6' and 9'. See Section 57. 

Castings are made in cast iron of various mixtures, according to 
strength, tougluicss, or liardness required, and of any weiglit up 
to 20 tons. Chilled iron castings are made for hard wear, as in 
crusher rolls, &c., but cannot be machined ; they are usually ground 
smooth by a grindstone or emery wheel. 

Steel castings are made in either Bessemer, Siemens-Martin, 
Thomas-Gilchrist, or in crucible steel, the latter being most relied 
upon. They require annealing to soften them sufficiently for 
machining, are almost invariably " blown " or honeycombed, and 
rarely homogeneous, or twice alike from the same pattern or cast. 

Wrought-iron castings, Mitis metal, &c., are also obtainable, 
but malleable cast iron castings are most relied upon for tough- 
ness, the process having now attained great perfection, but is not 
applicable to very thick castings. 

Pressed iion on steel forgings of simple foims are now obtainable 
at low prices. 

Forgings in wrought iron and steel can now be made to almost 
any size, shape, and weight, and are replacing many structures 
formerly made of cast iron or built up. 

Other metals employed are copper, brass, tin, zinc, pliosphor- 
bronze, lead, antimony, bismuth, pewter, Muntz metal, aluminium, 
sodium, potassium, platinum, g<dd, silver, nickel, and a great 
variety of the bronzes, which are valuable compounds varying in 
tenacity and liardness from the hardest steel to that of soft copper. 
Most of the above are manufactured into wire, sheets, tubes, rods, 
&c., and can in addition be cast into any form from a crucible, 
Copi)er can be forged but not welded; joints in it are generally 
brazed or soldered. 



THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 



Other materials employed comprise — 

Timber. Yellow, white, and red pine in logs, deals, and battens ; 
logs, up to about 3' diameter by 35' to 40' long ; deals, 9", 10", aud 
11" wide, and from li"to 4" thick — a few wide deals are imported 
up to 22" wide — spruce aud fir, sycamore, pear tree, willow, 
poplar, &G. The following table gives a list of woods and their 
applications : — 



TABULAE STATEMENT OF THE WOODS COMMONLY IN 
USE IN GREAT BRITAIN. 

For Building. 

Ship-hiiiJdinj. — Cerlars, deals, elms, firs, larches, locust, oaks, &c., &g. 

Wet works as piles, foundations, &c. — Alder, beech, elm, oak, plane-tree, 
whit ; ct'dar. 

House carpentry. — Deals, oaks, pines, sweet chestnut. 

Foil Machineuy and Mill-work. 
Frames, dc. — Ash, beech, birch, deals, elm, mahogany, oak, pines. 
Boilers, &c. — Box, lignum vitae, mahogany. 
Teeth of wheels, d-c. — Crab-tree, hornbeam, locust. 
Foundry patterns. — Alder, deal, mahogany, pine. 

For Turnery. 

Common wood for toys (softest). — Alder, beech (small), birch (small), 
sallow, willow. 

Best woods for Tiinhridije ware. — Holly, horse chestnut, sycamore (white 
woofls) ; apple-tree, pear-tree, plum-tree (brown woods). 

Hardest English woods. — Beech (large), box, ehn, oak, walnut. 

For Furniture. 

Common furniture and inside works. — Beech, birch, ce lars, cherry-treo, deal, 
pines. 



232 TEE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK 

Bestfurniture. — Araboyna, black ebony, cLerry-tree, Coroniandel. mahogany, 
maple, oak (various kinds), rose-wooil, satin-wood, sandal- wood, 
sweet chestnut, sweet cedar, tulip-wood, walnut, zebra-wood. 

Foreign hard ivood.^, several of winch are onlij used for ornamental turnery. — 

1. Amboyna. 13. Greenheart. 25. Peruvian. 

2. Beef-wood. 14. Grenadillo. 26. Princes- wood. 

3. BlackBot.B.wood. 15. Iron-wood. 27. Purple-wood. 

4. Black ebony. 16. King-wood. 28. Bed sunders. 
6. Box-wood. 17. Lignum vitfe. 29. Rosetta. 

6. Brazil-wood. 18. Locus,t. 30. Rose- wood. 

7. Braziletto. ID. Mahogany. 31. Sandal-wood. 

8. Bullet-wood. 20. Maple. 32. Satin-wood. 

9. Cam- wood. 21. Mustaiba. 38. Snake- wood. 

10. Cocoa-wood. 22. Olive-tree & root. 31. Tulip-wood. 

11. Coroniandel. 23. Palmyra. 35. Yacca-wood. 

12. Green ebony. 24. Partridge-wood. 36. Zebra-wood. 

Nos. 3, 8, 16, 33, and 34 are frequently scarce. 

Nos. 3, 5, 8, 9, 10 are generally close, hard, even tinted, and the 
more proper for eccentric turning, but others may also be 
employed. 

Nos. 4, 5, 10, 12, 14, 17, 18, 19, 30, 32 are generally abundant 
and extensively used. All the woods may be used for plain 



Miscellaneous Properties. 

Elasticity. — Ash, hazel, hickory, lance-wood, sweet chestnut (small), snake- 
wood, yew. 

Inelasticity and toughness. — Beech, elm, lignum vltae, oak, walnut. 

Even grain, proper for carving. — Lime-tree, pear-tree, pine. 

Durability in dry ivorhs. — Cedar, oak, poplar, sweet chestnut, yellow deal. 

Colouring matter (red dyes). — Brazil, braziletto, cam-wood, log-wood 
Nicaragua, red sanders, sapan-wood. 

Colouring matter (green dye). — Green ebony. 

Colouring matter (yellow dyes). — Fustic, zantes. 

Scent. — Camphor wood, cedar, rose-wood, sandal- wood, satin-wood, sassafras. 



THE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK. 233 

Indiarubber, manufactured into sheets, with or without canvas insertion 
of single, double, or treble thickness, up to 36" wide and to 
J" thick ; cord i" to 1" diameter ; tubes, plain, or with canvas 
insertion or wire coiled inside or outside, from i" to 4" bore, 
usually in 30' and 60' lengths. Washers, rings, rollers, strips, 
belts, and moulded articles of every form. 

Guttapercha is manufactured into similar articles. 

Leather. IMost of the variet'es are manufactured from the skins 
of oxen, sheep, goats, deer, horses, dogs, hogs, and seals, and the 
larger skins are divided into butts, shoulders, cheeks, and bellies, 
the dimensions depending of course upon the size of the animals. 
Ox hides are the largest and kid skins the smallest in general 
use. 

For mechanical purposes ox hide, raw or tanned, is chiefly used, 
as for valves, seatings, belts, piston leathers, &c. Sheep skins 
can be obtained either strained, lialf-straincd, or unstrained ; the 
first are hard and comparatively stit!', the last-named soft and 
pliable as cloth. Other soft varieties are goats' skins and 
chamois leatlier. There are many imitations of leather, but 
they are rarely employed in mechanical constructions. 

Vulcanised fibre is often used for similar purposes to leather, as 
for valves, seatings, joints, &c. It is made in two varieties, 
medium and hard, and in sheets up to 1" thick. 

Ebonite. A hard, black, horny substance, moulded into any required 

shape. 

Papier mache. Solid paper, moulded from pulp into any required 
form. 

Asbestos, in sheets, cord, packing of various sections, loose fibre, mill- 
board, &c. 

Ivory, from tusks and teeth. 

Bone. 

Vegetable ivory ; nuts about the size of eggs. 

Packings for glands, &c., are made of cotton, hemp, and other 
fibres, asbestos, indiarubber, &c., in round, square, and other 
sections. 

Q 



234 J'^-E ENGINEER'S SKETCS-BOOK. 

Section 100.— HEATING APPARATUS. 

For general purposes this comprises Furnaces, Stoves, Ranges, Ovens, Boilers (see 
Section 6), Hot-blast, Steam-heated Vessels, Gas Jets, &e., most of which are tolerably 
well known and in common use. 

For special purposes in connection with macliinery various heating devices are required, 
of which steam and gas are those most universal! yuf-ed. Steam tubes or coils may be carried 
through any fixed or movable part ot a machine. Steam-heated surfaces, such as tables, 
pans, cliambers, &c., steam-jacktted cylinders, and similar contrivances, are much used. 
Gas jets fiom perforated tubes, which may be shnpeil to any required position, are also 
convenient for dry heat and liigher teni})eratures than can be obtained from steam. 

Hot irons are sometimes used, shaped to fit a cavity, but of course require to be 
replaced periodically. 

Hot, water in pipes or jackets, and hot air in fl'ies are common appliances for warming 
and drying; with the former its circulation mu-t he provided for, and with the latter, 
either a forced draught or an upward inclination given to the flues to maintain circulation. 

1876. Gill pipes for radiating the beat of steam or hot water. 

1877. Gill stove, on similar principle, presents an extensive surface in 

contact with the air for radiation of heat. 



Section 101. DRAWING AND ROLLING METALS, &c. 

1878. Rolls for bar iron, grooved to suit the section required, one-half 

the groove being usually in each roll, and the size and shape of the grooves are 
graduated dow n from that of the square billet to the finished bar. 

1879. Grooved rolls for producing a tapered bar. 

1880. Rollers for turning up and welding tubes from a flat strip. 

1881. Bending rollers, 

1882. Rolls for solid tyres, without a weld. 

1883. Wire drawing apparatus. 

For grips for drawing wire, &c., see Nos. 505, 518. Laths of various sections are drawn 
through suitable steel dies by a draw bench ; the end of the lath is held by a grip tongs 
and the lath drawn forcibly through the dies (using a lubricant) and afterwards 
straightened. Rolling doc s not answer for this kind of work. 

The drawing frame used for cotton and other fibres has two, three, or more pairs of 
rollers; the lower rollers are grooved longitudinally and the upper ou( s weighted and 
covered with leather, the lower ones hi ing g. ared togetlier to drive at propiirtionate 
t-peeds, so that in passing through, the raatsrial is stretched between each pair of rollers, 
tlie object being to extend and lay all the fibres parallel. 

For drawing lead pipes, sec No. 1183. Earthenware pipes are made by a similar process. 

Section 102.— STRUTS AND TIES. 

1881. Ordinary solid swelled distance rod with collars, used for 

compressive strauis. 

1885. Similar strut, but formed of tube with end collars screwed in. 

1886. Double flat-bar cambered strut, stiffened by distance pieces 

and l)olts. 

1887. 1888, 1889, & 1890. Sections of varieties of the foregoing. 

1891. Braced strut ; usually of flat bars on edge, riveted together at the 

intersections. 

1892. Tubular swelled strut, of plate iron, used for masts, sheer legs, 

ciane jibs, &c. 

1893. Built up strut, from segmental bars. 

1891:. Trussed strut ; the trussing is 90^ apart, but may be at any angle ; 

the central bar of conrse tak-s the actual thrust, and the truss rods keep it 
from bending or buckling. See also Nos. 295 to 300, 320. 
Ties, for tensile strain only are usually of round iron, flat or other 
simple section, tube, or even chain, rope, or wire. 



TBE ENGINEER'S SKETCTI-BOOK. 



!235 



1876 



1 



1880. 





<^ 



L_l 



J3 



1883. 




i 




I88& 



^^^iss:^ 







1806. 






1 


_A 


L 


. k 


, 


-.H=r- 


-H^- - 


■~T^- 


-+.E^ 




1 


t 


Y 







1884 



1887. 1888. 1680. 1890, 

I i 



-^ 



^ 



1892. 



I 1835. 



^3^ 



189 




Q 2 



236 THE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK 



Section 103.— MARINE ENGINES (TYPES OF). 

Many varieties will be found illustrated under Section 32. The following 
are modern types : — 

1895. Diagonal paddle engines, for light draught vessels. May of 

course be either of two or three cylinder type and either high 
pressure or compound. 

1896. One of the most favourite types of vertical overhead 

cylinder screw engines, with half standards and distance 
rods, one, two or three cylinders, simple or compound. The 
condenser is usually in the back standards and the pumps behind. 
Simplicity and accessibility are its chief advantages. 

1897. Stem wheel, side lever engines, not often required in 

practice. The ordinary construction of horizontal engines 
usually accommodates itself for stern wheel driving. See 

Nos. 675 to 579, &c. 

1898. Double standard vertical overhead cylinder screw 

engines, the type commonly adopted for the heavier class of 
vessels, and frequently made for triple expansion. It is of very 
rigid construction, but not quite so convenient for accessibility 
to the working parts as No. 1896. The condenser and pumps 
are at one side, built into the standard, and the engines are 
handled from the opposite side or from an elevated platform. 

1899. Overhead cylinder and distance rod type, the lightest and 

simplest form in use for small engines. Every part is easily 
seen and got at, and the top weight is reduced to a minimum. 

1900. Is a variety of No. 1896, with tandem cylinders and two 

cranks for triple expansion. 

1901. Is also a variety of No. 1898, with tandem cylinders for 

triple expansion. In this plan the intermediate stuffing box is 
got rid of by using two piston rods to the lower cylinder, coupled 
to the piston rod of the upper or high-pressure cylinder by a 
crosshead. 

1902. Compound overhead standard engines, for twin screws. 

1903. Diagonal twin screw engines. 



THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 




238 THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 



1904. Horizontal twin screw engines. 

1905. Plan of cylinders as usually employed for No. 1902. 

1906. Oscillating paddle engines, sometimes made with cylinders at 

90° apart and a single crank, as No. 564. 

1907. Overhead oscillating twin screw engines. 

1908. Annular cylinder paddle engines. 

1909. Overhead cylinder side-lever paddle engines. 

In addition to the above some special types are occasionally ►^ 
employed, as the Willan's three-cylinder plan for screw engines, 
See No. 592, also varieties of No. 693, high-speed types. 



Section 104.— STRIKING AND HAMMERING: IMPACT. 

The ordinary appliances for these purposes comprise hammers of all kinds 
and anvils or blocks of all shapes to suit the work, rammers and 
mallets of wood. The steam hammer being the machine almost 
invariably used, is too well known to need illustration. It is 
made with single or double standards, and though diifering 
somewhat in details is practically the same machine wherever 
manufactured. 

The following are apparatus employed for particular cases, and not so 
well known. 

1910. The drop hammer, for power. The grip pulleys are put in gear 

by the hand lever to raise the hammer and shaft: it is some- 
times worked by hand by a simple cord and pulley. 

1911. Dead blow power hammer. The crescent-shaped crosshead 

bar has a positive motion from the crank pin, but the hammer 
head is attached to it by strong horizontal springs, and therefore 
las some little play above and below a horizontal line. 

1912. The pile engine and monkey. The latter is generally raised 

by a hand or power wincb, but a multiplying gear steam or 
hydraulic cylinder has been employed. 

1913. Another form of dead blow power hammer, but with a 

straight laminated plate spring, to which the hammer head is 
fixed. 

1914. Another type of spring power hammer. 



TEE ENGlNEElx'S SKETCH TCOK 




240 THE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK, 



1915. Revolving centrifugal rapid blow hammer. 

1916. The old-fashioned tilt hammer, still iu use in many places, 

especially where water-power is employed. 

For stamps, &c., see Nos. 250 & 271. 

Besides the foregoing there is the gas hammer of Messr.-?. 
Tangye, the pneumatic hammer, and a variety of power 
hammer with variable stroke. See No. 1606. 



Section 105.— SOUND. 

Instruments for the production of sound are scarcely within the province of the mechanical 
engineer, but of late years several of Ihera have been employed iu connection 
with mechanical means for producing sound — for fog signals, whistling, and 
other forms of sound signalling. Musical sounds are produced by vibration 
of air from wind, string, or reed instruments. In wind instruments the 
vibration is produced by the lips and modified by the shape and length of 
the tube. Strings are either bowed, as in the fiddle, struck, as in the piano, 
or fingered, as in the harp. Reeds are springs vibrated l)y a current of air. 
In the harmonium and concertina class of instruments there are no tubes or 
pipes added to tiie reeds to modify the sounds produced ; but in the organ 
pipe the reeds have pipes added wliich greatly augmeiit and qualify the 
sounds. Other special sound-producing instruments are illustrated here. 

1917. The Siren, or steam turbine whistle, the loudest instrument 

known, consists of a slotted cylindrical drum revolving inside a 
fixed drum ; the slots are angular (see plan), so that the rush of 
steam revolves the inner loose drum rapidly and the sound is 
directed by the trumpet-shaped hood. A pair of slotted discs 
is also sometimes used lor the same purpose instead of the 
slotted drums. 

1918. Mechanical fog-horn ; ordinary bellows are often used to supply 

the blast. 

1919. Iron gong, struck with a muffled hammer. 

1920. Harmonium reeds, or free reeds; the tongue covers a slot of 

same size and shape, and can vibrate into and out of it, but 
without touching its edges ; the gravity of tone or pitch depends 
on the size and thickness of the tongue. 

1921. Organ reed pipe ; the tongue A in this case beats, with a rolling 

contact, upon the reed B, which is tubular, closed at bottom and 
opening at top into the pipe C, which extends upwards from the 
block D ; E is the tuning wire which regulates the vibrating or 
free length of the tongue. 
1922 & 1923. Wood and metal organ pipes, which are i)ractically 
large whistles, the vibration of the column of air in the pipe 
being produced by the wind striking the edge of the lip A. 
Steam whistles are bells with a ring-shaped slit below, from 

which the issuing steam strikes the lower edge of the bell. 
Other forms are now made giving a more musical sound, and in 

some cases a double note, usually an interval of a major third, 

as C — E, by a modified form of pipe with two lips. 
Striking bells of various shapes are extensively used. 
Gongs are cheese-shaped metallic hollow suspended vessels, and 

are struck by a muffled hammer. 
Musical sounds are also produced from slips of glass, or chilled 

iron, glass bells and tumblers, and also from resonant magnetic 

iron blocks. _____ 

1924, 1925, 1926. See Sec. 98. 



THE ENGINEER'S SKETCn-BOOK. 




242 THE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK. 



Section 106.— DOORS, MANHOLES AND COVERS. 



1927. Application of a single crosshead and bolt to close two 

covers, as in a pump clack-box. 

1928. Cone seated cover, with hand-lifting crossbar and recess. 

i 

! 1929. Crosshead and man- or mud-hole, as commonly used for 



boilers, &c. 



1930. Cast-iron manhole and block; T-head bolts are generally 
used, but also eye-bolts, as in No. 937. 



1931. Wrouight-iron plate lid, or cover for a tank. 



1932. Wrought-iron dished cover, with hinged crossbar and T-screw 
used largely for gas retorts. 



1933. Furnace door ; hinged, with inside plate to protect the door from 
the heat. 



1934. Manhole door with water seal, or packed recess to keep 
back gases, smell, &c. 



1935. Screwed plug handhole. 



1936. Wrought-iron boiler manhole cover, and block, a special 
manufacture. 



1937. Type of sliding door; can be made airtight by planing the 
seatings. 

Hinged doors are well-known. For hinging, see Section 60. For 
fastenings, see Locking Devices, Section 49. 

See also Nos. 931, 937, 940, 962. 



THE ENGINEEBS SKETCH-BOOK. 



243 




1928. 



^^^^i ^ r^^^^r?^^.^^ 



W^^ 



1929. 



'^^^^^^■ A^^^^kp^^^^^p ^^ 



^ 




1930. 




..,...^ 



1931. 



^^^^^^SS 



( 1932. 




195A. 



v^\\\\\\\\V\\v5Nf^^V^VS\vV\VV^\Vv\vjt^^ 



i --- 



1957. 



1933. 




1936. 



ssssss 




SESSS 



I9J56. 




PAIiT II. 



ADDI'IIONS TO SECTIONS 1-106 



246 THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 



Section 1.— ANCHORING. 

(See also p. 10.") 

1938. Rock anchor for siispensian bridge chain or a guy. 

Sea anchor; any floating bjcly (immersed) presenting a large area 
to the water, as a spar and sail, quantity of bulky cargo, or raft 
of timber. 

Concrete anchor : masses of concrete are used as anchors under 
water, or sunk in the ground. 

Portable machines are anchored by attaching movable weights 
to the legs or base plates of the machine, also by driving stakes 
into the ground around the machine. 



Section 2.— ADJUSTING DEVICES. 

{See alo p. 10.) 

1939. Ratchet rod for adjusting and locking a lever in any required 

position. 

1940. Micrometer screw adjustment for a lever or crank arm, which 

may be locked to its shaft by the clip boss and screw, or released 
at will. 

1941. Spring pawl adjustment; has sufficient grip to hold against a 

moderate pressure, but may be moved by increased pressure. 

1942. Micrometer adjustment for a cam lever grip. 

1943. Micrometer screw, with swivel motion. 

1944. Wedge and pinion adjustment, used for applying pressure to 

type in printers' formes. 

1945. Adjustable rack for any fixing, secured by a staple bolt. 

1946. Adjustment for a spiral torsion spring to regulate its tension. 

1947. Callipers with fine adjustment by a taper screw, tapped into 

a hole in the split leg, so that the taper screw springs open the 
slit and thus extends the opening of the calliper legs. 

1918. Adjusting pawl and head for adjusting the tension or compres- 
sion of a torsion spring, which is fixed to the spindle. 

1949. Screw adjustment for rollers to maintain parallelism. 



THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 



M 



1938 




248 THE ENGINEERS SKLICH-BOOK. 

1950. Adjustment for expanding a split borer, reamer or rose bit, 

with micrometer graduation. 

1951. Screw adjustment for a lever. 

Iy52. Adjustable centre pin, traversed by a screw, and fixed after 
adjustment by a nut ai^d waslier. 

1953. Fine screw adjustment for any movable part. 

1954. Fine screw adjustment for a radial arm. 

1955. Division plate, witb differential dividing on its opposite faces. 
Belts, bands, &c., are adjusted by corresponding series of boles 

and laces, screws or rivets to tit them. 



Section 3.— BELT GEARING. 

(See also p. 12.) 

1956. Fast and loose pulleys; the fast pul'ey is larger in diameter 

than the loose pulley, to allow the belt to run slack wh( n running 
idle. 

1957. Round rubber belt gear. 

1958. Device for tightening a belt ; two guide pulleys are run on studs 

fixed to a ]ockinfj lever, the pull of the belt rocks this lever as 
far as the slack of belt will allow, thus keeping the belt tight. 

1959. Wide belt pulleys, cast with a double set of aims (shown in section). 

1960. Belt drive for two pulleys. 

Vee belts are used to run over V grooved pulleys. See No. 1243. 
Link belts ; formed of leatlier links connected by stsel wire centres 

in the form of a wide pitched chain (as No. 196). 
Cord belts are formed of guttapercha, indiarubber, leather, raw 

hide or catgut. 
Raw hide is frequently used for belts ; it is stronger than leather, 

harder in substance and less porous. 



Section 4.— BALL AND SOCKET JOINTS. 

(See aho p, 12.) 

1961. Swinging fixing, with ball and cup joint. 

1962. Ball joint for any swinging fixing required to be released or secured 

in various positions. 



Section 5.— BRAKES AND RETARDING APPLIANCES. 

(See also p. 14.) 

1963. Steam engine dash-pot; a steam cushioning device for valve 
movements. The cylinder is always full of steam under pressure, 
and a small bye-pass groove provided to allow steam to pass the 
piston when a blow or push is received. See No. 1480. 



THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 



249 



1950. 



1951. 




2 50 THE ENGINEEB'S SKETCH-BOOK, 

1964. Railway car brake, fulcnimed on the axle spring, so that the 
loaded car gives the pressure applied through the lever. 

19G5. Donble car brake; applies the grip to the wheel rim without 
cross or side strain on the axle. 

Brush brake. A brush of stiff bristles or steel wires is sometimes 
uted as a brake to a i evolving pulley. 



Section 6.— BOILERS, TYPES OF. 

{See also p. 16.) 

1966. Boiler, with furnace for consuming town refuse. Meld] 
Bros, patent, fitted with f(>rced draught lurnace. 



Section 7.— BLOWING AND EXHAUSTING. 

(See also p, 20.) 

1967. Type of air propeller, or wind turbine, not centrifugal ; the 

ah* is driven paiallel to tbe axis ot the fan. 



Section 8.— BED-PLATES, FOUNDATIONS AND FRAMING 

OF MACHINES. 

{See also p. 22.) 

1968. Shrunk ring fastening for segments of wheels, bed-plates and 

flaming A wrought-ircn ring is sbruLk over two lu^s cast on 
tbe a<ljoiniiig pieces of tbe frame, &c. 

1969. Foundation for gas engine on a fire-proof floor, with several 

layers of lelt between to diminish vibration and noise. 

1970. Box bed-plate, sometimes used as a tank, air reservoir, surface 

C(mdenser, &c. 

1971. Standard type of stand for a light machine. 

1972. Box-bed, frame or plinth, constructed of flat castings joined by 

grooves and fillets and long bolts or rivets. 

Columns, handrailing, and other parts of machine framings are 
usu 1 as air-vessels, drain-pipes, and for enclosing working rods 
and I arts of machines. 

Section 9.— CAM, TAPPET AND WIPER GEAR. 

(See also p. 24.) 

1973. Cam plate and levers, with rot-king motion ; the slots can be 

loimed to give any inteimittent, or variable motion to the lever 

ends. 

1974. Cam lever motion from a reciprocating rod. 



THE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK. 




R 'I 



252 THE ENGINEEB'S SKETCH-BOOK. 

1975. Spiral or wheel cam to give a reciprocatng motion to a bar. 

1976. Compound cam. to operate a nuinl er of radial grips or arms. 

1977. Internal compound cam to operate a number of radial slides for 

internal grip. 

Section 10.— CRANK AND ECCENTRIC GEAR. 

{See also p. 28.) 

1978. Hinged hand-crank. 

1979. Joy's patent hydraulic eccentric for steam engine reversing 

gear. The centre block — keyed to the crank shaft — has two small 
rams working in cylinders in the sheave, and the position of the 
eccentric is conirolled b^ a har.d-lever and pimip forcing oil iuto 
the cylinders through a channel in the crank shiift and rams. 

1980. Double eccentric, with two diameters or throws to give alternately 

two different lengths of stroko to an eccentric rod. 
Shifting eccentrics. See Valve gear, Section 79. 
Crank shaft governor gear. See ditto, ditto. 

1981. Three-throw bent crank. 

1982. Diagonal crank pin to give a rotary reciprocating motion as well 

its ;in lip and down motion to a piston or rod. 
Adjustable hand crank. See Nos. t2570, 1'265, 2523. - 
Adjustable eccentrics. See Nos. 188, 189, 190. 
Eccentric crank motion. See Nos. 174, 175. 

1983. Eccentric vaiiable-throw crank pin. The pin is formed on 

an o^icmti'ic stock which can be revolve! by a worm and wheel. 

1984. Crank motion to give, from one crank having a regular motion, an 

irregular motion to a second crank or vice versa. The speed of 
the slotted crank varies throughout its circle of revolution. 



Section 11.— CHAIN GEAR. 

(See also p 30.) 

1985. "Chain Gear Co.'s" patent pitch chain. The tendency of 

the chain to travel to the point of the teeth is believed to keej* it 
always up to pitch. 

1986. Pitched chain, with flat links, open centre and cylindiical distance 

pins A A to tit a sprocket wheel. Bicycle drive chains are of 
this class. 
See ji. 152 for Chain Wheels. 



Section 12.— CARRIAGES AND CARS. 

(See also p. 32.) 
1987. Swivelling gear for car wheels. 



TEE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK. 



253 




254 TBE ENGINEEM'S SKETCB-BOOK. 

Section 13.— CRUSHING, GRINDING & DISINTEGRATING. 

[See also p. 36.) 

1988. Eccentric disc grinding mill, The discs have grooved faces, 

annular, radial or spiral. 

1989. Grinding face tool, with segments of stone or emery. 

1990. Huntingdon's stamp mill. 

Surface grinding, filing and polishing; are performed by means 
of emery, files, glass and emery paper and cloth, revolving stones 
and emery wheels, brushes, endless bands fed with emery and 
other powders, &c. 
1990a. Ball mill lor grinding various substances. 



Section 15.— CLUTCHES. 

{See also p. 40.) 

1991. Coil-grip friction clutch. By the Shaw Engineering Co., Bristol. 

The coil is of steel, in the form of a spring 

1992. Internal grip friction clutch. The internal ring is split at one 

side and expanded by the oval pin attached to the arm. The 
latter is usually reciprocated by a sliding sleeve on the shaft (as 
No. iJ82). 

1993. Jaw clutch thrown into gear by partial revolution. 



Section 16.— COUPLINGS FOR SHAFTING. 

{See also p. 42.) 

1994. Coupling to allow two shaft ends to run a little out of 
line ; the centre piece has a cross feather at each end at right 
angles to each other, which engage with cross grooves in the shaft 
end pieces. 

1996. Split sleeve coupling tightened on the shaft by two cone bushes 
and nuts. 

1996. Flange coupling, with recessed grooves for the bolt heads and 

nuts. 

1997. Angle coupling for shafts, instead of bevil gearing. 

1998. Angle coupling for shafts at any angle (shown at anj^le of 90°) 

consisting of four crank pins sliding and revolving in holes bored 
in the shaft ends. 



Section 17.— CONNECTING RODS AND LINKS. 

{See also p, 42.) 

1999. Spring connecting rod of steel or wood. 

2000. Attachment for connecting rod to a pump ram, with pi o- 

vision for taking up the brasses by a long screw. 

2001. Connecting rod end, the back brass being set up by a set screw 

with coned point, which displaces by penetration a number of 
fiteel balls or shot. 

2002. Solid rod end, with wedge gib and nut adjustment for brasses; 

the latter take out sideways. 

2003. " Marine " connecting rod end. 



THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 



255 




1999. 



256 TEE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 

2004. "Marine" connecting rod end, with metal cap, and one half 

brass. 

2005. Wedge cotter and brass bearing to take the thrust of a con- 

necting rod off its centre pin. 

2006. Solid end for connecting rod; brasses are set up by a capstan 

screw. 

2007. Anti-friction rod end, where the strain is all on one stroke (as 

in single-acting pumps), the strain coming on the friction roller. 

2008. Simple connecting rod end and half brass for single-acting 

pumps, &c. 

2009. Solid link, with swivelling segments housed in a box formed on 

the valve spindle. 

2010. Connecting rod end, with end block to take out sideways when 

the brasses can be removed. 

2011. Rod end, with fixed pin secured by a cotter and nut. 

2012 Connecting rod end, crosshead and gudgeon, showing metal 
leiiGwable plugs let in on the wearing faces of the gudgeon pin. 

2013. Strap end, with diagonal key. Sometimes more accessible than 
a straight key. 



Section 18.— CRANES, TYPES OF. 

{See also p. 46.) 

2014. Crane, with sliding jib. 

2015. Suspended travelling hand crane. 

2016. Basement crane, projected diagonally upward when in use. TLe 

winch is a fixed one. 

2017. Loophole crane, projected horizontally when in use by a hand- 

rope gear working a pinion and rack, or by a chain wound upon 
a barrel. 



THE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK. 



257 



2004- 




2014. 



^ 



RftA?iA>«r7(A7WwuWTrcr«^2Jff^V^ 



2017. 



2 5^ THU ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK. 



2018. Travelling wharf crane to span a railway. 



Section 20.~COMPENSATING AND BALANCE WEIGHTS. 

(See also p. 54.) 

2019. Balance for a suspended light, lamp or sirailftr article, allowing 

it to be raised or lowered while the balance weight only travels 
half the distance, and is therefore twice the weight of the articles 
balanced. 

2020. Balance box. The cover is made as heavy as the box. 

2021. Balanced cutter head for a milling or moulding machine. 



Section 21.— CIRCULAR AND RECIPROCATING MOTION. 

(See also jp. 56.) 

2022. The " Dake " square piston engine ; has a reciprocating double 

piston and a transverse sliding block, by which rotary motion is 
communicated to the crank pin. 

2023. Chapman's patent crank motion. In this gear the cylinders 

are fixed at right angles and their strokes are four times the 
radius of the crank, which is coupled by a link with equal arms 
(of the same radius as the crank) to the two crossheads direct. 

2024. Crank motion. The crank pin runs in a sleeve having a sliding 

motion aloug the le\?er. 

2025. Crank motion (in plan), with side connecting rod an 1 off guide. 

TLe crank shaft crosses the piston rod as near as may be. 

2026. Crank motion, with semi-yoke crosshead, 

2027. Ditto with yoke connecting rod. 

2028. Ditto for a pump, the handle describes an elliptic path. 

2029. Bouchet's crank motion to avoid dead centres. 

2030. Eccentric hand crank motion. The connecting rod has a ring- 

shajjed end, and the strap is revolved on the centre pin by a 
handle fixed to it. 



THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 




26o TEE ENGINEERS SKETCH BOOK. 



2031. Crank motion to work a sliding tool or movement on a bar or 

^uicle. 

2032. Offset crosshead and guide crank motion for a pump or air 

compressor. 

2033. Crank motion to drive a swing arm, or vice versa, 

2034. Side crank motion. 

2035. Atkinson's crank motion to drive the flywheel two revolutions 

to one double stroke of the piston. 



Section 22.— CONCENTRATED POWER. 

(See also jp. 62.) 

2036. Compound lever shears. 

2037. Lever and frame gear for applying great leverage, with a 

detent to prevent running back. 



Section 23.— CONVEYING MOTION TO MOVABLE PARTS 
OF MACHINERY. 

(See also p. 62.) 

2038. Jointed tube for a travelling, hydraulic, steam, or compressed 

air, hoisting, or other engine. 

2039. A travelling wheel may be driven by a long pinion without 

affecting the travelling movement of the wheel. 

2040. Travelling spur gear similar to last, to convey continuous 

motion to a travelling machine. 
Hydraulic transfer. Two rotary motors (hydraulic) are used, 
one as driver, the other as motor, and connected tog( ther by two 
pipes forming the suction and delivery pipes, by which a 
continuous circulation is kept up, and the motor driven by the 
driver, the latter being driven from a shaft or engine. The pipes 
may be taken a great distance, if made large enough. 



Section 24.— CUTTING TOOLS. 

{See also p. 64.) 

2041. Pin borer, for cutting out circular blanks with a central hole, such 

as washers, &c. 

2042. Wobbling circular saw to cut dovetail grooves. 

2043. Expansive facing, or boring pin bit. 

2044. Revolving cutter, with adjustable inserted circular cutter. 

2045. Inserted circular saw teeth, easily sharpened, reset, or replaced. 

2046. Chain cutter. 

2047. Hollow taper bung borer. Bores a taper hole by enlarging a 

plain hole bored by an ordinary bit. 

2048. Square hole boring bit, for wood. A square chisel containing 

a twist borer. 

2049. Turning tool for metal. Front tool. 

2050. Ditto ditto Knife tool. 

2051. Chasing tool for V threads. 

2052. Turning tool for metal. Screw tool for square thread. 



THE ENGINEEB'S SKETCH-BOOK, 



261 



2031. 




^r(o ^) (o ^:}f^ 



262 



TEE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK. 



2053. Turning tool for metal. V tool. 



2054. 


Ditto 


2055. 


Ditto 


2056. 


Ditto 


2G57. 


Ditto 


2058. 


Ditto 


2059. 


Ditto 



V tool for inside threads. 
Side tool for square shoulders. 

ditto right hand. 
Boring tool. 

ditto for square shoulders. 

ditto ditto 



ditto 
ditto 
ditto 
ditto 
ditto 
ditto 

2060. Hand planing tool for soft metals — lead, pewter, &c. 

2061. Ditto for wood, with the grain. 

2062. Ditto ditto end grain. 

2063. Paring gouge for wood. 

2064. Hollowing gouge for wood. 

2065. Cross grooving plane. Has two cutters, one to mark the cut on 

each side, the other to plane out the shaving. 

2066. Tool for cutting circular holes in wrought^iron plates; guided 

chisel and hammer. The " Sundale " patent. 

2067. Hollow cone paring tool for pointing pinsj lead pencils, &c. 

2068. Tool head for a drilling machine, with three or four hinged drill 

holders* 

2069 and 2070. Adjustable boring bits. 

2071 and 2072. Bottoming or rose drills. 

2073 and 2074. Cylinder and fluted drills for enlarging and finishing 
holes. 



THE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK. 



26 



2053. 



2055. 



2056 




264 THE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK. 

2075. Compound cylinder drill, fluted, and provided with oil channel. 

2076. Boring bar head. 

2077. Tool holder for lathe, shaper, or planer tools. 



Section 25.— CONDENSING AND COOLING. 

(^See also p. 66.) 

2078. Klein's atmospheric cooler. The hot water is sprayed against 

the upper surfaces of a number of vertical metal sheets, and 
trickles down into a trough. The natural circulation of air 
between the sheets, combined with a partial evaporation, cools 
the water to as low as 20° below normal temperature. 

2079. Injector condenser, with hot well, foot valve, and air pump. 
20S0. Cooling fountain and trays f >r condenser water. 

Cooling ponds of area proportionate to the quantity and tem- 
perature of the water, are used to cool condenser water where the 
supply is limited. 

Fountain and spray jets are also used in conjunction with a 
pond for cooling condenser water. 

Korting's jet condenser. See No. 2212. 



Section 26.— CONCENTRATING AND SEPARATING. 

(See also p. 66.) 

2080a. Centrifugal separator with air blast. The material is fed into 
the top cone on the revolving vertical shaft, and travels down 
against an air blast from below. 



Section 27.— CHOPPING, SLICING AND MINCING. 

(^See also p. 68.) 

2081. Machine for slicing roots. The roller has cutters shaped to 

shred the roots to any gauge of fineness required, and a fixed rack 
or brush at A to clean the teeth. 

2082. Mill for chopping or grinding, in which the two rollers are 

driven at difleieut peripheral speeds. 



Section 28.-CHUCKS, GRIPS AND HOLDERS. 

(See also p. 68.) 

2083. Sockets for various tools, &c. Sections : these are made 

either with parallel or tuper holes. With parallel holes a set 
screw or key is used to secure the tool in the socket. Seo See. 37. 

2084. Screw chuck for wood turning. 

2085. Fork chuck for wood turning. 

2080. Screwed cup chuck for wood turning. 
2087. Cup chuck, with taper feathers, for wood. 



THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 




266 THE ENGINEEB'S SKETCH-BOOK. 

2088. Adjustable tap wrench. 

2089. Elevating tool box. 

2090. Tool head for milling or sarfacin(». 

2091. Three-jaw guide or chuck. The three sliding jaws are usually 

set up by screws. 

2092. Two-jaw chuck. The jaws are travelled simultaneously opposite 

ways by a right and left-hand screw. 

2093. Drill socket, with diagonal pin to grip the drill shank when 

screwed up. 

2 )94. Instantaneous grip for vice, &c. The worm A is eccentric, and 
lifts or lowers the toothed abutment block B into or out of gear 
with the fixed rack by a single movement of the handle C. 
When out of gear ABC, with the shaft and front jaw, can be 
slid in or out freely to any size of opening required. 

2095. Clip for a rod or cord. 

2096. Split sleeve and nut to grip a rod or shaft. 
•2097. Screw cramp. 

2098. Ditto Another form. 

2099. Capstan drill or cutter head, for lathe or boring machine. The 

head revolves diagonally, and may have sockets for several tools 
to follow each other in succession in operating on a piece of work. 

2100. Adjustable tool box. 

2101. Spanner, with adjustable jaw. 

2102. Spring taper socket, with sliding ring. 

2103. Toothed V grip for chucks, &c. 

2104. Ditto Another form, with alternate vees. 

2105. Simplest form of V grip for parallel cylindrical articles. 



THE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK. 



267 



2088 



VMm 




2103. 









2102. 








. 












--- 


■---'- 


i 







2105. 



2104. 



s 2 



268 THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 



2106. Three-jaw face chuck. The jaws are made to act together or 

separately by a spiral plate, or by screws. See Nos. 158, 1384. 

2107. Split tool holder (harbor's patent), with taper thread and nut 

to grip a round (or other) secciou tool. 

2108. Cap and socket for drills. 

2109. Socket and set screw for drills. 

2110. Split tool bar, with transverse cutter (see No. 2043), fitted with 

sunk screw, having a recessjd head for a special spanner. 

2111. Stepped jaw for lathe face chucks traversed by a screw. See 

Ko. 409. 

2112. Spring grip for- pencils, small drills, pins, (fee. 

i!113. Bauer's patent spanner, or pipe wrench. The hinge pin is of 
tijeform of ISo. 2126. 

2114. Chuck for wheels, having three or more sliding dogs set up by & 

cone and hand wheel nut. 

2115. Split end grip for a rod. 

2116. Double vee grip for pipes, &c., which, having an equal move- 

ment to both j iws, reuiuiiis always central. The large screw must 
be twice the pitch of the smaller central screw, and one is right 
han<], the other left hand. 

2117. Hand screws, with V grip. 



Section 29.-CUSHI0NING. 

(See also _p. 72.) 

2118. Rubber pad or buffer. 

2119. Cushion tyre for road wheels. 

2120. Ditto pneumauc. The resistance in this tyre is in- 
creased by compression of the enclosed air by a portable pump. 

Duplex pumps are cushioned at eack end of the stroke by 
trap[)ing part of the exhaucst steam by the piston closing the port. 

Air vessels are used to cushion the action of a pump, both on the 
delivery and suction. 

2121. A spring piston is used for the same purpose. 

Pads or cushions of rubber, felt, leather, &c., are used as 
bufters to cushion blows. 

Shaw & Spiegle's steam towing machine provides an 
elastic steam cushion which yields to prevent overstraining the 
cable, the engine then running backwards under the strain, but 
winds up again as the strain goes off, thus paying in and out to 
suit the motion of the vessel. 



THE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK. 



269 




270 THE ENGINE EB'S SKETCHBOOK. 

Section 30.— DRILLING, BORING, &c. 

(iS'ee also p. 72.) 

See Expanding reamers, Nos. 2149, 2151. 

Dit^o cutters, Nos. 2069, 2070, G27. 

Ditto auger, Section 36. 



Section 31.— DIFFERENTIAL GEAR. 

(See also p 74.) 

2122. Differential piston indicator for steam engines. 

2123. Harrison's differential epicycloidal hoi?t gear. Pinion A 

is fast to the barrel and loose on the shaft, li is keyed to the 
shaft, C and D are cast together, and run on a stud in the large 
wheel E, which is loose on the shaft; A and B have different 
numbers of teeth. 

2124. Differential screw bolt and sleeve movement. 

2125. Differential screw valve fitting, with cono seat, tightened up 

by tlie T htad and fine thread central screw ; used for gas bottles. 

2126. Chinese windlass. The origin of modern differential gear. 



Section 32.— ENGINES, TYPES OF. 

(See also p. 76.) 

2127. Beam engine, compound; with diagonal cylinders f'or compact- 

ness. 

2128. Steam cylinder, with diagonal flange joint for the valve chest — 

enables the valve face to be easily planed, and dispenses with a 
separate casting and joint for the box. 

2129. Pumping or blowing engine, with side rod-crank motion. 

2130. One crank and one eccentric engine, with cylinders at 

right angles. The same eccentric operates both slide valves. 

2131. One crank engine, as last described. 

2132. One crank three-cylinder engine. 

2133. Sliding cylinder engine, with three-throw crank and three 

conuecting rods. The distribution of steam is made by the 
reciprocating motion of the cylinder over ports in the bedplate. 

2134. Compound high-speed enclosed engine. 

2135. Compound engine, with T connecting rod and one crftnk, no 

dead centre. 

Crank motions. See Section 21. 
2i:'6. Three-cylinder high-speed box engine, single acting. 



THE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK. 



71 




^r^^^ 



<Q^ 



2 72 THE ENGUSEEB'S SKETCH-BOOK. 

2137. American type of walking beam paddle engines. 

2138. Diagonal engine, with vertical air pump, worked by a bell-crank 

lever. 

Vacuum engines. Two forms of this type of engine have been 
manufactured in vvhich steam is employed at atmospheric pressure 
and condensed in a jet or surface condenser, the working pressure 
being theiefoie atmospheric and never exceeding 14 lbs. per 
square inch absolute. These engines and their boilers are free 
from risk of explosion, but require a good supply of condensing 
water. 



Section 34.~ELLIPTICAL MOTION. 

(See also p. 82.) 

2139. Crank motion to describe ovals (egg shaped, not true ellipses). 

2140. Ellipsograph. The point A is fixed and the point B travelled 

along the line A B. 

2141. String ellipsograph ; A and B are fixed in the foci of the ellipse 

and the string joined so that the pencil C (with string wheel on 
it) will reach the end of minor axis D ; the pencil will describe a 
true ellipse. 

Section 36.— EXPANDING AND CONTRACTING DEVICES. 

(See also p. 84.) 

2142. Expanding gate. Foim. d of vertical, round, or simple bars, 

fitted with sliding ferrules having centre pins passing through 
diagonal bars, these centres being evenly spaced. 

2143. Expanding mandrel ; has three parallel feathers, expanded by a 

central bolt having two equal cones. 

2144. Expanding socket, formed of spring wire. 

2145. Expanding legs for telescope or camera tripod. 

2146. Expanding tripod, formed to close up into a cylindrical group. 

2147. Expanding table of three or more slides. 

2148. Expanding tripod. The legs are hinged to a triangular prism, 

and form a cylindrical group when closed. 

2149. Expanding reamer. The body is split up in three parts as far 

as the end of the bolt. 

2150. Addy's expanding collar consists of two rings with the adjacent 

faces spiral, so that by revolving them they separate to the extent 
of the pitch. The collar therefore expands longitudinally, not 
diamctriciilly. 

2151. Expanding split reamer or mandrel with taper screw. 

2152. Expanding riddle or screen, to vary the spaces between the 

bars. 



THE ENGINEEB'S SKETCH-BOOK. 




2142. 




2144 



2148 







a-^ 



2147. 







2145. 


9f^ 




<. '; 'II. 












<> 


(o 




=^=> 


) 




2 74 TEE ENGINEEUS SKETCH-BOOK. 

2153. Expanding collars or sleeves, screwed one upon another. 

2154. Expanding collet, split in three or more parts. 

2155. Expanding pipe grip or collar with bevel gear and right and 

left-hand screws to operate the three segments together. 

2156. Expanding pipe stopper with rubber ring. See Section 29. 

Bellows and rubber bags are used as expanding devices for 
gases, &c. 

Rubber balloons are expanded by air blown in under pressure. 

2157. Expanding pulley or wheel. 
Expanding plug. See No. 2358. 

2158. Expanding lever. 

The mercury bulb tube is an expanding device actuated by 
temperature. 
j (See also Cushioning ; Chucks, Section 28.) 



Section 37.— FASTENING WHEELS, &c., TO SHAFTS. 

{See also p. 86.) 

2159. Crank arm or lever arm, secured to shaft by a clip boss and bolt. 

2160. Ditto, secured by a screwed shank passed through the shaft and 

drawn up by a nut. 

2161. Piston and rod fastening. 

2162. Ditto, ditto. 

2163. Thomas' patent wedge bush for securing plain bored pulleys, 

(fee, to shafts. 

2164. Taper screwed bush fastening for a wheel, with frictional grip. 

The bush is split on one side only. 

2165. Taper split bush fixing, with frictional grip. The bush is 

split into three parts. 

12166. Set-screw fixing for a kver or arm. 



THE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK. 



^7S 





i 


2153 


_^ 




^ 


1$^^^ 




1^ 







2155. 



2154 




276 THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK, 

2167. Split boss or collar, with two torms of sunk screws for fixing 

and tightening. 

Split wheels and pulleys are now commonly used as the best 
means of fastening to slijilts. h'ee No. 1711. 

2168. Cone sleeve (split) and nut lasttniug for a wheel or pulley. 

2169. Serrated wedges. 



Section 38.— FRICTION GEAR. 

(^See also p. 88.) 

2170. Carriage driving gear. The carriage wheel bears upward 

against the driving spindle which drives it by friction, or the 
latter is forced down into frictional gear with the carriage wheel 
by loading or by springs. 

2171. Friction, spring clip, for giving tension to cotton thread passed 

between the convex discs. 

Leather covered pinions geared with plain rimmed wheels or 
discs. These should aluays have the pinion as driver, otherwise 
the pinion is liable to wear in tits and become useless. 



Section 39.— GUIDES, SLIDES, &c. 

(See also p. 90.) 

2172. Engine crosshead, fornicd of two slide blocks, cast with the 

gndgco j in one piece and two caps bolted together, enclosing the 
piston rod end and bolted to the slide blocks. 

2173. Crosshead single-bar guide, with or without the lower attach- 

ment for pumjD rod. 

2174. Sliding bed guided by two square grooved strips (one of which 

may be fixed) adjusted by diagonal set screws. 

2175. Vee guides, with renewable strip. 

2176. Ditto, ditto, with set screw adjustment. 

2177. Ditto, ditto, with bevelled adjusting strip and set screws. 

2178. Ditto, ditto, with loose V strip set up by screws on top. 

2179. Guide block for engine crosshead formed of a bronze shell filled 

with white metal or antifriction metal. 

2180. Curved segment guide for a link movement to turn an angle. 

2181. Crosshead guide, with two slide bars, American type. 

2182. V guide bar and guide. 

2183. Double V guide for crosshead. 
2181. Crosshead guides of square section. 



THE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK. 




278 THE ENGlJSEEliS StiETCH-BOOK. 



2185. Guide bed, with square guides and renewable strip adjusted by 

set screws. 

2186. Vee guide, with V strij) anl set screw adjustment. 

2187. Ditto, do., with bevelled strip and set screw, 

2188. Ditto, do., adjusted at the top. 

2189. Simple guide attachment to a plain bar. 

2190. Guide bars, adjustable, for wear. 

2191. Engine crosshead, with adjustable guide brasses, set up by taper 

keys and nuts. 

2192. Crosshead, tent round the rod. 

2193. Crosshead side guide for engine or pump, plan view. 



Section 40.— GEARING, VARIOUS DEVICES IN. 

(^See also p. 92.) 

2194. Turn-over gear for reversing a stamp, table or platen by rack 

and pinion. 

2195. Double driving motion by belt for two saws, cutters, drills, &c., 

so that either may be put in work at various points in a half 
circle of the radius of the arm. 

2196. Sun and planet gear. A is a fixed wheel, B is keyed to the 

barrel shaft, C and D are cast together and run loose on a stud 
on the crank arm. 

2197. Two-tooth pinion gear. 

2198. Cam spur gear, to give similar variable movements to those 

given by cams. 

2199. Motion to vary the angle of a screw propeller blade, a 

windmill, feathering wheel, &c., by bevel gear and a central shaft. 



THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 



279 



2185. 




2187. 






3 ^ 



2130. 







2194 



2193. 



1^ 



f- 



C D 

2196. ^^nr 



2197. 



w 



Sh- 



2195. 



f^:^ 





^ 



2199. 




2198. 






%/ 




2 8o THE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK, 

Section 41.— GOVERNING AND REGULATING SPEED, &c. 

(See also p. 96.) 

2200. Atmospheric governor. Eod A is connected to reciprocate 

with the engine, B is connected to the equilibrium throttle 
valve, C is an inlet valve for air, and D an adjustable outlet valve 
by which the speed is regulated. For continuous instead of 
intermittent action on the rod and piston B, the air pump A should 
force air into an intermediate chamber above the piston B by- 
addition of a diaphragm and delivery valve. 

2201. Gas engine pendulum governor. Hit and miss. The rocking 

trip C falls out of gear by its own weight when the pendulum 
moves so fast as to release it. The upper ball is used to adjust 
the motion of the pendulum to the speed required. 

Crank-shaft governors. See Section 79. 

Self-regulating dampers are aj^plied to boiler flues, and are 
operated by the pressure of steam, so as to regulate the draught. 

Governing the speed of hoists. See No. 1495. 

2202. Gas engine governor. The revolving cam throws the vertical 

arm of the lever far enough to close the gas valve when the speed 
increases beyond the normal. 

2203. Steam valve-regulator, to move a valve or other detail any 

fractional part of its stroke and hold it at that point. The main 
steam and oil cylinder valves move with the pistons. The cut- 
off valves are controlled by a hund lever and admit steam and oil 
to the same ends of their respective cylinders simultaneously 
the pistons only travel till they cut otf their own supply, the oil 
fluid preventing expansive action of the steam. 

2204. Centrifugal ball governor, with cone wheel motion to operate 

the cut off. 

2204a. Even-flow regulator or governing valve, for drawing off from a 
tank. 



Section 43.— HOOKS, SWIVELS, &c. 

(See also p. 98.) 

2205. Hook eye for a guy rope. 

2206. Slip hook for pile driver, monkey, Szc, 

2207. Wire hook attachment for electric wires. 



TEE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK. 



281 




2 82 THE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK. 

2208. Loop or eye shackle. 

2209. Swivel shackle for guy, roJ, or Look. 

2210. Slip hook. 

Section 44.— INDICATING SPEEDS, &c. 

(Sec also p. 100.) 

Indicators are employed— 

To register the entry and exit of workmen to or from a factory; 
To register speeds and variation of load, steam pressure, &c., on 

an engine ; 
To register wind pressure, barometric variations — rainfall, sun- 

sLiiie, &c. ; 
To register periodical visits of a watchman or other official, and 

the liouis of such visits ; 
To register visits to a bank safe. 

2211. Indicator to register the flow of water by its speed and 

pressure against a float ng ball, which actuates a pencil moving 
vertically against a paper cylinder which is kept revolving slowly 
by clockwork. 

Section 45.— JETS, NOZZLES AND INJECTORS. 

(See also p. 102.) 

2212. Korting's water jet condenser; requires 3 feet head of con- 

densing water. 

2213. Spray jet for petroleum, water, &c., with air blas^t. 
Automatic spray jets or sprinklers are constructed to spread 

or spray water over a considerdble area by the force of the issuing 
current, for extinguishing fires, watering gardens, &c. 
Fountain jets are of many forms to deliver the water in close, 
spreading, or fan-shaped forms, artistically arranged, 

2214. Spray jet, with spiral core. 

2215. Spray jet, with annular orifice and dish-plate. 



Section 46.— JOURNALS, BEARINGS, PIVOTS, &c. 

(See also p. 102.) 

2216. Pedestal bearing, with four brasses and set screw adjustments. 

2217. Hydraulic oil pivot for vertical spin lie. Oil under pressure is 

forced into the channels between the bearing faces, the area and 
pressure being adjusted to the load. The surplus oil is returned 
from the oil well to the pump. 

2218. Adjustable intermediate bearing for a vertical shaft. It has 

Ihiee brasses set up by set screws and wedges. 



TEE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 



283 



2208 




T 2 



284 THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 

2219. Long bearing, with oil circulation. 

2220. V bearing, or support for a shaft or telescope. 

2221. Plain double bearing, with one cap and one bolt. 

2222. Vertical shaft bearing, formed of two similar toe-pieces of very 

hard steel running in oil. 

2223. Pedestal, with side adjusting brasses, set up by set screws. 

2224. Vertical shaft bearing, similar to No. 2222, but with small coned 

toe-piece of very hard steel. 

2225. Thrust-bearing for collar screw, having a loose collar secured 

by two pins, drilled half in the collar and half in the base. 

2226. Similar bearing, with a loose collar screwed in and locked by a 

set pin. 

2227. Similar bearing ; the screw has a thick collar, with a turned 

groove and a jnn drilled half into the collar and half into the 

base. 

2228. Vertical pivot, with hai dcued screws. 
Ball bearings. See Section 70. 
Roller bearings. See Section 70. 

2229. Bearing, with side brasses, sot up by a set screw. 

2230. Ditto, with 3 brasses, set up by a set screw. 

2231. Ditto, with 3 brasses, the side brasses set up by wedge bolts, 
regulated on top. 

2232. Bearing, with 3 brasses, set up by side wedges and top screws. 

2233. Schiele's vertical shaft bearing. 

White metal is much used for bearings, and may be run in around 
a shaft. The brasses are sometimes made of skeleton form to 
receive white metal in this way» 



THE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK, 




286 THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 

Section 47.— PLATE WORK. 

! {See also p. 106.) 

SHEET METAL JOINTS. 

2234. Ring seam, with cover strip. 

2235. Tolded ring seam. 

2236. Half folded seam. 

2237. Filleted ring seam. 

2238. \ 
2239. 
2240. 
2241. 
2242. 
2243. 
2244. 
2245. 
2246 & 2247. Intermediate seams, or diaphragms. 

2248. Elbow seam. 

2249. Folded pipe seam. 

PLATE AND BAR JOINTS. 

2250. Junction of T iron, plate and T or L iron verticals. 

2251. Gusset plate corner stiffener. 

2252. Plate end for a tie rod. 

2253. H iron junction, as in a floor framing. 

2254. Gusset plate junction for a braced framing. 

2255. Gusset plate junction for H girders of equal depths. 



^Bottom seams; 2244 is strengthened by a thick wire ring. 



Section 48.— LEVERS. 

(See also p. 108.) 

2256. Lever, with universal motion. 

2257. Hand starting lever, cheap construction, formed of light channel- 

iron, with a bent lock bar engaging with holes in a sector plate 
cast on the bearing. 
Locking levers. See Section 49. 



THE ENGINEER'S SKETCH- BOOK. 



287 



2234. 



2235. 



2236. 



2237. 



(d \s\ 



2238. 2239. 2240 

^ 



s Is — ©I 



2246. . 2247. 



2241. 



2244. 



r p 1 -, ... 



^f>D 




THE ENGINEERS SKETCHBOOK. 



2258. Double lever, hand motion, for fire-engine, pumps, &c, 

2259. Locking lever formed of iron tube with sliding catch rod inside. 

2260. Starting lever, with hooked catch, taking into holes in a sector 

plate. 

2261. Convex worm for locking and adjusting a starting lever. 

2262. Equalising levers for springs and variable movements. 

2263. Lever and rack lifting appliance. 

2264. Spring lever to lock in two positions. 

2265. Hand lever adjustable to radius. With a bent handle it forms an 

adjustable hand crank. 

Spring lever formed of steel plates. See No. 1914. 

Compound levers. See No, 1367. " Roller board " movements 
in organs are of this type, but each pair of arms and its shaft or 
roller is mounted independently on a pair of end centres. 

2265a. Double lever for a plug cock, to be operated by two cords. 



Section 49.— LOCKING DEVICES. 

(See also p. 110.) 

2266. Lever action for a door, &c., to lock it, open or shut, in fixc«l 

positions. 

2267. Lever action for a gate or door, to open or close it and lock it 

in either position. 

2268. Revolving eyelet to lock or release a rod or cord. ^ 

2269. Abutment lock. Can only be opened by revolving the tumbler 

by a key. 



THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 



289 




290 THE ENGINEEBS SKETCH-BOOK. 

2270. Secret screw attachment. The screw is fixed to the back of 

any article, and fastened to the fixing A by sliding along the slot. 
Two, three or four screws and slots are generally used. 

2271. Bolt lock. The bolt can b« released by revolving it 180°. 

2272. Gib-key fastening for a sliding block or bracket on a plain bar. 

2273. Similar fastening, using a wooden bar. 

2274. Locking stud, used for iron bedstead laths. 

2275. Catch and hook. 

2276. Hinged catch to lock a screwed gland or nut. 

2277. Letter lock, or combination lock. Any number of discs may be 

arraijged on a spindle having a feather key, so that they must be 
all in a certain position to allow the key to slide through a notch 
or key way cut in each disc, so as to open the loop. 

2278. Locked nut. 

2279. Spring pawl, umbrella catch. 

2280. Spring snap, released by pressing the open ends together. 

2281. Locking pawl for spur teeth. 

2282. Spring handle. 

2283. Spring pawl, locks the wheel against a moderate force, but gives 

way to a greater force. 

Locked pawl motions. See Section 62. 

2284. Locking device for lathe hcadstock or tool rest. The head of 

the central pin runs in a T groove or under the lathe bed, and 
is clamped by the cone pointed set screw, which bears against a 
conical recess in the central pin. 

2285. Radius bar, with notches to lock a hand lever in various positions. 

Ihe lever may be hinged to lift out of the notches, or made thin 
enough to spring sufficiently for this purpose. 

2286. Coned screw lock for a standard foot, pin, or socket and ppigot. 



THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 



291 



2273. 




292 - THE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK, 

2287. Set screw fixing for needles, wires, cord, &c. 

2288. Split block to grip a rod, with handle nut. 

2289. Cam catch to lock a wheel or spindle. 

2290. Locking gear for a shaft driven by spur gearing, used in place 

of a clutch. 

2291. Similar lock for a revolving head, standard tool post, &c. 

2292. Tee groove for a T head bolt for Nos. 2290 and 2291. 

2293. Horse-shoe distance piece to place between a sliding pinion and 

the shaft collar to keep it cither in or out of gear. 

2294. Wedge plate and screw fastening for cutters, &g. 

2295. Locking device for a spring lever, handle, button hook, &c. 

2296. Locked centre pin. 

2297. Cotter to lock a sliding spindle. 



Section 50.-HINGES AND JOINTS. 

(See also p. 116.) 

2298. Link hinges for reversing a seat back. 

2299. Tape hinging allows the door to swing through 360®. 

2300. Link hinges for reversing a door or shutter in opening or closing. 

2301. Forked joint for pump rods, &c., with stepped gibs. 

2302. Forked joint and swivel block for screw attachment. 

2303. Swivel joint for pipe work. 

2304. Door hinged to an intermediate square strip, so as to swing 

through 360°. 
Spring hinges. See Nos. 1469, 1470. 

2305. Scarfed joint for pump rods, locked by a cross cotter and 

tapered ferrule. 

2306. Swivel joint for pump rods, &c. 



THE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK. 



293 




294 THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK: 



2307. Screw socket and spigot joint for rods. 

2308. Conical socket joint and set screw. 

2309. 2310, 2311 & 2312. Socket joints, various forms of. See also 

Section 28. 
2313. Taper drill socket. The drill socket end is shaped to fit a cross 
slot in the holder, into which a taper cotter can be driven to 
loosen the drill ; the slot gives a positive drive to the drill. 



Section 51— LUBRICATORS. 

(See also p. 120.) 

2314. Lieuvain's needle lubricator, with bent needle for oiling a 

crank pin. The latter has a pad attached, which rubs in passing 
the bent needle and thus takes off the oil. 

2315. Pan lubricator for crank pin, to assist oiling from an oil can when 

revolving. 

2316. Crank pin lubricator. A fixed oil cup, with a pad of flannel 

attached ; the connecting rod end having a bent plate attached, 
which at every rcvoluHon rubs oil off the pad into its oil cup. 

2317. Lubricating a loose pulley on a fixed or revolving shaft by a 

"Stauffer" lubricator fitted to the shaft end. 

2318. Lubricating a loose pulley on a fixed stud. 

2319. Mode of lubricating a vertical spindle, carrying a wheel or 

other top gear which prevents access to the bearing. 
Sight feed lubricators, show the actual feed of oil in a glass 

tube filled with water through which the oil passes in drops; 

there are many varieties. 
Compound lubricators are now boing introduced whose function 

is to supply lubricant to every joint or part of an engine or 

machine requiring it, bv automatic feed action f;om one reservoir. 

2320. Syphon wick lubricator. 

2321. Automatic lubricator, with intermittent feed. The revolving 

spindle is driven from tlie engine by a ratchet and pawl motion, 
and has a recess in it which in revolving delivers its contents of 
oil into the tube bolow. 

2322. Spring piston lubricator. 

2323. Gland, with oil well. 



Section 54.— MIXING AND INCORPORATING. 

(See also p. 122.) 

2324. Dough mixer, or kneading machine. 

2325. Mixing machine. 

2326. Mixer for confectionery, worked by a crank. 
Mixing of gases by compound jets. See Section 45. 

Mixing of liquids is performed by jets, by stirring devices, and 
by running them through a pipe from two or more taps into a 
combining vessel. 



THE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK. 



295 



2307. 2305. 



2309. 2311 



2313. 




w///mw////wm//M/M 



296 THE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK. 

Section 55.— PARALLEL MOTIONS. 

(See also p, 124.) 

2327. Parallel motion for an indicator penciL 

2328. Parallel motion beam engine, with rocking link beam centres. 

2329. Parallel moving swinging bracket for gas, &c. 

2330. Parallel motion. 

2331. Parallel moving slides, hammers, or other devices. 



Section 56.— PUMPING AND RAISING WATER. 

(See also p. 124.) 

2332. Quadruple-acting pump with two pistons, one attached to a rod 

the other to a sleeve worked by lever A and links B B. 

2333. Variable delivery single-acting pumps ; the eccentrics can 

be shifted round the shaft 180^ by a sleeve and pin motion 
similar to No. 2467. When the eccentrics are opposite each other 
the pump does not deliver any water, but when the eccentrics are 
side by side the pump delivers the full contents of both rams. 
There is one suction and one delivery valve. 

2834. Screw pump for applying heavy pressure to a ram; sometimes 
used as an adjunct to give the final heavy pressure to an hydraulic 
press after the pumps have forced the ram as far as their power 
permits, 

2335. Duplex-action pump, in which both piston and cylinder move in 

opposite directions, but the gear may be applied to two pistons in 
one pump (fixed), as No. 2332. 

2336. French pump, with bucket pistons, maintains a direct flow without 

reversing or check. 



THE ENGINEER'S SKETGR-BOOK, 



297 




£334 



V; ' f ^''^y ^:w/ 






2335. 



2336 



1 





298 THE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK. 



2337. Oke's patent sewage pump, simple and accessible, three vnlves. 

Slide valves or piston valves are occasionally used to dis- 
tribute the water in pumps, but must have no lap or lead, and be 
accurately adjusted. 

Air vessels are used on the delivery side of a pump to cushion the 
discharge of water and prevent concussion, water being incom- 
pressible. They are also sonietiuu s useful on tlie suction side, 
where the lift is considerable. A piston and spring may be 
employed instead of an air vessel. See No. 2121. 

Pumps required to run constantly, but deliver water inter- 
mittently only, are worked (a) by an air valve on the suction side 
which, when open, st()i)s the water suction ; (6) by a pass valve 
between suction and delivery which, when open, passes the 
delivery into the suction again ; and (c) by a waste valve on the 
delivery. 

Section 57.— PIPES AND CONVEYOPiS. 

(See also j9. 12S.) 

283fi. Boiler tube, internnlly ribbed. Serve's patent. 

2u3'.). Boiler tube flue, corrugated, to add to its strength and heatin 
surhxce. Fox's pat( nt. 

2310. Pipe joint, witli toggle clips. 

2341. Pipe flange, with caulking groove. 

Flexible tubes, metallic, an; now manufactured by the Flexible 
JMetallic Tubing Co. in most metals, including steel, and in 
various strengths and with various degress of flexibility, from 
that of plain rubber to such stiffness as requires a little force to 
bend it. These tubes are perfectly air-tight, and will stand groat 
pressures. 
Wire rope transmission ; Telpher gear. See Section 66. 



Section 58.— PACKINGS, JOINTS, STUFFING-BOXES AND 

PISTONS. 

{See also p. 132.) 

2342. Piston ring joint lapped and scarfed. 

2o43. Intermediate SLUffing-box and sleeve for high and low pressure 
cylinders. 

2344. Dished steel piston. 

2345. Bucket piston, with valve and bridle and leather packing. 

2346. Stuffing-box, with screwed cap gland. 

2347. Piston leather for cold water. 
2348 to 2352. Piston ring joints. 

2353. Double cone joint for a swivelling fitting for steam or water. 

The joints are ground in like a mushroom \alve. 

2354. Pipe connection, with rubber disc joint, lor moderate pressures. 
Swivel pipe joint. See No. 2303. 



THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 



299 



2337 




u 2 



THE ENGII^EER'S SKETCH-BOOK. 



2355. Collar packing for a valve spindle, where the pressure tends to 

compress tlie packing. 

2356. Piston with two L section rings, expanded both vertically 

and radially by a spiral spring. This makes a tight joint with 
the cylinder and also with the junk ring. 

2357. Adjustable piston or piston valve. F. H. Kichards' patent, 

U.S.A. 
235S. Rubber expanding plug. 
2359. Gas engine piston, with three rings and junk rings between 

them. 
2360 & 2361. Valve spindle joints without packing or stuffing-boxes, 

kept tight by cone seatings and set screws. 
2362. Piston (spring) ring joint, with glut. 



Section 59.— PROPULSION. 

(See also ^. 13-1 ) 
2363. Steam and air jet applied to propel a vessel. 



Section 60.— MOTIVE POWER. MOTORS. 

See also p. 136.) 

2364. Compound weight motor, with limited fall. Several weights 

may be used as shown, slightly decreasing in weight towards the 
motor. When weight D has run down, will begin to fall, and 
go on till all the weights have run down. 

2365. Hot-air motor. A current of hot air passing up the flue 

revolves the turbine. 
Naphtha engines are gas engines employing the vapour of 
naphtha and air as an explosive mixture, instead of that of petro- 
leum (oil engine) or carburetied hydrogen gas (gas engine). 



Section 62.— PAWL AND RATCHET MOTIONS. 

(See also p. 140.) 

2366. Friction grip pawl, as applied to a wheel, may be used also for a 

rod. 

2367. Ratchet brace, or feed lever, in which the pawl is a fixed tooth, 

and the lever is slotted to allow the pawl to clear the teeth on the 
back stroke. 

2368. Ratchet brace, with slotted pawl. 

2369. Ditto, with friction grip pawl. 

2370. Ditto, without })awl. The handle is hinged to the socket 
arm, and has a tooth gearing with the ratchet, and thrown in and 
out by the movement of the handle. 

2371. Double-acting pawls and lever. 

2372. Internal hooked pawl. 

2373. Internal strut-action pawl. 

2374. Gravity pawl and crown ratchet. 



TEE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 



•301 



235 7. 



2360. 




.^S- 



502 THE EISGIISEER'S SKETCH-BOOK. 

2375. Ratchet rack, crank and connecting rod, intermittent movement, 

— a detent may be added to return the rack. 

2376. Internal spring pawls for a ratchet brace. 

2377. Recking escapement. 

2378. Ditto ditto 

2379 to 2384. Forms of locked intermittent movements. 

2385 & 2386. Intermittent rotary movements on spindles at right 
angles. 



Section 63.— PRESSING. 

(^See also jp. 144.) 

2387. Lever press for hay, straw, &c., with rack and pawl at each side 

operated by two hand levers. 

2388. Continuous press for coal dust, &c. The ram has a recipro- 

cating motion, and the material is forced into a tapered chamber, 
the resulting friction in which gives sufficient resistance to press 
the material to the density required. 



Section 66.— ROPE GEAR. 

{See also p. 146.) 
5^389. End attachment for rope by a staple bolt and plate. 



THE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK. 



303 




304 THE ENGINEEICS SKETCH-BOOK, 

2390. Double vee pulley rim for two ropes. 

2391. Wire or hemp rope attachment, with two bolt clips. 

2392. Similar attachment, with a thimble and one_bolt clip and a 

seizing or yarn. 

2393. Double-bolt clip for wire ropes, 

2394. Taper socket end attachment for wire ropes. The end wires 

are cut to dififerent lengths, and all bent back at one point. This 
stranded end of the rope is then forced into the taper socket, and 
the spaces filled with melted lead or pewter. 

2395. The same method applied to a flat taper socket 



Section 69.— RAISING AND LOWERING. 

{See also p. 148.) 

2396. Richmond's patent balance hydraulic lift. A is the lift 

cylinder, connected openly to the balance cylinder B, which is 
weighted to nearly balance ram A and cage. Pressure water is 
applied to ram C to raise the load in cage. 

2397. Waygood's patent hydraulic balance lift. A is the lift 

cylinder communicating with the interior of cylinder and ram B 
which are fixed ; cylinder C and ram D are loaded to nearly 
balance the cage and ram A, and the load is raised by admitting 
pressure water to cylinder C. 

2398. Lever and rack lifting motion. The rack may be held up at 

each lift by a pawl. 

2399. Rack and lever suspended hoist. A pawl or brake may be 

added to sustain the load. 

2400. Spanish windlass. 



THE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK. 



305 



2391, 




2392, 




2390. 




2393. 



Co) (o 



,rfti rf^. 



2394. 




239^. 





*^2LJ^ 



2398. 





o6 TEE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 



2101. Double hoisting barrels, geared together; the rope passes round 
both barrels. 

The " Otis " low pressure elevator (hydraulic) is worked from 
an overhead air accumulator at 80 lbs. pressure, the hydrostatic 
head being 40 lbs. There is one descending main pipe connected 
to a small tank or close vessel, into which the pumps deliver, and 
from which the lift i^ressure water is taken. 



Section 70.— ANTI-FRICTION BEARINGS. 

{See also p. 152.) 

2102 Roller bearings for centrifugal milk separators, &c. The 
pan is carried on three large rollers running against an inverted 
cone, as shown. 

2403. Ball bearing for vertical shaft. By Sir Gabriel Stokes. 

2404 & 2405. Forms of grooves for ball bearings, running horizon- 
tally, showing points of bearing in grooves. 

2 106. EoUer bearing for a vertical shaft, with steel balls between 

the ends of the cone rollers to separate them and reduce their 
friction. 

2107. Roller bearing for a door, or other aiticle having a limited 

travel. The roller runs on the floor, or a rail, and its spindle 
rolls along the slot, the length of which is pioportioned to tlu 
travel of the door. 

2408. Double cone rollers for a table having a hoiizontal circular 

motion. 

2409. Roller bearing for wagon axle, with balls between the roller 

ends to separate them and prevent internal friction. 

Anti-friction screws. See Nos. 2418, 2U4. 

Anti-iriction worm gear. See No. 2451. 

2110. Vertical ball bearing, with bearing sm-faces adjusted to receive 
the direct thrust of the halls. 

2411. Suspended ball bearing. 

2412. Ball or roller axle bearing. 

2413. White's anti-friction ball bearing screw and nut. a.d. 1822. 

{square thread screw, the balls tiavel round the screw thread, and 
by a pai-s- groove back to the other end again. 

2414. Lieb's anti-iriction screw and nut, similar to the last, but 

with a concave grooved screw, a.d. 1890. 



Section 71.— ROPE, BELT AND CHAIN PULLEYS. 

(See also p. 152.) 
2415. Rope grip pulley. Dearden's patent. 



THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 



307 




308 THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK, 



Section 73.— RAIL AND TRAM ROADS. 

(^See also p. 156.) 

2116. Centre rail, with friction grip for moderate inclines. 

Rack railways for steep inclines of an angle, in some cases of 40'', 
are made with central rack rails (in addition to the ordinary 
rails), and the engines have steel gearing, which gears into the 
teeth cut in the rack rail. 



. . Section 74.— REVERSING GEAR. 

(^See also p. 158.) 

2117. Reversing motion on the same shaft by one belt and two 
pulleys ; A is fast to the shaft and B fast to the bevel wheel C, 
D runs on a fixed stud. 

2418. Friction cone reversing motion on shafts at right angles. 



Section 75.— ROTARY MOTORS. 

(See also p. 160.) 

2419. Rotary double-piston motor, pump, or meter will work in 

either direction, 

2420. Rotary motor, with hinged steam abutment. 



Section 76.— SHAFTING. 

(See also p. 164.) 

2421. Iron centre for a wood shaft secured by an end plate, four bolts 

with recessed nuts, and a wrought-iron band. 

2422. Iron centre for a wood shaft, driven in a central bored hole, 

and secured by a cross cotter and two wrought-iron bands. 

2423. Iron centre for a wood shaft. The pin is driven into an iron 

cross, which is also driven into the end of the shaft in transverse 
cuts made to receive it, and secured by two wrought-iron bands. 



Section 77.— SPINDLES AND CENTRES. 

(See also p. 164.) 

2424. Lathe fast headstock spindle, showing coned journals and 

adjustments. 

2425. Attachment of a loose end centre to a shaft, with coned end, 

which prevents the hole bursting from cross strain on the centre. 

2426. Hook centre pin, easily disengaged. 

2427. Stud centre, with washer riveted on or secured by a nut. 

2428. Ram or trunk piston centre for connecting rod, fastened by an 

internal nut. 

2429. Ram or trunk piston centre, screwed into the piston. 

2430. Ram or trunk piston centre, with a transverse pin passed right 

through the piston. 



THE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK. 



309 




3IO THE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK. 

2431. Swaying ball centre. 

2432. Rocking or swaying centre. 
2438. Rocking or swaying centre. 

2434. Eyelet centre for two or more levers. 

2435. Centre pin, with lug and screw, to prevent it from working out. 

2436. 2437 & 2438. Methods of fitting up connecting rod centres 

in trunk pistons or rams. 



Section 78.~SCr.EW GEAR, BOLTS, &c. 

{See also p. 1G8.) 

2439. Ball head bolt and nut to allow it to draw up out of line. 

2440. Universal bolt head. 

2441. Ball joint bolt and nut. 

2442. Flush head coned bolt. 

2443. Mutilated screw and nut. 

2444. Nut lock, by a fixed lug aud split pin. 

2445. Coned bolt for securing and keying two parts of a machine in 

exact relation. 

2446. Double-nutted bolt, easily made of round iron. 

2447. Lever and compound nuts to obtain great leverage on a screw, 

as in a press ; one nut arm is used as a fulcrum by which the 
lever forces the other round. Stepped pawls are used to prevent 
the first nut being loosened while moving the second. 



TRE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 



2433. 







312 THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 

2448. Screw gear to operate three worm wheels in the same direction, 

for chucks, &c. 

2449. Screwed stay bolt, as a distance stay for boiler plates, &o. 

2450. Screw eye and handle nut. 

2451. Anti-friction worm gear. The worm wheel has friction rollers 

running on pins, which gear with the worm. 

2452. Staple bolt and washer plate. 

2453. Fang plate washer for wood. 

2454. Fang plate washer for wood. 

2455. Sunk set screw, with differential threads, to draw two plates or 

pieces together. 

2456. Taper screw, quickly released. 

2457. Mutilated screw to slide into a nut having corresponding sections 

of the thread cut away, and to fix by a partial turn. Used foi 
breech-pieces of cannon. 

2458. Bolt head, with transverse holes, for a plain "tommy" bar 

wrench. 

2459. Backlash nut for a square thread screw. 

2460. Cap nut. 

Screw stopper, See No. 2544. 

2461. Slotted nut and set pin for fine adjustment, or for taking up wear. 

Lock nuts ; usually two nuts are employed, the thickest one outer- 
most. There are many forms of patent nuts designed to prevent 
loosening by vibration. 

Nuts can be cast around a screw in white metal or brass. 



Section 79.— SLIDE AND OTHER VALVE GEAR. 

(See also p. 172.) 

2462. Cut-off gear. Two cut-off valves similar to No. 1456, regulated 

by an external hand wheel forming the valve spindle guide bush. 

2463. Duplex motion for a valve, to operate it by either rod, using 

the other as a fulcrum. 



THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 



31 




314 THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 

-464. Valve gear, with single eccentric, and variable travel, adjust- 
able by hand wheel. The eccentric drives a block to and fro in 
a slot, the angle of which in respect of the slide valve centre line 
is variable bj a rocking motion controlled by a hand wheel. 

2465. Newall's high speed engine, single-acting. In this engine the 

connecting rod trunk centre and the piston are made to distribute 
the steam as shown. 

2466. Reversing movement for a valve, where the power will only 

move the valve to the half stroke or mid position, as in a slide 
vai\e hydraulic engine (see No. 1026), the rolling weight then 
completes the movement (see also No. 1740). 

2467. Automatic or governor cut-ofF gear. The governor operates 

the sleeve, which has a screw movement on the pin fixed to the 
crank shaft; a parallel feather on the sleeve revolves the cut-('ff 
eccentric, and varies the travel of the cut-off valve. The slide 
valves aie of the form of No. 1456. 

2468. Eccentric motion to operate two slide valves, 

2469. Crank shaft governor. The centrifugal gear acts on an outside 

crank to which the eccentric rod is attached, instead of a sheave 
and strap. A spring is applied to return the crank to full gear. 



TflE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 



315 




3l6 TEE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK. 

2470. Single eccentric adjustable cut off for a "Fink" link gear; 

plain D valve gives eqnal distribution of steam at any cut-off; the 
travel of the valve is regulated by the hand wheel. 

2471. Cam-bar movement for operating two valves used for hydraulic 

starting valves. 

2472. Crank shaft governor cut-off gear. Two hinged centrifugal 

weights are coupled by links to the cut-off" eccentric sheave, and 
returuf d to the full open position by springs. 

2473. Joy's locomotive valve gear operiited by the connecting rod ; 

the rod A is connected to the starting lever to reverse, vary, or 
stop the distribution of steam by the slide valve, as in the ordinary 
link motion. 

2474. Lever and T crosshead to o|:)cn a valve by either motion of the 

lever to right or left. 5Se(; .also Mo. 2463. 

2475. Crank shaft governor (Prof. Sweet's), cut-off gear to vary the 

throw of a cut-off eccentric. 

2476. Reversing link motion, with single eccentric; the slot link is 

hinged to the reversing lever. 

2477. Sleeve and eccentric motion for governor cut-off. The inner 

(longest) sleeve has a longitudinal movement from the governor 
along a straight feather groove in the shaft, and has a spiral 
groove in its periphery into which projects a pin or feather on the 
eccentric sleeve, so that the longitudinal motion of the inner sleeve 
revolves the eccentric and alters tht; travel of the cut-off slide. 

2478. The Walschaerts valve gear, one e( centric, 'i'he slotted link 

is hung at its centre to a fixed hinge pin, and the reversing gear 
shifts the link block up or down the slot link. 
Slide valves may be worked by rack and pinion on the back or 
side flanges of the valve, or by a sciew and nut; the nut being 
let into the hodj of the valve in a recess. 



Section 80.— SPRINGS. 

(See also p. 178*) 

2479. Wooden springs of lance wood or ash. 

2480. Carriage spring, with splayed link suspension. This improves 

the play and action of the spring over the vertical method. 

2481. Duplex compression spring. The two springs are coiled 

opposite ways. 

2482. Equalising lever to distribute the load on two car springs. 

2483. Double-ended volute spring for compression. 

2484. Spring band. 

Spring piston rings. See Section 58. 

2485. Conoidal spiral spring. 

2486. Adjustable spiral spring. A washer on top hag four vanes 

below it drilled with hdes to suit the diameter and pitch of the 
spring wire, which, being threaded through the vanes, is rendered 
inactive, so far as it is held by the vanes. This appliance, there- 
for«, is used to shorten or lengthen the live or active part of a 
spiral spring. 



THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 



317 




3i8 THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 

Section 81.— SAFETY APPLIANCES. 

(See also p, 182.) 
2487. Guard for spur gearing. 
2188. Guard for bevil gearing. 

2489. Safety nut for a running screw. The nut takes no strain until the 

thread in the main nut gives way from wear. 
Fire alarms (automatic) depend for their action on increase of 

temperature above a normal maximum. 
Diaphragms are inserted in the pipe connections to hydraulic lift 

cylinders to admit or discharge the water at moderate speeds 

only, so that in case of a burst the lift should not descend too 

rapidly. 
Retaining valves, or non-return valves, are employed to confine 

any sudden shocks from hydraulic machines or from breakages, to 

local pipes. 
Relief valves are applied to all hydraulic pressure systems to 

obviate the effects of shock. 
An extra wire rope is frequently employed on suspended lifts 

to act as a safety rope. 

2490. Safety centrifugal hooks to arrest a revolving shaft when the 

speed becomes excessive. Tlie hooks fly out and engage with 
pins on a fixed disc. 
Rope guards boards, screens, guard rails, &c., are necessary 
to protect persons from running ropes in hoisting and rope- 
driving gears. 

2491. Collar and set screw, to prevent a key from working out. A 

set screw only — tapped into the shaft — is sometimes employed for 
this service. 



Section 82.— STEAM TRAPS. 

(See also p. 184.) 

2492. Steam trap, operated by expansion of a Lent bar, which closes the 
inlet valve. 



Section 84.— TOOTHED GEARING. 

(See also p. 186.) 

2493. Circular rack (revolving) and sector, used on governors. 

2494. Skew worm and wheel gear. 

2195. Oval gear, linked together. 

2196. Mitre gear, angle of shafts variable. The two bearings are 

hinged together on the pitch line of the pair of wheels. 

2497. Wood-faced siour gear, to run with the wood faces in contact for 

quietness. The wood faces are renewable, like mortise teeth. 
See Nos. 1352 and 1353. 

2498. Elastic spur gear, to prevent backlash. 



THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 



319 




THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 



2499. Bevil gear, with roller teeth in one wheel of the pair, 

2500. Circular rack and pinion gear. The rack can revolve inde- 

pendently of the vertical movement;. 



Section 85.-.TRANSIVIISSION OF POWER, 

(See also ^. 192,) 

2501. Hydraulic transmission by two motors (rotary), see Section 76° 
one of which is the driver and the other the driven motor 
connected by two pipes, through which the oil or water is kept in 
circulation from one motor to the other, 



Section 86— TANKS, CISTERNS AND RESERVOIRS, 

(See also p. 192 ) 

2502. Steel bottle for compressed gases, &c. 
Barrels and casks are used as tanks. 

Tuns and vats are large casks formed of planking hooped at 

frequent intervals. 
Square or rectangular vats are formed either of wood, held 

together by long bolts, or of slate slabs secured in a similar way. 
Compound tanks, Where it is inconvenient to employ or erect 

one large tank, several smaller ones are connected together by 

circulating pipes. _______ 

Section 87— THROWING IN AND OUT OF GEAR, 

{See also p. 192.) 

2503. Presser foot for sewing machines, or for intermittent holding 

of any flat articles • lifted out of gear, and held by the feather end 
resting on the sliding socket. 

2504. Belt shifting bar, adjustable every way. 

2505. Revolving worm for operating a belt shifting bar, locking it at 

the same time. 

2506. Worm gear may be thrown out or in by moving the wheel side^ 

ways on its shaft. 

2507. Bolt and slot device for gearing two wheels together on one 

shaft, used on lathe headstocks, 

2508. Half nut for throwing out of gear, with screwj a-nd fitted with 

spring to take up the wear of the nut 

2509. Sliding shaft for winch or other gear, to shift the pinion out of 

gear or chan<;e to another speed (as in No. 2293). 

2510. Another method of locking ^ sliding shaft in or out of gear. 



Section 88.— VARIABLE MOTION AND POWER, 

{See also p. 194.) 

2511. Variable belt drive by elliptic pulley. 

2512. Variable drive by an intermediate friction wheel, and two friction 

cones at right angles. 

2513. The same device applied to two discs running in opposite 

directions on the same axis. 



THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 



321 



24-99. 



2500 



2502. 



2503. 




322 THE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK, 

2514. Variable drive hy a V belt running between cone discs, the space 

between which can be varied by a hand lever or screw motion. 

2515. Variable compensation weight and parallel motion for steam 

engines, by M. N. Forney, New York, 1893. 

2516. Variable cone driving. Evans' variable friction gear; a loose 

leather band, with a traversing motion by hand screw, forms the 
gripping medium between the cones. 

2517. Variable radius lever, operated by a crank motion to give 

variable angular reciprocating motion to a shaft. 

2518. Variable crank pin adjusted ly a sector and bolt. 

2519. Variable crank pin adjusted by a transverse screw. 

2520. Variable driving friction gear to give a variable speed to the 

bevil-whecl shaft A by varying the position of the friction pinions 
as regards the disc B. 

2521. Variable adjustment for a spiral spring. 

2522. Adjustable centre-piece or bearing for a spindle or rod. 

2523. Variable radius hand crank, 

2524. Variable throw crank pin. 

2525. Variable motion taken from a revolving cylinder or shaft by a 

friction wheel, whose angle can be varied. 

2526 Similar motion taken from a revolving disc. 



THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 



3^3 



2515. 




324 THE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK. 

Section 89.— VALVES AND COCKS. 

(See aho p. 198.) 

2527. Slide valve ports, with gradual cut-oflf. 

2528. Piston valve in section. See No. 1654. This construction avoids 

spring rings, which do not run well across the ports, the entire 
valve being sprung into the bore. 

2529. Tube air valve. Can be made to open and shut by revolving, or 

by longitudinal motion. 

2530. Corliss valve, with rectangular rocking spindle. 

2531. Flume valve for water. 

2532. Double cone valve for steam or water, closes the leakage round 

the screw when opened, and requires no packing. 

2533. Double ported slide valve. 

2534. Cone plug and rubber ring for plugging a pipe. 

2535. Reversing valve for gas or air blast. 

2536. Slide valve to give a wide port opening with short travel. 

2537. Removable valve seat, or gland, secured by three set screws 

and lugs inside the valve box. 

2538. Safety valve, with double ball joint seatings, held down 

by dead weight, hung on the outer case. 

2539. Oscillating ring valve. 

High-pressure hydraulic slide valves are now made of hard 
wood, such as lignum vit«e, running on a bronze face ; the wood 
valve is sometimes enclosed in a bronze body or strap. 

2540. Hydraulic high-pressure valve, with renewable face. 



THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 



325 



2527. 



2528. 





2529. 



2533. 




2531 



2^35. 

25|32. 




326 THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 



2541. Tap, with crank movement, to open and close an ordinary 

musliroom valve. 

2542. Spring loaded valve. May be opened by lifting, as shown, or 

by a horizontal pull in any direction, the pull rod being attached 
to the top of a fixed stud in the centre of the valve, which then 
tilts in opening. 

2543. Safety valve, with knife edge. 

2544. Screw plug bottle stopper. (Codd's patent.) 

2545. Dished grating valve. 



Section 90.— WATER WHEELS AND TURBINES. 

(Spe also p. 208.) 
2546. Water-jet double turbine motor. 



Section 91.— WHEELS IN SEGMENTS. 

{See aUo p. 212.) 

2547. Spider wheel or tension wheel. Cycle wheels are con- 

structed on this principle, as also were the great wheels at 
Chicago and Earl's Court. There are many varieties of this type. 

2548. Steel railway wheel, with dished web. Wrought iron or steel 

disc fly-wheels are now in some cases replacing wheels with arras. 

Fly-wheels are also constructed with the rim formed of wrought- 
iron bars wound round and rivetted together, or of heavy wire 
coiled round and secured with steel belts. 



Section 92.— WEIGHING AND MEASURING. 

(See also p. 214.) 

2549. Differential weighing beam. The lower hook is suspended 

very near the centre line of the upper one, giving a close adjust- 
ment with a short graduated arm. 

2550. Measuring or feed wheel, for seeds, &c. The little cups dip 

into the material, and carry it up to a shoot. 

Even-flow regulator, for a tap. See No. 2204a. 

2551. Wire and sheet V gauge. 

2552. Balance, with angular weight, and graduated sector. 

2553. Measuring tap. 



THE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK 




THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK, 



Section 94.— WASHING. 

(See also p. 216.) 

2554. Rotary clothes washer. Consists of an internal perforated 

drum driven round in alternate directions inside a fixed drum, or 
other vessel containing soap and water. 

2555. Archimedean circulator, for a washing trough. 



Section 95.— WINDMILLS AND FEATHERING WHEELS. 

(See also p. 218.) 

2556. Feathering paddle wheel, or tide wheel. The three floats 

are maintained vertical by spur wheels on their spindle ends, 
which gear with idle pinions driven by a fixed central spur wheel 
of same size as those on the floats. 

2557. Wind turbine. The vanes are formed as No. 1967, to receive the 

wind parallel to the axis. 

Windmills are fitted with automatic regulating devices to adjust 
their angle area and direction to the force and direction of the 
wind. 

Section 96.— WINDING APPARATUS. 

(See also p. 220.) 

2558. Fusee for round rope* 



Section 97.— HANDLES, HANDWHEELS, KEYS AND 
SPANNERS. 

(See also p. 220.^ 

2559. Dished handwheel. 

2560. Bent handle, with looped end. 

2561. Handle key for cock. 

2562. Handwheel lock nuts for a screwed bolt or other fastening. 

2563. Coned handle. 

2564. Cranked key or spannei*. 

2565. Loop handle for plain lever. 

2566. Hinged spanner for tightening nuts or screwed glands, having 

pin holes or notched edges. 

2567. Cranked handle, offset. 

2568. Bow handle. May be fixed or made to swivel, 

2569. Balanced hand crank. 

2570. Hand crank, with holes to vary the l-adius* 



TEE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 



329 



' ^ 



2566. 





^^ 



2568. 




2570 




33^ THE ENGINEEB'S SKETCH-BOOK. 

2571. Locked handwheeis for valves, to be movable in a certain order 

only. 

Section 98.— APPARATUS FOR DRAWING CURVES. 

(See also p. 224.) 

2572. Cycloidograph. The pencil is fixed to a slidinp: rod A, sliding 

in a socket on the pinion spindle B, and also is forced to travel 
along the slot C, in an open dif^c revolving between four rollers D. 



Section 99.— MATERIALS EMPLOYED IN CONSTRUCTION. 

{See also p. 22U) 

2573. Ribbed plate or tram plate. 

2574. Trough plate for flooring bridges &c. 

2575. Ditto ditto 

2576. Curved ditto. Hobson's patent. 

2577. Wrought-iron or steel dished piston forging. 

2578. Wrought-iron flanged manhole forging. 

2579. Trough flooring. 

2580. Ditto. 

Iron and Steel Plates. — It is essential to possess some knowledge 
of what sizes and weights are obtainable at ordinary prices, because it is fre- 
quently desirable to utilise the largest available, in order to save the cost 
of making joints. Frequently joints are niiide by riveting, not because 
they are wanted at all, but simply because they cost less than single plates 
would do. Information of this kind is only to be obtained from the i)rice- 
lists of the iron and steel manufactures, which are sujiplied to the trade. 

The meaning of " maximum dimensions " is thus : — Taking a l.J" 
plate, for example, the maximum dimensions of which are given in a list 
as 40' in length by 10' in width, it is not possible to get a plate measuring 
40' by 10', for that would make a united area of 40U', and the list limit 
is 150' area. But the area can be taken out either in length or in width, 
within the limiting length of 40' and width of 10'. T/ie maximum area 
divided hy any IcrKjih in feet not exceeding the maximum, will give the 
maximum width for that length; and the maximum area divided hy any 
width in feet not exceeding the maximum, will give the maximum length 
for that width. Thus, 150' area divided hy the maximum length, i.e. 
40, gives 3' 9" width of plate. Or 150' divided by the maximum width, 
i.e. 10, gives 1 5' length of plate. And for anything over these maximum 
dimensions special quotations have to be made. But no plate can be rolled 
to contain the greatest length and the greatest width at the same time. 

Again, in reference to " extras," many points have to be borne in mind. 
Thus, as regards shape, any departure from the rectangular form is an 
extra, as tapered plates, sketches, i.e. any irregular outlines, and also 
circles. The extra, under this head, may be about 25s. per ton. As 
regards thickness, plates under ^" thick are an extra, rated at from 10s. to 
20s. per ton more. As regards width and length, quite special terms are 
made, amounting to 5s. perhaps on each 3", a serious item. And as 
regards weight, steel plates over about 40 cwt. are charged extra, at the 
rate of about 5s. per 5 cwt. 

To give examples: The Steel Co. of Scotland roll steel plates fiom 



THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 



33^ 



yV" to IV' thick, and from an area in the first ease of 30' to 150' in the 
letter. Tlio thicknesses alvance by thirty-seconds in thickness uj) to {^g\ 
by sixteenths up to ^" and by eighths up to 1^". The foUowing table 
will give an idea of their limiting sizes, which may be taken as fairly 
typical of st(>el plates in general. Ii will be seen that I have included 
only a few of the thicknesses named above. 

Maximum. 



Tliickncss. 


Letigib. 


Width. 


Area. 


Thickness. 


Length. 


Width. 


Area. 


in. 


ft., in. 


ft. ill. 


ft. 


in. 


ft. in. 


ft. in. 


fi. 


k 


22 


5 


.50 


1 


40 


9 3 


140 


i 


8 5 


3 


J»0 


1 


40 


10 


1.50 




bS 


7 4 


100 


H 


40 


10 


1.50 


i 


40 


8 3 


110 


H 


40 


10 


150 



David Colville and Sons roll plates from j" to Ih" in thickness with an 
area of 80' in the first and 140' in the last ; other sizes intermediate. But 
by special arrangement plates ^ thick can be rolled to 140' area, and 1^" 
of 170'. Thirty hundredweight is the limit of weight in ship plates, and 
40 in boiler plates. Plates up to 6? tons weight each can be rolled at 
special prices. It is impossible to roll plates exactly to weight, and it is 
usual to allow a deviation of from 2^ per cent, to 5 per cent, over weight 
for boiler pl.ites, and under or over for ordinary plates. 

The Parkhead Steel Works roll ^L" plates to a maximum area of 36', 
i" plates to 70', i" plates of 111/, J" plates of 140', 1" plates of 150', and 
1^" plates of 150' area. I'he limiting weights are 20 cwt. for ship plates, 
and 40 cwt. for boiler plates. Above these 5s. per 5 cwt., or part of the 
same, is charged. 

The Weardale Iron and Coal Co. roll steel plates from ^" to 11" thick, 
with a maximum area of 60' in the first, and 120 in the second ; 30' is the 
maximum length, and 8' the maximum width. Circular plates ai'e also 
rolled from 5' 6" diameter of ^" thick, to 8' 6" diameter in 1^" thick. All 
ordinary thicknesses, also intermediate between these, are rolled. 

The limiting weights and dimensions of the steel plates of Bolckow, 
Vaughan and Co. are 18 cwt. 80 sq. ft. in area, 2.V in length, and between 
12" and 60" in width. Extras are, for every hundredweight, or part of the 
same above 18 cwt., 10s. ; for every foot, or part of a foot, above 23' in 
length, 5s. ; for every square toot above 80 sq. ft.. Is. 

John Brown and Co., Sheffi< Id, roll steel plates from J " to l^J" in. thick- 
ness. A fevv selected thieknes.-es are civen below. 



'I'hickness. 


Length, j 


W^idth. 


Area. 


Thicknes-i. 


Length. 


AVid.h. 


Area. 


in. 


ft in. 


ft. in. 


fr. 


m. 


ft. in. 


ft. in. 


ft. 


1 
•t 


30 


(> 1 


72 


1 


40 


i) « 


ISO 


^ 


3.5 1 


6 


120 


1 


40 


9 6 


180 


i 


40 1 


S 


130 


u 


40 


9 6 


180 



Circular and square plates of the same thicknesses can be rolled as 
follows : — 



Thickness. 



Diameter. 



ft. 



6 (J 

7 

8 3 



Square. 



It. in. 

G (J 

7 

8 3 



Thickness. 1 Diainei«r. | Sfquara. 



in. 


fr. in. 


ft. 


in 


1 


10 C, 


9 


9 


1 


10 G 


9 


9 


u 


10 G 


9 


9 



332 



THE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK. 



The Dalzell Steel Works of David Colville and Sons, make a difference 
in the extras in the case of steel boiler and of ship plates. Ordinary prices 
are charged to 84" wide iu boiler plates, but to 72" only in ship plates. 
Above that they charge 5s. per ton for every 3", or part of 3", So in 
weight, 40 cwt. is the limit for boiler plates, and 30 cwt. for ship plates ; 
over those 5s. per ton is charged for every 5 cwt., or part of 5 cwt. 
Circular plates for boiler ends and crowns are rolled by David Colville and 
Sons, who supply at ordinary prices the following : ^" thick, 9' 10" dia- 
meter ; ii", 9' 6" ; |", 9', and -/„", 8' 6". 

As a sample of the usual limiting sizes of iron plates, I give the 
following : — It consists of a few selected Snedshill plates rolled by the 
Lilleshall Company, one of the most favourably known Shropshire houses. 
They roll iron sheets and boiler plates from ^y to 1" in thickness, advanc- 
ing by thirty-seconds to yV , and by sixteenths to 1". 



Thickness. 


Length. 


Width. 


Area 


Thickness. 


Length. 


Width. 


Area. 


in. 


ft. in 


ft. in. 


ft. 


in. 


ft. in. 


It. in. 


ft. 


1 


80 


5 


5 


f 


30 


6 


80 


.3 


30 


5 6 


7 


i 


30 


6 


80 


h 


.30 


6 


8 


1 


30 


6 


80 



It will be observed that the limiting sizes of iron are much less than 
th(;sc of steel. 

The Butterly Company roll both iron and steel plates. The limiting 
weights and dimensions are as follows : — For iron boiler quality, 8 cwt., 
above that the extra prices are, 20s., 40s., 60s., 80s. respectively, from 
8 cwt. to 10 cwt., 10 cwt. to 12 cwt., 12 cwt. to 14 cwt,, and 14 cwt, to 
16 cwt. respectively. For bridge quality, 10 cwt, is the limit, and extras 
are 20s. and 40s., from 10 cwt. to 12 cwt., and from 12 cwt. to 16 cwt. 
respectively. Area 60', and for every 10' or part above that, 20s.; length 
25' ; width 4' 6" ; over those various extras, ranging from 20s. to 80s. 



Section 101.— DRAWING AND ROLLING METALS, &c. 

(See also p. 234.) 
2581. Bending block, for bar iron. 



Section 106.— DOORS, MANHOLES AND COVERS. 

(See also p. 242.) 

2582. Screw plug, with two lugs to screw it up by a plain bar placed 

between them. 

2583. New form of manhole door. 

2584. Screw fixing for a plug, door, or valve, quickly released or 

secured. 

2585. Hollow plug, with square recess for a key or spanner. Flush 

plug. 

2586. Soot door. 

2587. Funnel plug, for filling oil reservoirs, tic. 

2588. Wrought iron or steel manhole door, dished. 

2589. Oven door, lifts out of the catch by leaving sufficient play in the 

top hinge. 



TEE ENGINEER'S SKETCH-BOOK 



333 



2574- 



2575. 




334 THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 

2590. Soot door. 

2591. Ditto in section, opened by pulling outwards and downwards ; 
the hook at top prevents it falling out. 

2592. Screw cap or cover. 

2593. Revolving door. 

2594. Sliding door for furnaces, <S.g. The weight of door may be 

relieved by rollers at top, as shown. 

2595. Door or manhole held up by two wedges. 

S traps. D traps. These arc divided chambers, or bent portions 
of pipes, designed to always contain a well of water so as to cut 
off any currents of air or gases that would otherwise pass along 
the pipes. 

Street manholes and lampholes are round, rectangular, or oval 
covers, strongly made to carry street traffic, and fitted in strong 
cast-iron frames, so as to be easily removable, and yet practically 
air-tight. Those fitted over sewer manholes are frequently 
provided with charcoal filters to arrest foul gases. 



Section 107.— FEED GEAR. 

2596. Ink feed, for printing machines. 

2597. Ticket feeding gear. 

2598. Feed worm, with air blast. 

2599. Hand or power feed gear, for a drill, boring machine, &c. 

2600. Feed motion for shapers, Sec, reversible. 

2601. Ditto ditto reversible. 

2602. Friction pawl feed motion, silent. See also Section 62. 

Section 108.— FILTERING, 

Through porous pots. 

Ditto porous solids, such as charcoal. 

Ditto pumice stone, chalk, &g. 

Ditto porous fabrics, flannel, paper, &o. 

Ditto sponge, spongy platinum. 

Ditto sand, gravel, calcined ores, &c. 

Ditto wire gauges, hair gauge, &c. 

Reversible filters, such as the " Thames," &c., ore made solf- 
cleansing by reversing the flow for a short time through a vvasto 
pipe, thus washing out the deposit. 

2603. Filtering cone, formed of wire cloth inside a pipe. 



THE ENGINEERS SKETCH-BOOK. 335 



2592. 




2594. 






2595. 



I 
IP 

1 

I 






^ 



J-^U 




U 



2599. 



2^600. 




2601. 




^ - 




GkUAt windmill stukbt, w., and duke stubkt, stamforu stuekt,, s.fi. 



JUNE, 1901 

A SHORT LIST 

OF THE 

PUBLICATIONS 

OF 

E. & F. N. SPON, Ltd., 

125, STRAND, LONDON, W.C. 



Full particulars post free on application. 

All books are bound in cloth unless otherwise stated. 



AGRICULTURE. 

Brooks, C. P. Cotton : its uses, varieties, Fibre 
Structtire, Ctiltivation and Preparation for the 
Market, and as an Article of Commerce, 8vo 7iet 7 6 

Lock, C. G. W. Coffee : its Culture and 

Commerce in all Countries. Crown 8vo ... 12 6 

Tobacco Growing, Ctiring and Mantt- 

facturing. Crown 8vo ... ... 60 

Lock, C. G. W., &. Newlands Bros. Sugar: a 

Handbook for Planters and Refiners, 8vo ... i 10 o 

Simmonds, P. L. Hops : their Cultivation, 

Commerce and Uses. Crown 8vo . . 46 

Tropical Agrictilture. New edition, 8vo i i o 



E. & Y. N. SPON, Ltd. 



ARCHITECTURE AND BUILDING. 

Allsop, R. O. The Hydropathic Establishment 

and its Baths. Deni}^ 8vo ... ... 5 

The Turkish Bath, its Design and Con- 
struction. Demv 8vo ... ... 6 



Public Baths and Wash Houses. Demv 

8vo ... ... ... /.. 6 o 

Bales, T. The Builder's Clerk. Second edition. 

fcap. 8vo ... ... ... ... 16 

Burns, G. J. Glossar5''ofTechnical Terms used 
in Architecture and the Building Trades. 
Crown 8vo ... ... ... 36 

Christie, W. W. Chimney Design and Theory. 

Crown 8vo ... ... ... net 12 6 

Coleman, T. E. Stable Sanitation and Con- 
struction. Crown 8vo ... ... 60 

Architect's Price Book. 32mo, roan, 

gilt edges 

Fullerton, W. Architectural Examples in 
Brick, Stone, Wood and Iron. Second 
edition, deni}^ 4to ... ... ... 15 o 

Hoskins, G. G. The Clerk of Works' Vade 

Mecuni. Seventh edition, fcap. 8vo ... 16 

Hurst, J. T. A Handbook of Formulae, Tables 
and Memoranda for Architectural Surveyors, 
and others engaged in Building. Fifteenth 
edition, ro3^al 32mo, roan ... ... 50 

Laxton. Builders' and Contractors' Tables. 

Excavator, Earth, Land, Water and Gas. 4to 5 o 

Leaning, J. A complete set of Contract 
Documents for a Countr}- Lodge. Printed in 
facsimile of the orginal. fcap., in case ... 50 

Ouantit}' Surveying. Fourth edition, 8vo 15 o 



Macey, F. W. Specifications in Detail. Medium 
8vo 



SCIENTIFIC BOOKS. 



Piranesi. Roman Architecture, Sculpture and 
Ornament. 200 plates, reproduced in fac- 
simile from the original. Imperial folio, half 
morocco ... ... ... •••55o 

Sharpe, E. The Seven Periods of English 
Architecture, defined and illustrated. Third 
edition, royal 8vo .. ... ... 12 6 

Spons' Architects' and Builders' Price Book. By 
W. Young. Edited by Clvdk Young. 8vo, 
published annually ... ... ... 36 

Thwalte, B. H. Our Factories, Workshops and 
Warehouses, their Sanitary and Fire-Resisting 
Arrangements. Crown 8vo ... ... 90 

Tredgold, T., &. Hurst, J, T. Elementary 
Principles of Carpentry. Tenth edition, crown 
Svo ... ... ... ... 126 

Wood, W. H. Practical Stair Building and 

Handrailing. Crown 4to ... ... 10 6 

Young, W. The Municipal Buildings, Glasgow\ 

Folio ... ... ... ... 76 



BRIDGES, ROOFS, ETC. 

Adams-, Hy. Strains in Ironwork. Third 

edition , crown Svo ... ... ... 5 

The Practical Designing of Structural 

Ironwork. Svo ... ... S 



Bell, G. J. A Practical Treatise on Segmental 
and Elliptical Oblique or Skew Arches. Royal 
Svo ... ... ... net I I 

Bow, R. H. Economics of Construction in 
relation to Framed Structures. Third thous- 
and. <Svo. ... ... ... ... 5 

Donaldson, W. The Art of Constructing 

Oblique Arches with Spiral Courses. Svo ... 4 

New Formulae for the Loads and Deflec- 
tions of Solid Beams and Girders. 
Second edition, Svo ... ... i 



E. 6c r. N. SPON, Ltd. 



Fitzmaurice, M. Plate Girder Railway Bridges. 

8vo ... ... ... ... 6 

George, E. M. Pocket Book of Calculations in 

Stresses. Roj^al 32mo, half roan ... 3 

Grover, J. W. Estimates and Diagrams of 
Railwa}^ Bridges for Turnpike, Public and 
Occupation Roads, with Form for Calculating 
Quantities in Skew Structures, etc. Second 
edition, folio ... ... ... i 11 

Iron and Timber Railway Superstruc- 
tures and General Works. Folio ... 2 2 



Heaford, A. S. Strains on Braced Iron Arches 

and Arched Iron Bridges. 8vo ... ... 6 

Johnson, F. R. Stresses in Girder and Roof 
Frames for both dead and live loads by simple 
Multiplication, etc. Crowm 8vo ... ... 6 

Newnnan, J. Notes on Cylinder Bridge Piers 

and the Well S3^stem of Foundations, 8vo ... 6 

Olander, E. A New^ Method of Graphic Statics 
applied in the Construction of Wrought Iron 
Girders. Small folio ... ... ... 10 

Ritter, A. Elementary Theory and Calculation 
of Iron Bridges and Roofs. Translated from 
the Third German Edition by H. R. Sankey. 
8vo ... ... ... ... 15 

Stoney, B. B. The Strength and Proportion of 

Rivetted Joints. 8vo ... ... ... 5 

Walmisley, A. T. Examples of Iron Roofs. 
Small folio, half Morocco. Third Edition in 
preparatioJi ... ... 



CHEMISTRY, see INDUSTRIAL CHEMISTRY. 
CIVIL ENGINEERING. 

Irrigation, Surveying, Waterworks. 

Allen, J. R. Theory and Practice in the Design 

and Construction of Dock Walls. Crown 4to 6 o 



SCIENTIFIC BOOKS. 



Bligh, W. G. Notes on Instruments best suited 
for Engineering Field Work in India and the 
Colonies. 8vo ... ... ... 76 



Buckley, R. B. Irrigation Works in India and 

Egypt. Imperial 8vo ... ... "-33^ 

Codd, W. Eand Area Tables. Square i6mo, 
on a sheet mounted on linen and bound in 
cloth ... ... ... ... 36 

Codrington, T. The Maintenance of Macada- 
mised Roads. Second Edition, 8vo ... 76 

Cordeiro, F. J. B. The Barometrical Deter- 
mination of Heights. Crown Svo, limp leather 4 6 

Coventry, W. B. On Curved Masonry Dams. 

Svo sewed ... ... ... ... 20 

A Practical Method of Determining 

the Profile of a Masonry Dam. Svo, 
sew^ed... ... ... ... 20 

The Stresses on Masonry Dams (oblique 

sections), Svo, sewed ... ... 26 

Cunningham, D. Tables for facilitating the 
Calculation of Earthworks in the construction 
of Railways, Roads, Canals, Dams, etc. Royal 
Svo ... ... ... ... 10 6 

Cutler, H. A.,iSc Edge, F. J. Tables for Setting 
out Curves from loi to 5000 feet radius. Royal 
32mo ... ... ... ... 26 

De Sails, H. R. A Chronology of Inland 

Navigation in Great Britain. Crown Svo ... 46 

Gripper, C. Railway Tunnelling in Heavy 

Ground. Royal Svo ... ... ... 76 

Ho Noway, T. Levelling and its General Appli- 
cation. Second Edition, Svo ... ... 50 

Jeans, J. S. Waterways and Water Transport 

in different Countries. Svo ... ... 14 o 

Matheson, E. Aid Book to Engineering Enter- 
prise. Third edition, medium Svo, l)uckram 140 



h. & i\ N. SPON, Ltd. 



Matheson &. Grants' Handbook for Engineers. 

Second edition, royal 32nio, sewed, gilt edges 2 o 

Merrett, H. S. Practical Treatise on the Science 
of Land and Engineering Surveying. Fifth 
edition, revised by G. W. UsiLiv. Roj^al 8vo 12 6 

Middleton, R. E., &.Chadwick, O. ATreatise 

on Surveying. Two vols., royal 8vo, each ... 10 6 

Molesworth, Sir G. L., &. H. B. A Pocket 
Book of Useful Formulae and Memoranda for 
Civil and Mechanical Engineers. Twenty- 
fourth edition, 32mo, roan, gilt edges ... 60 

Molesworth &. Hurst. The Pocket Books of 
Sir G. L. Moi^esworth & J. T. Hurst, printed 
on India paper and bound in one Vol. Royal 
32mo, Russia, gilt edges ... ... 12 6 

Newman, J. Metallic Structures; Corrosion 

and Fouling and their Prevention. Crown 8 vo 9 o 

Earthwork Slips and Subsidences on 

Public Works. Crown 8 vo... ... 7 6 



Scamping Tricks and Odd Knowledge 

occasionally practised upon Public 

Works. Crown 8vo ... ... 26 

Penman, W. Eand Surve3'ing on the Meridian 

and Perpendicular System. 8vo ... 8 6 

Roberts, A. H. Diagrams for the Graphic 
Calculation of Earthwork Quantities. Ten 
cards, fcap., in cloth case ... net 10 6 

Spons' Dictionary of Engineering, Civil, Me- 
chanical, Military & Naval. Eight divisions, 
vSUper-royal 8vo ... ... ...580 

Complete in 4 Vols, with supplement ... 7 5 o 

Ditto ditto half Mor., top edge gilt ... 9 o o 

Stanley, W. F. Surveying and Levelling 
Instruments, theoretically and practically 
described. Third edition, crown 8vo ... 76 

Tate, J. S. Surcharged and different Forms of 

Retaining Walls. 8vo, sewed ... ... 20 



SCIENTIFIC BOOKS. 



Tudsberry, J. H. S. & Brightmore, A. W. 

The Principles of Waterworks Engineering. 

Second edition, medium 8vo ... ...150 

Wells, W. H. Hints on I,evelling Operations. 

Second edition, 8vo sewed ... ... 10 

Wheeler, W. H. The Drainage of Fens and 
lyow Lands by Gravitation and Steam Power. 
8vo ... ... ... ... 126 

Willcocks, W. Egyptian Irrigation. Second 

edition, royal 8vo ... ... ... i 10 o 

DRAWING. 

GkoiMKTry — Graphic Statics. 

Alexander, B. The Ornamental Penman's 
Engraver's, Sign Writer's, and Stonecutter's 
Pocket Book of Alphabets. Oblong i2mo, 
sewed ... ... ... ... 6 

Andre, G. G. The Draughtsman's Handbook 

of Plan and Map Drawing. Crown 4to ... 9 o 

Atkinson, E. H. de V. A Text Book of 

Practical Solid Geometry. 8vo ... ... 76 

BJ n ns, W. Elementary Treatise on Orthographic 

Projection. Twelfth edition, 8vo ... 90 

Second Course of Orthographic Projec- 
tion. Fourth edition, 8vo ... ... 10 6 



Clarke, G. S. The principles of Graphic Statics 
Third edition, 4to 

Cromwell, J. H. A System of P:asy Lettering. 
Fourth thousand, oblong 8vo 

Halliday, G. A P^irst Course of Mechanical 
Drawing (Tracing), oblong 4to, sewed 

Ott, K. Von. The Elements of Graphic Statics 
translated by G. S. Ci^arke. Crown 8vo 

Stanley, W. F. A Descriptive Treatise on 
Mathematical Drawing Instruments. Seventh 
edition, crown 8vo 



K & F. N. SPON, Ltd. 



ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING. 

Allsop, F. C. Electric Bell Construction. Second 

edition, crown 8vo ... ... ... 3 

Induction Coils and Coil Making. Third 

edition, crown 8vo ... ... 3 



Practical Electric Bell Fitting. Ninth 

edition. Crown 8vo ... ... 36 

Telephones : their Construction and 

Fitting. Sixth edition, crown 8vo ... 36 

Andrews, T. Thermo-electric Reactions and 
Currents between Metals in Fused Salts. 8vo, 
sewed ... ... ... ... 10 

Crocker, F. B. Electric Lighting: A Practical 
Exposition of the Art. ... 

Vol.1. The Generating Plant. Royal 8vo 12 6 

Vol. II. Distributing Systems & Eamps. 

Royal 8vo ... ... ... 12 6 

Gushing, Jr., H. C. Standard Wiring for 
Electric Light and Power. New edition, 
crown 8vo, limp leather ... net 46 

Fahie, J.J. A History of Electric Telegraphy to 

the year 1837. Crown 8 vo ... ... 90 

Fleming, J. A. Magnets and Electric Currents. 

Crown 8vo ... . - ... ... 76 

Hailiday, Geo. Notes on design of Small 

Dynamo. Second edition, 8vo ... ... 26 

Haskins, G. D. Transformers : their Theory, 
Construction, and Application simplified. 
Crown 8vo ... ... ... ... 46 

Heaphy, M. The Phoenix Fire Ofiice Rules for 
F^lectric Light Installation and Electrical 
Power Installation. Twenty-sixth edition, 
8vo, sewed ... ... ... ... 6 

Hedges, K. American Electric Street Railways: 

their Construction and Equipment. Post 4to 12 6 



SCIENTIFIC BOOKS. 



Hoskioer, Col. V. Testing Telegraph Cables. 

Third edition, crown 8vo ... ... 46 

Hughes, N. The Magneto-Hand Telephone. 

Square i6mo ... ... ... 36 

Inst, of Electrical Engrs. General Rules 
recommended for Wiring for the Supply of 
Electrical Energ}'. 8vo, sewed ... ... 6 

Kempe, H. R. A Handbook of Electrical Test- 
ing. Sixth edition, deni}^ 8vo ... ... 18 o 

Langdon, W. E. The Application of Electricity 

to Railwa}^ Working. 8vo ... ... 10 6 

Lintern, W. The Motor Engineer's & Electrical 

Worker's Handy-book. i2mo ... net 2 o 

IVIaycock,W. P. Practical Electrical Notes and 

Definitions. Second edition, ro3^al 32mo ... 20 

Ditto ditto French morocco, gilt edges 3 o 

Nichols, E. L. The Galvanometer. Ro3^al 8vo, 

sewed ... ... ... ... 46 

Norrie, H.T. Induction Coils. Second edition, 

crown 8vo ... ... net 4 6 

Parker, H. C. A Systematic Treatise on Elec- 
trical Measurements. 8vo ... ... 46 

Practical Electrics. A Universal Handybookon 
Every Day Electrical Matters. Sixth edition, 
8vo ... ... ... ... 36 

Reagan, H. C. Electrical Engineers' & Students' 
Chart and Handbook of the Brush Arc Eight 
System. 8vo ... ... ... 46 

Reed's Electric Eighting for Steamers and its 

Management. Crown 8vo, ... net 2 6 

S Prague, J. T. Electricity: its Theory, Sources 

and Applications. Third edition, crown 8vo 15 o 

Thorn, C, &. Jones, W. H. Telegraphic 

Connections. Oblong 8vo ... ... 76 

Thompson, E. P., &. Anthony, W. A. 

Rontgen Rays and Phenomena of the Anode 

and Cathode. 8vo ... ... ... 76 



10 E. & F. N. SPON, Ltd. 

Thompson, S. P. Dynamo Electric Machinery. 

Seventh Editioii in preparation 

Latest Dynamo Electric Machines. 

Demy 8vo ... ... ... 46 

The Electro-Magnet and Electro Mag- 
netic Mechanism. Third Edition in the 
Press ... 

Philipp Rkis, Inventor of the Tele- 
phone : a Biographical Sketch. 8vo, 

cloth ... ... ... ... 76 

Polyphase Electric Currents and Alter- 
nate Current Motors. Second edition, 
demy 8vo ... ... ...iio 

Thompson, S. P., &, Thomas, E. Electrical 
Tables and Memoranda. 64mo, roan, gilt 
edges ... ... ... ... 10 

Ditto ditto, in celluloid case ... ... 16 

HOROLOGY 

Britten, F. J. The Watch and Clock Maker's 
Handbook, Dictionary and Guide. Ninth 
Edition. Crown Svo ... ... net 5 o 

Former Watch and Clock Makers and 

their Work. Crown Svo ... net 5 o 

— Old Clocks & Watches & their Makers. 

Demy Svo ... ... net 10 o 

The Springing & Adjusting of Watches. 

Crown Svo ... ... net 3 o 

Immisch, M. Prize Essaj^ on the Balance Spring 

and its Isochronal Adjustments. Crown Svo 2 6 

Nelthropp, H. L. Treatise on Watchwork, Past 

and Present. Crown Svo ... ... 6 6 



HYDRAULICS. 

Pumps, Water Wheels. 

Bjorling, P. R. Pumps: Historically, Theor- 
etically and Practically Considered. Second 
edition, crown Svo ... ... ... 7 ^ 



SCIENTIFIC BOOKS. 11 



Bjorii ng, P. R. Pump Details. Crown 8vo ... 76 

Practical Handbook on Direct-Acting 

Pumping Engine and Steam Pump 
Construction. Crown 8vo... ... 50 

Pumps and Pump Motors : A Manual 

for the use of Hydraulic Engineers. 

Two vols, royal 4to ... ...330 

Practical Handbook on Pump Construc- 
tion. Second edition, crown 8vo ... 50 

Water or Hydraulic Motors. Crown 8vo 9 o 

Blaine, R. G. Hydraulic Machinery, with an 

Introduction to Hydraulics. Demy 8vo ... 14 o 

Box, T. Practical Hydraulics. Twelfth edition, 

crown 8vo ... ... ... ... 50 

Co Iyer, F. Hydraulic, Steam, and Hand Power 
Lifting and Pressing Machinery. Second 
edition, imperial 8vo ... ... ...180 

Pumps and Pumping Machinery — 

Vol I. Second edition, 8vo ... ...180 

Vol II. Second edition, 8vo ... ...150 

Cullen, W. Practical Treatise on the Construc- 
tion of Horizontal and Vertical Waterwheels. 
Second edition, small 4to ... ... 5 o 

Davey, H. Description of the Differential 

Expansive Pumping P^igine. 8vo ... 20 

De Sal is, R. Tables giving Hydraulic Mean 

Depth & Area of Circular vSewers. 8vo, sewed i o 

Donaldson, W. Donaldson's Poncelet Turbine 

and Water Pressure Engine and Pump. 4to 5 o 

Principles of Construction and Effici- 
ency of Waterwheels. Svo ... 50 

Hennell, T. Hydraulic and other Tables for 
purposes of Sewage & Water Supply. Crown 
Svo ... ... ... ... so 



12 E. & F. N. SPON, Ltd. 



Hick, J. Experiments on the Friction of the 
Leather Collar in Hydraulic Presses. 8vo, 
sewed. ... ... ... ... i o 

Higham, T. Hydraulic Tables for Finding the 
Mean Velocity and Discharge in Open 
Channels. Second edition, super-royal, 8vo 7 6 

Silk, A. E. Tables for Calculating the Discharge 
of Water in Pipes for Water & Power Supplies. 
Indexed at side for ready reference. Crown 
8vo ... ... ... ... 50 

Stone, T. W. Simple Hydraulic Formulae. 

Crown 8vo ... ... ... ... 40 



INDUSTRIAL CHEMISTRY AND 
MANUFACTURES. 

Bater, C. H. Brewing Calculations, Gauging & 
Tabulation. 64mo, roan, gilt edges 

Bay ley, T. A Pocket Book for Chemists, 
Chemical Manufacturers, Metallurgists, Dyers, 
Distillers, etc. Seventh edition, Royal 32mo, 
roan, gilt edges 

A Pocket Book for Pharmacists, Medical 

Practitioners, Students, etc. Royal 
32mo, roan, gilt edges 



Brooks, C. P. Cotton Manufacturing. Crown 

8vo, cloth ... ... ... net 2 

Brooks, C. P. Weaving Calculations. Crown 

8vo, cloth . . ... ... ... 2 

Burns, W. Illuminating and Heating Gas. A 
Manual of Manufacture of Gas from Tar, Oil 
etc., etc. Crown 8vo ... ... ... 5 

Carpenter, W. L., &. Leask, H. A Treatise 
on the Manufacture of Soap and Candles, 
I^ubricants and Glycerine. Second edition, 
crown 8vo ... ... ... ... 12 

Cross, C. F., 6c Bevan, E. J. A Text Book of 

Paper Making. Second edition, crown 8vo 12 



SCIENTIFIC BOOKS. 



13 



Deerr, N 

8vo 



Sugar House Notes and Tables. 

net 



lO 



Dubelle, G. H. The ''non plus ultra" Soda 
Fountain Requisites of Modern Times. A 
Practical Receipt Book for Druggists, 
Chemists, etc. Crown 8vo ... net 

Foster, J. Treatise on the Evaporation of 
Saccharine, Chemical & other Liquids by the 
Multiple System in Vacuum and Open Air. 
Second edition, 8vo 

Graham, D. A. A Treatise on the Comparative 
Commercial Values of Gas Coals and Cannels. 
8vo 

Graham, M. Practical Hints on the Working 
and Construction of Regenerator Furnaces, 
fcap. 8vo., leather 

Hansen, E. C. Practical Studies in Fermen- 
tation, translated from the German by A. K. 
M11.1.KR. Ph. D. 8vo ... 

Hanssen, C. J. T. Reform in Chemical and 
Physical Calculations. Demy 4to net 

Hodgetts, E. A. B. I^iquid Fuel for Mechanical 
and Industrial Purposes. 8vo 

Hornby, J. The Gas Engineer's Laboratory 
Handbook. Crown 8vo 

Ingle, H. &. H. The Chemistry of Fire and Fire 
Prevention. Crown 8vo 

Lee, D. Manual for Gas Engineering Students 
i8mo 



Lovibond, T. W. 

Crown 8vo ... 



Brewing with Raw Grain 



Procter, H. R. Leather Industries: Laboratory 
Book on Analytical & Experimental Methods 
Demy 8vo ... 

Redwood, I. I. Theoretical and Practical 
Ammonia Refrigeration. Third edition, square 
i6mo 



I I 



3 o 



12 



6 6 



9 o 



4 6 



u 



E. & F. X. SPON, Ltd. 



Richards, W. Practical Treatise on the Manu- 
facture and Distribution of Coal Gas. Demy 
4to 

Scammell, G., &. Collyer, F. Breweries and 
Makings. Second edition, 8vo 

Speyers, C. L. Text Book of Organic Chemistry 
Demy 8vo ... 

S pons' Imi cyclopaedia of the Industrial Arts 
Manufactures and Commercial Products 
Super-royal 8vo 

In 2 Vols., cloth ... 

,, 5 Divisions, cloth 

,, 2 Vols, half Morocco, top edge gilt .. 

Standage, H. C. The Practical Polish and 
Varnish Maker. Crown 8vo 

Streatfield, F. W. Practical Work in Organic 
Chemistr3\ Crown 8vo 

Terry, G. Pigments, Paints and Painting 
Crown 8vo ... 

Van Eijndhoven, A. J. A Comparison of the 
English and French Methods of Ascertaining 
the Illuminating Power of Coal Gas. Crown 
8vo 

Wein, E., &. Frew, W. Tables for the Quan- 
titative Estimation of the Sugars. Crown 8vo 

Workshop Receipts. For the use of Manu 
facturers, Mechanics and Scientific Amateurs. 
Crown 8vo, 5 Vols ... ... each 

First Series. Miscellaneous. r-^ 

Second Series. Chemical Manufactures. 
Third „ Electrical & Metallurgical 

Fourth ,, Handicrafts and Mech- 



12 



3 10 

3 II 

4 10 



Fifth 



anical Subjects. 
Miscellaneous. 



SCIENTIFIC BOOKS. 



MARINE ENGINEERING AND NAVAL 
ARCHITECTURE. 

Barnaby, S. W. Marine Propellers. Fourth 

edition, demy 8vo ... ... net lo 6 

Bart ley, B. C. The Marine Engineer's Record 

Book : Engines. 8vo, roan ... net 5 o 

The Engineer's and Draughtsman's Data Book 
for Workshop and Office use. Third edition, 
crown 8vo, roan ... ... ... 30 

Franklin, A. C. Yachting Hints, Tables and 
Memoranda. Waistcoat pocket size, 64mo, 
roan, gilt edges ' ... ... ... 10 

Ditto ditto in celluloid case i 6 

Haldane, J. W. C. vSteamships and their 

Machinery from first to last. 8vo ... 15 o 

Hogg, A. Tables for Constructing Ships' Eines. 

Second edition, 8vo ... ... ... 70 

Hovgaard, G. W. Submarine Boats. Crown 

8vo ... ... ... ... 50 

Jordan, C.H. Tabulated Weights of Angle, Tee, 
Bulb, Round, Square, and Flat Iron and Steel 
for the use of Naval Architects, Ship-builders, 
&c. Fifth edition, French morocco, gilt edges 7 6 

Jordan, C. H. Particulars of Drj^ Docks on the 
river Thames. On a sheet folded in cloth. 
i8mo ... ... ... ... 26 

Little, H. The Marine Transport of Petroleum. 

Crown 8vo ... ... ... ... 10 6 

Main, J. The Progress of Marine Engineering 
from the time of Watt to the present day. 
Crown 8vo ... ... ... ... 70 

Reed's Engineers' Handbook to the Board of 
Trade Examinations for certificates of Com- 
petency as First and Second Class PvUgineers. 
Seventeenth edition, 8vo ... fiet 14 o 



Ifi E. & r. N. SPON, Ltd. 

Reed. The key to the Seventeenth edition of 

RKKd's Engineers' Handbook, 8vo net 7 6 

Examination Papers for Extra First 

Class Engineers. Third edition, 8 vo «^/ 14 o 

Pol3'glot Guide to the Marine Engine 

in English, French, German and Norsk. 

Oblong 8vo ... ... net 10 o 

Marine Boilers. Second edition, crown 

8vo ... ... ... net 46 

Useful Hints to sea-going Engineers. 

Third edition, crown Svo ... net 36 

Drawing of the Triple Expansion 

Engine and the Pipe Arrangements. 

On 2 sheets in case ... net 36 

Drawing of a Compound Engine in 

case ... ... ... net 16 



MATERIALS. 



Box, T. Practical Treatise on the Strength of 

Materials. Third edition, crown Svo ... 18 o 

Britton, T. A. Treatise on the Origin, Progress, 
Prevention and Cure of Dry Rot in Timber. 
Crown Svo ... ... ... ... 76 

Butler, D. B. Portland Cement: its Manufacture, 

Testing and Use. Svo ... ... iS o 

Calcare. Cement Users' and Buyers' Guide. 

32mo, leather ... ... net 26 

Delano, W. H. Twenty years' practical ex- 
perience of Natural i^sphalt and Mineral 
Bitumen. Crown 8vo, parchment ... 20 

Grant, J. Experiments on the Strength of 

Cement. 8vo ... ... ... 10 6 

Heath, A, H. A Manual of Uime and Cement. 

Crown 8vo ... ... ... ... 60 

Luard, C. E. Stone : how to get it and how to 

use it. Svo ... ... ... 20 

Newman, J. Notes on Concrete and Works in 

Concrete. Second edition, crown 8vo ... 60 



SCIENTIFIC BOOKS. 17 

Paterson, M. M. The Testing of Pipes and 

Pipe-joints in the open trenches. 8vo, sewed 2 o 

Redwood, I. I. Lubricants. Oils and Greases. 

8vo ... ... ... ... 46 

A Practical Treatise on Mineral Oils and 

their B3'-Products. Demy 8vo ... 15 o 

Stoffler, E. Silico-Calcareous Sandstones. 8vo, 

sewed ... ... ... 7iei 40 

MATHEMATICS. 

Blaine, R. G. Quick and Kas}- Methods of 

Calculating. i6mo, leather ... ... 26 

Byrne, O. General Method of Solving Equations 

of all Degrees. 8vo, sewed ... ... 10 

Graham, J. Elementarj' Treatise on the 
Calculus for Engineering Students. Second 
edition, crown 8vo ... ... ... 1 ^ 

HiggS, P. Algebra, Self-Taught. Third edition, 

crown 8vo ... ... ... ... 26 

Ormsby, M. T. Elementar}^ Practical Mathe- 
matics. Demy 8vo ... ... net 76 

Sloane, T. O'c. The Arithmetic of Electricity. 

Crown 8vo ... ... ... ... 46 

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING. 

Stram Engines, Stkam Boilers, Gas Engines, etc. 

Adams, Hy. Handbook for Mechanical P^ngi- 

neers. Fourth edition, crown 8vo ... 7 6 

Applebys' Handbooks of Machinery, in six 

sections, 8vo, each ... ... ... 36 

Section 1. — Prime Movers, Steam, Gas and Air Engines, Boilers, Tur- 
bines, &c. 

Section 2. — Hoisting- Machinery, Winding Engines and Lifting 
Appliances. 

Section 3. — Pumping INIachinery, Pumping Engines, Centrifugal, Steam, 
Electrical and Hand Piunps. 

Section 4. — Machine Tools and Accessories. 

Section 5. — Contractors' Plant and Railway Materials. [In the Press.) 



18 E. & F. N. SPON, Ltd. 

Section 6. — Mining, Colonial and Manufacturing- Machinery. 

The portion of Section 6, dealing- with Mining- Machinery, is to be had 
separately, price 2s. (id. 

Barber, T. W. Engineers' Sketch Book of 

Mechanical Movements. Third edition, 8vo lo 6 

The Repair & Maintenance of Machiner3\ 

8vo ... ... ... ... lo 6 

Box, T. Practical Treatise on Mill Gearing. 

Fifth edition, crown 8vo ... ... 76 

Byrne, O. The Essential Elements of Practical 

Mechanics. Fourth edition, post 8vo ... 76 

Cam pin, F. The Practice of Hand Turning. 

Third edition, crown 8vo ... ... .36 

Colyer, F. The Working and Management of 
Steam Boilers and Engines. Second edition, 
crown 8 vo ... ... ... ... 36 

Treatise on Modern Steam Engines and 

Boilers. 4to ... ... ... 12 6 

Cooper, J. H. Treatise on the use of Belting 
for the Transmission of Power. Fourth 
edition, demy 8vo ... ... ... 15 

Cotterill, J. H. "The Steam Engine considered 
as a Thermod^mamic Machine. Third edition 
8vo ... ... ... ... 15 o 

Dahlstrom, K. P. The Fireman's Guide, a 
Handbook on the Care of Boilers. Eighth 
edition, fcap. 8vo ... ... ... 20 

Diesel, R. Theory & Construction of a Rational 

Heat Motor. 8vo ... ... ••• 60 

Donaldson, W. Transmission of Power by 

Fluid Pressure, Air and Water. 8vo ... 60 

Fletcher, W. History and Development of 

Steam Locomotion on Common Roads. 8vo 5 o 

Foden, J. The Boiler Makers' and Iron Ship- 
builders' Companion. Fourth edition, fcap. 8vo 5 o 



SCIENTIFIC BOOKS. 10 



Fuller, J. Art of Copper Smithing. Royal 8vo 12 6 

Goldingham, A. H. The Design & Construc- 
tion of Oil Engines. Crown 8vo... net 6 o 

Graham, J. C. Elementary Treatise on Steam 

and the Use of the Indicator. 8vo ... 90 

Halliday, G. Belt Driving. 8vo ... ... 3 6 

Hanssen, A. The Commercial Efficiency of 

Steam Boilers. I^arge 8vo, sewed ... 6 

Henthorn, J. T. The Corliss Engine. Third 

edition, square i6mo ... ... ... 36 

Hett, C. L. Table of the Power of Eeather 

Belting and Shafts. On folding card ... i o 

Hiscox, J. D. Gas, Gasoline and Oil Vapour 

Engines. Fourth edition, 8vo ... ftei 10 6 

Kinealy, J. H. Elementary Text-book on Steam 

Engines and Boilers. Third edition, 8vo ... 10 6 

Knight, C. The Mechanician : a Treatise on the 
Construction and Manipulation of Tools. 
Fifth edition, 4to ... ... ... 18 o 

Lieckfeld, G. Practical Handbook on the Care 
and Management of Gas Engines. Square 
i6mo ... ... ... ... 36 

Low, P. A. Valve Setting Record Book. 8vo 

boards ... ... ... ... 16 

Millis, C. T. Metal Plate Work, its Patterns and 

their Geometry. Third edition, crown 8vo 9 o 

Peattie, J. Steam Boilers, their Management 

and Working. Fourth edition, crown 8vo ... 50 

Porter, C. T. Treatise on the Richards Steam 

Engine Indicator. Fifth edition, 8vo ... 90 

Richards, J. The Arrangement, Care and 
Operation of Wood Working Factories and 
Machinery. Second edition, crown 8vo ... 50 



20 E. & F. N. SPON, Ltd. 



Rigg, A. Practical Treatise on the Steam Engine. 

Second edition, demy 4to ... ...150 

Sexton, M. J. Pocket Book for Boiler Makers 
and Steam Users. Fourth edition, ro3'al 32mo, 
roan, gilt edges ... ... ... 50 

Spencer, A. Roll Turning for Sections in 

Steel and Iron. Second edition, 4to ... i 10 o 

Uhland, W. H. Slide and Piston-Valve Geared 

Steam Engines. Two Vols., half Morocco ... i 16 o 

Watson, E. P. How to run Engines and 

Boilers. Fourth edition ... ... 36 

Welch, E. J. Practical method of Designing 

Slide Valve Gearing. Crown 8vo ... 60 

Wright, T. W. Elements of Mechanics. 8vo 10 6 

Zeuner, G. Treatise on Valve Gears, translated 
from the fourth German edition by J. F. Ki,ein. 
8vo ... ... ... ... 126 

METALLURGY. 

Andrews, T. The Life of Railway Axles. 8vo, 

sewed ... ... ... . . 10 



Microscopic Internal Flaws in Steel 

Rails and Propellor Shafts. 8vo, sewed i 

Microscopic Internal Flaws, Inducing 

Fracture in Steel. 8vo, sewed ... 2 

Davles, J. Galvanized Iron: its Manufacture 

and Uses. 8vo ... ... net 5 

Ede, G. Guns and Gun Making Material. Crown 

8vo ... ... ... ... 6 



The Management of Steel. Seventh 

edition, crown 8vo ... ... 50 



Kirk, E. The Cupola Furnace. Demy 8vo ... 14 o 

Macfarlane, J. W. Practical Notes on Pipe 

Founding. 8vo ... ... ... 126 

Sharp, J. Modern Foundry Practice. 8vo 7iet i i o 



SCIENTIFIC BOOKS. 21 



West, T. p. The Metallurgy of Cast Iron. 

Second edition. 8vo ... ... ... 126 

Wyllie, C. Treatise on Iron & Steel Founding. 

Second edition, crown 8vo ... ... 50 

MINERALOGY AND MINING. 

Andre, G.G. Rock Blasting, 8vo ... 5 o 

Practical Treatise on Coal Mining. Two 

Vols., ro3'al 4to ... ... ...3120 

Brown, W. L. Manual of Assaying Gold, Silver, 
Copper and I^ead Ores. Ninth edition, crown 
8vo ... ... ... ... 12 6 

Charleton, A. G., Tin: Describing the Chief 

Methods of Mining, Dressing, etc. Crown 8vo 12 6 

Daw, A. W., &. Z. W. The Blasting of Rock in 

Mines, Quarries and Tunnels, etc. Demy 8vo 15 o 

Hopton, W. Conversations on Mines. Ninth 

edition, crown 8vo ... ... ... 46 

Hull, E. Our Coal Resources at the End of the 

Nineteenth Century. Demy 8vo ... 60 

Kirkpatrick, T. S. G. Simple Rules for the 

Discrimination of Gems ... ... 20 

The Hydraulic Gold Miners' Manual. 

Second edition, crown 8vo ... ... 40 

Lock, C. G. W. Economic Mining. 8vo ... i i o 

Gold Milling : Principles and Practice. 

Demy 8vo ... ... net i 10 o 

Mining and Ore-Dressing Machinery. 

Super-royal 4to ... ... ...150 

Miner's Pocket Book. Fourth edition, 

fcap. 8vo, roan ... ... net 12 6 

Longridge, C. C. The Holloway Longridge 

Process for Extracting Gold. 8vo, sewed ... 16 

Miller, J. A. The Practical Handbook for the 
Working Miner and Prospector, and the 
Mining Investor. Crown 8vo ... ... 76 



22 E. & F. N. ISPON, Ltd. 

Murgue, D. The Theory and Practice of Centri- 
fugal Ventilation Machines. 8vo ... 50 

Povey- Harper, J. Examples of Coal Mining 

Plant. Second edition, in portfolio ... 4 4 o 

Suttie, T. R. The Miner's and Prospector's 

Pocket Guide. Square i6nio ... 7iet 2 o 

ORGANIZATION AND MANAGEMENT 

Brown, N. The Organization of Gold Mining 

Business. Fcap. folio... ... 7iet 150 

Foster, H. A. Central Station Management and 

Finance. 8vo ... ... ... 76 

Central Station Book Keeping. 8vo ... 12 6 

Lewis, J. S. The Commercial Organization of 
Factories. Royal 8vo. New Edition in the Press. 

Matheson, E. Depreciation of Factories. 2nd 

edition, 8vo ... ... ... 76 

Aid Book to Engineering Enterprise. 

Third edition, 8vo ... ... 140 

Parry, W. Kaye. Office Management. A hand- 
book for Architects and Civil Engineers, net 10 o 

Williams, R. R. The American Hardware Store. 

Royal 8vo ... ... ... ... 126 

RAILWAY ENGINEERING. 

Allen, C. F. Railroad Curves and Earthwork. 

i2mo, leather, gilt edges ... net 8 6 

Allen, G. T. Tables of Parabolic Curves for the 
use of Railway Engineers and others. Fcap. 
i6mo ... ... ... ... 40 

Blackall, R. H. Up to date Air Brake Catechism. 

Crown 8vo ... ... ... net 60 

BriggS, C. Simple and Automatic Vacuum 

Brakes. 8vo ... ... ... 40 

Cole, W. H. Notes on Permanent-way Material, 
Plate-laying, and Points and Crossings. 
Third edition, crown 8vo ... ... 76 



SCIENTIFIC BOOKS. '28 



Derr, W. L. Block Signal operation. Oblong 

crown 8vo ... ... ... ... 7 6 

Glover, J. Formulae for Railway Crossings and 

Switches. Royal 32mo ... ... 26 

Grimshaw, R. lyocomotive Catechism. Crown 

8vo ... ... ... ... 76 

Grover, J. W. Estimates and Diagrams of 

Railway Bridges. Second edition, folio ... i 11 6 

Iron and Timber Railway Superstruc- 
tures and General Works. Folio ... 2 2 o 



Examples of Station Buildings and their 

Cost. Folio ... ... ... 10 6 

Haldane, J. W. C. Railway Engineering, Me- 
chanical and Electrical. Demy 8vo ... 15 o 

Hogg, C. P. Tables for setting-out Railway 

Curves. A series of cards in neat cloth case 4 6 

Hughes, G. The Construction of the Modern 

Ivocomotive. 8vo ... ... ... 90 

Johnson, J. R. Practical Hints for lyight 

Railways at Home and Abroad. Crown 8vo... 2 6 

Jones, T. W. Permanent Way Pocket Book. 

Oblong 8vo ... ... ... 46 

Kennedy, A., &. Hackwood, R. W. Tables 
for setting out Curves for Railways, Roads, 
Canals, etc. 32mo ... ... ... 26 

Macgregor, W. Tables for Computing the 
Contents of Earthwork in the Cuttings and 
Embankments of Railways. Royal 8vo ... 60 

Paterson, J. Tables and Diagrams of Switches 

and Crossings. 8vo ... ... ... 36 

Rapier, R. C. Remunerative Railways for New 

Countries. Crown 4to ... ... 15 o 

Spooner, C. E. Narrow Gauge Railways. 

Second edition, 8vo ... ... ... is o 



24 E. & r. N. SPON, Ltd. 

Watson, A. G. Practical Hints on setting out 

Curves. i8mo ... ... ... 60 

SANITATION. 

Bailey- Denton, E. Sewage Purification. 8vo 5 o 

Birch, R. W. P. Sewage Irrigation b}^ Farmers. 

8vo, .sewed ... ... ... ... 26 

Boulnois, H. P. Dirty Dustbins and Sloppy 

Streets. Crown 8vo, sewed ... ... 10 

The Municipal and Sanitary Engineer's 

Handbook. Third edition, demy 8vo... 15 o 

Coleman, T. E. Sanitary House Drainage, its 

Principles and Practice. Crown 8vo ... 60 

r- Stable Sanitation & Construction. Crown 

8vo ... ... ... ... 60 

Co Iyer, F. Public Institutions, their Engineering, 

Sanitary, and other Appliances. 8vo ... 50 

Treatise on the Modern Sanitary Appli- 
ances for Healthy Residences. Crown 
8vo ... ... ... ... 50 

Davies, J. P. Standard Practical Plumbing. 

Vol I. P'ourth edition, royal 8vo ... 76 

Vol II. Royal 8vo ... net 10 6 

Davis, G. B., &. Dye, F. A Complete and 
Practical Treatise on Plumbing & Sanitation. 
2 vols., 4to cloth ... ... ne/ 2 15 o 

Parsons, Hon. R. C. Las Obras de Salubridad 

de ia Ciudad de Buenos Aires. 8vo ne/ 5 o 

Robinson, H. Sewerage and Sewage Disposal. 

Second edition, demy 8vo ... ... 50 

Smeaton, J. Plumbing, Drainage, Water Supply 

and Hot Water Fitting. 8vo ... ... 76 

WARMING AND VENTILATION. 

Box, T. Practical Treatise on Heat. Ninth 

edition, crown 8vo ... ... ... 12 6 



SCIENTIFIC BOOKS. 2) 



Drysdale, J., &. Hay ward, J. W. Health and 
Comfort in House Building, or Ventilation 
with warm air by self-acting suction power. 
Third edition, 8vo ... ... ... 76 

Dye, F. Hot Water & Steam Cooking Apparatus. 

Second edition, i8mo ... ... ... 16 

Hot Water Suppl3^ Fourth edition, 

crown 8vo ... ... ... 30 

A Practical Treatise upon Steam Heating 

Demy 8vo ... ... net 10 o 

Eld ridge, J. The Engineer's Practical Guide 
for Fixing Hot Water Apparatus. Second 
edition, crown 8vo, sewed ... ... 10 

Hood, C. Practical Treatise upon Warming 
Buildings by Hot Water. Third edition, 
revised by F. Dye. Demy 8vo ... ... 15 o 

Kinealy, J. H. Charts for I^ow Pressure Steam 

Heating. Small folio ... ... 46 

Formulae and Tables for Heating. 8vo 3 6 



Rafter, G. W. Mechanics of Ventilation. 2nd 

edition, i8mo, boards ... ... ... 20 



WATER SUPPLY. 

Collet, H. Water Softening and Purification. 

Crown 8vo ... ... ... ... 50 

Colyer, F. Treatise on Water Supply, Drainage 
& Sanitary Appliances of Residences. Crown 
8vo. ... ... ... ... 50 

Hill, J. W. Purification of Public Water Supplies. 

8vo ... ... ... ... 10 6 

Parry, J. Water Supply. New edition. Crown 

8vo ... ... ... ... - 6 



Richert, G. On Artificial Underground Water. 
8vo, sewed ... ... ... net 



I o 



26 E. & F. N. SPON, Ltd. 

Spon, E. Well Sinking. New Edition in the Press 

Stone, F. W. Notes on Water Supply. Crown 

8vo ... ... ... ... 5 o 

Tudsbery, J. H. T., &. Brightmore, A. W. 

The Principles of Waterworks' Engineering. 

Second edition, 8vo ... ... ...150 

USEFUL TABLES. 

Babbage, C. Tables of Logarithms of the 
Natural Numbers from i to 108,000. Stereo- 
type edition. 8vo ... ... ... 76 

Barlow's Tables of Squares, Cubes, Square 

Roots, Cube Roots & Reciprocals. Crown 8vo 6 o 

Brook, J. French Measures & English Equiv- 
alents. Fcap. 32mo, roan ... ... 10 

Clark, L. A Dictionary of Metric and other 

useful measures. 8vo... ... ... 60 

Girder, W. J. Tables of the Weight of Iron. 

On large folding card ... ... ... 10 

KeerayefF, P. Tables of some of the Principal 
Speeds occurring in Mechanical Engineering, 
expressed in Metres per second. i8mo, sewed 6 

La N Icca, J . Turner's and Fitter's Pocket Book. 

i8mo, sewed ... ... ... 6 

Lindsay, Lord. Tables for Engineers and 
Mechanics, giving the values of the different 
trains of wheels required to produce Screws 
of any pitch. Second edition, ro3^al 8vo, 
oblong . . . . ... . . 20 

Martin, W. A. Screw-cutting Tables. Seventh 

edition, royal 8vo, oblong ... ... i o 



SCIENTIFIC BOOKS. 27 

Molesworth, Sir G. L. Metrical Tables. 

Third edition, royal 321110 ... ... 20 

Price, W. Turner's Handbook on Screw-cutting, 

Coning, etc. Fcap. 8vo ... ... 10 

Reed's vScrew and Worm-wheel Cutting up to 

date. Royal 32mo ... ... ... 26 

Rownson's Iron Merchant's Tables and 
Memoranda, Weights and Measures. 32mo, 
leather ... ... .. ... 36 

Spons' Tables and Memoranda for Engineers, 
by J. T. Hurst, C. E. Twelfth edition, 64mo, 
roan, gilt edges ... ... ... 10 

Ditto ditto, in celluloid case i 6 

Taylor, T. Gauges at a Glance. Second edition. 

Post 8vo, oblong, with tape converter net 5 o 

Thompson, S. P. Optical Tables and Data, for 

the use of Opticians. Oblong 8vo net 6 o 

Unwin, W. C. Short lyOgarithmic and other 

Tables. Fourth edition, small 4to ... 30 

Whitelaw, H. N. Fifty-four hours' Wages 

Calculator. Second edition, 8vo net 2 6 

Woodward, C. J. A. B. C. Logarithms for 
general use, with lateral index for read}^ 
reference. Crown 8vo, limp leather ... 40 

MISCELLANEOUS. 

Boulnois, H. P. Practical Hints on Taking a 

House. 181110 ... ... ... 16 

Boulvin, M. J. The Entropy Diagram and its 

Applications. Demy 8vo ... ... 50 



28 E. & F. N. SPON, Ltd. 

Burr, S. D. V. Bicycle Repairing. Fourth 

edition, 8vo ... ... ... ... 4 6 

Dye, F. The Cooking Range : its Failings and 

Remedies. Fcap. 8vo, sewed ... ... 6 

Gillett, W. The Phonograph, and how to con- 
struct it. Crown 8vo ... ... ... 50 

Hopkins, G. M. Experimental Science, Ele- 
mentary, Practical and Experimental Physics. 
20th edition, large 8vo ... ... 16 o 

Longridge, J. A. Internal Ballistics. 8vo ... 18 o 

Treatise on the Application of Wire to 

the Construction of Ordnance. 8vo ... i 5 o 

The Progress of Artillery: Naval Guns. 

8vo, sewed ... ... ... 20 

The Field Gun of the Future. 8vo, 

sewed ... ... ... ... 26 

Philipson, W. Prize Essay on the Suspension 

of Carriages. 8vo ... ... ... 50 

Richards, W. The Gas Consumer's Handy 

Book. i8mo, sewed ... ... ... 6 

S pons' Engineer's Diary and Year Book, issued 

Annually. 4to ... ... ... 36 

Mechanic's Own Book : A Manual for 

Handicraftsmen and Amateurs. Fifth 

edition, demy 8vo... ... ... 6 o 

Ditto ditto half Morocco ... 76 

Vernon, A. Estate Fences: their Choice, Con- 
struction and Cost. 8vo ... ... 15 o 



SCIENTIFIC BOOKS. 



29 



A SUPPLEMENT 



TO 



SPONS' DICTIONARY OF ENGINEERING, 

ClVIh, IVIECHflNICflli, IVIIliITRRY, flflD NAVAL, 
Editkd by ERNEST SPON, 

ASSOC. MEM. INST. C.E., MEM. SOC. ENGINEERS, OF THE FRANKLIN INSTITUTE, AND 
OF THE GEOLOGISTS* ASSOCIATION. 



In 18 Parts, price 2s. each, post free 2s. 2d. 

Bound in cloth, 3 Divisions, 13s. 6d. each. 

Or, In One Vol., cloth, £2; half-morocco, £2 8s. 



COMPI.KTE lylST OF ALI. THE 


Subjects. 


Part 


Part 


Part 


Abacus . . . . 1 


Coke Ovens .. ..7 


Machine Tools . . 14 


Agricultural Imple- 


Copper 7 


Materials of Con- 


ments . . . . 1 


Dock . . . . 7, 8 


struction, Strength 


Air Compressors 1,2 


Drainage . . . . 8 


of .. .. 14,15 


Animal Charcoal Ma- 


Dredging . . . . 8 


Mercm-y . . . . 1 


chinery . . . . 2 


Dynamo-Electric and 


Meters 15 


Antimony . . . , 2 


Magneto - Electric 


Ores lo 


Axles k Axle-boxes 2 


Machines . . . . 8 


Piers 15 


Bam Machinery . , 2 


Dynamometer 8, 9 


Pile Driving . . . . 1.') 


Belts and Beltinof .. 2 


Electrical Engineer- 


Pneumatic Transmis- 


Blasting .. ..3 


ing . . . 9, 10 


sion 15 


Boilers 3 


Engines, Varieties of 10 


Pump 15 


Brake 3 


Explosives .. ..10 


Pyi'ometer . . ..15 


Brick- making Ma- 


Fans 10 


Road Locomotive 15, !(> 


chine.. .. 3,4 


Founding . . 10, 11 


RockDriU .. .. 1(> 


Bridges . . 4, 5 


Gas, Manufacture of 1 1 


EoUing Stock 16, 17 


Cages 5 


Hammers . . ..11 


Sanitary Engineer- 


Calculus . . . . 5 


Heat 12 


ing . . .. 17,18 


Canals 5 


Horse Power . . ..12 


Shafts and Shaft Fit- 


Carpentry . . . . 5 


Hydraulics . . ..12 


tings 18 


Cast Iron . . 5, 6 


Hydro -geology .. 12 


Steel IS 


Cement, Concrete, 


Indicator . . 12, 13 


Stone - working Ma- 


Limes & Mortar . . 6 


Iron 13 


chinery . . . . 18 


Chimney Shafts . . 6 


Lifts, Hoists and Ele- 


Tramways . . . . 18 


Coal Cleansing and 


vators .. ..13 


Well Sinking and 


Wa/^hing .. ..6 


Lights, Buoys and 


Boring .' . ..18 


Coal Mining . . 6, 7 


Beacons .. 13, 14 





80 



E. & r. N. SPON, Ltd. 



SPONS' ENCYCLOPi^DIA 



Industrial flpts, IVIanufactupes and Commepcial Products. 
Edited by C. G. WARNFORD LOCK, FX-S., &c. 

/;/ super-royal 8vo, containing 2100 pages, and Illustrated by nearly 
IS 00 Engravings. 

Can be had in the following bindings : 
In 2 Vols., cloth .. .. £3 10 

In 5 Divisions, cloth . 3 11 6 

In 2 Vols., half-nnorocco, top edge gilt, bound 

in a superior manner.. .. 4 10 

In 33 Parts, Sewed, at 2s. each. 

Any Part can he had separate, price 2.9.; poHtafje 2(1. 



Complete 


IvisT OF Ai.i, THE 'Subjects. 




Part 


Part ■, Part 


Acids . . 


1, 2, 8 


Dyestuffs .. ..14 


Narcotics . . 21, 22 


Alcohol . . 


8,4 


Electro-Metallurgy 1 4 


: Oils and Fatty Sub- 


Alkalies., 


4, 5 


Explosives . . 14, 15 


stances 22, 23, 24 


Alloys .. 


5, (5 


Feathers . . . . 15 


Paper 24 


Arsenic . . 


.. 6 


Fibrous Substances 


Paraffin 24 


Asphalte 


.. 6 


15, 16 


i Pearl and Coral . . 24 


Aerated Waters 


.. 6 


Floor-cloth .. ..16 


Perfumes . . . . 24 


Beer and Wine 


6, 7 


Food Preservation . . 16 


Photogi^aphy 24, 25 


Beverages 


7, 8 


Fruit .. .. 1(), 17 


Pigments and Paint 25 


Bleaching" Powdei 


.. 8 


Fur 17 


Pottery . . 25, 26 


Bleaching- 


8, 9 


Gas, Coal . . . . 17 


Printing and Engrav- 


Borax . . 


.. 9 


G-ems 17 


ing . . . . 26, 27 


Brushes . , 


. . 9 


Glass 17 


Resinous and Gummy 


Buttons . . 


.. 9 


Graphite .. ..18 


Substances . . 26, 27 


Camphor 


9, 10 


Hair Manufacture 1 8 


Rope 27 


Candles 


.. 10 


Hats 18 


Salt . . . . 27, 28 


Carbon 


.. 10 


Ice, Artificial . . 18 


Silk 28 


Celluloid 


.. 10 


Indiarubber Manu- 


Skins 28 


Clays . . , . 


.. 10 


factures .. 18,19 


Soap, Railway Grease 


Carbolic Acid 


.. 11 


Ink 19 


and Glycerine 28, 29 


Coal-tar Products 


.. 11 


Jute Manufactures 19 | 


Spices 29 


Cocoa . . 


.. 11 


Knitted Fabrics — 


Starch 29 


Coffee .. 


11,12 


Hosiery . . . . 19 


Sugar . . 29, 30, 81 


Cork . . 


.. 12 


Lace 19 


Tannin . . . . 81, 32 


Cotton Manufac- 




Leather . . 19, 20 


Tea 32 


tures 


12, 18 


Linen Manufactures 20 


Timber 82 


Drugs . . 


. . 13 


Manures . . . . 20 


Varnish . . . . 32 


Dyeing and Calico 


Matches . . 20, 21 


Wool and Woollen 


Printing . . 


18,14' 


Mordants . . . . 21 


Manufactures 82, 88 



SCIENTIFIC BOOKS. 31 



^insbur^ Uecbnical fTDanuals. 

EDITOR OF THK SRRIF.vS, 

Prof. SILVANUS P. THOMPSON, 

D.S( ., B.A., F.R.S., M. Inst. E.E., kc. 



The Manuals in this series are ^vritten by Special- 
ists who are, or have been, on the staft' of the City 
and Guilds Technical College at Finsbury. 



Dynamo-Electric Machinery. A Manual for Students of 
Electro-technics. By Professor S11.VANUS P. Thompson, 
D.Sc, F.R.S., &c. \Seveiith Edition in Preparation.) 

Metal Plate Work. Its Patterns and their Geometry. 
By C. T. MiLUS, M.I.Mech.E. Third edition, consider- 
ably enlarged, with 216 illustrations, 406 p.p. 8vo cloth, 
9s. 

Gas and Petroleum Engines. By Professor William 
Robinson, M.E., M.I.E.E., A.M.I.CE. Illustrated. 
8vo, cloth. {^Second Edition in Preparation.) 

Practical Work in Organic Chemistry. By F. W. 

Streatfeild, PM.C, (Sic, Illustrated. Crown 8vo, 
cloth, 3s. 

The Electromagnet and Electromagnetic Mech- 
anism. By Professor Silvanus P. Thompson, D.Sc, 
F.R.S., &c. {^Third Edition in Preparation.) 

Polyphase Electric Currents &. Alternate Current 

MOTORS. By Professor Silvanus P. Thompson, 
D.Sc, F.R.S., &c Second and enlarged edition. 8vo, 
cloth, 21S. 

An Elementary Treatise on the Calculus for 

ENGINEERING STUDENTS. By John Graham, 
B.A., B.E. Second edition, 7s. 6d. 

Hydraulic Machinery. With an introduction to 
Hydraulics. By Robert Gordon Blaine, Assoc M. 
Inst. C.E., &c With 272 illustrations, 383 p.p. 8vo, 
cloth, 14s. 



32 E. & F. N. SPON, Ltd. 



The Journal of the Iron and Steel Institute, 

Edited by BennkTT H. Brough, Secretary. 
Published Half-yearly, 8vo, cloth, 165. 



The Journal of the Institution of Electrical 
Engineers. 

Edited by W. G. McMii.i.an, Secretary. 



Science Abstracts. 
Physics and Electrical Engineering, 

Edited by W. R. Coopkr, M.A., B.Sc. 

Published Monthly, 8vo, 2s. net. Annual Subscription, 24.S. 
net, post free, to any part of the World. 



The Transactions of the Society of Engineers. 

Edited by Perry F. Nursky, Secretary. 
Published Annually, 8vo, cloth, 155. 



The Proceedings of the Incorporated Association 
of Municipal and County Engineers. 

Edited by Thomas C01.K, Assoc. M. Inst. CE. 



The Transactions of the Incorporated Institution 
of Gas Engineers. 

Edited by Thomas C01.E, Assoc. M. Inst. CE. 

Published Annually, 8vo, cloth, 21s. 



The Transactions of the Institution of Mining and 
Metallurgy. 

Edited by C. McDermid, Secretary. 
Published Annually, 215. net. 

London : E. & F. N. SPON, Ltd., 125, Strand, W.C 



ADVERTISEMENTS. 



The phosphor bronze go. 

LIMITED, 

Sole Makers of the following ALLOYS: 
PHOSPHOR BRONZE, 

"Cog Wheel" and "Vulcan" Brands. Ingots, 
Castings, Plates, Strip, Bars and Wire. 

" DURO METAL " (Registaed Title). 

For Roll Bearings, Wagon Brasses, 8cc. 

PHOSPHOR TIN AND PHOSPHOR COPPER. 

"Cog Wheel" Brand. The best qualities made. 

PLASTIC METAL. 

"Cog Wheel" Brand. The best filling and lining 
Metal in the market. 

BABBITT'S METAL. 

"Vulcan" Brand. Seven Ql^adesT 

WHITE LINING METAL, brand "PHOSPHOR," 

Equal to the best White Brass No. 2. 

"WHITE ANT" METAL, No. I. 

Cheaper than any Babbitts, and superior to 
Magnolia Metal. 

"WHITE ANT" BRONZE. 

Superior to Fenton's Metal for Car Bearings. 

SILICIUM BRONZE ELECTRICAL WIRE. 

For Overhead Electrical Lines and other purposes. 



Phase apply for Catalogues cohtaining full particulars to the 
Compani/s Head Office, 

87 SUMNER STREET, SOUTHWARK, 



^0 o 

ADVERTISEMENTS. 



WHITE ANTIFRICTION ALLOYS. 



■^^^^^^'p^^^' 



THE BEST, CHEAPEST, AND MOST DURABLE 

AND RELIABLE OF THE NUMEROUS COMPOSITIONS 

IN THE MARKET IS THE 

"WHITE ANT" BRAND 

(BEGISTEBED TBADE MABK) 
MADE ONLY BY THE 

PHOSPHOR BRONZE Co., Limited, 

87 STJMNEE STREET, SOUTHWAM, 

LOITIDOlSr, S.E. 
Jljixd SLt BIRlVriNGHAlVi:. 



Also Makers of the following ^vell-kno^vn Alloys: 

PLASTIC METAL ("Cog Wheel" Brand). 

BABBITT'S METAL ("Yulcan" Brand) Seven Grades. 

WHITE LINING METAL (Brand "Phosphor.") 

"WHITE ANT" BRONZE 
Superior to Fenton's Metal for Car Bearing. 

PHOSPHOR BRONZE ("Cog Wheel" &" Yulcan" Brands.) 



Castings in every kind of Bronze, Brass and Gun Metal, Rolled 
and Drawn Bronze, Brass, Gun Metal, Tin, German Silver, &c, 

3 



ADVERTISEMENTS. 



W. H. HARLING'S 

Drawing Instruments 

ARE ACKNOWLEDGED BY ALL WHO USE THEM TO BE THE 

BEST IN THE MARKET. 



Very Great Care is taken in their manufacture, and Every Piece is 
examined by a competent workman before leaving the factory. 




SPECIAL POCKET CASES, containing good soimcl instruments of my 
own manufacture, but not extra finish (recommended) : — 



721A Morocco Case, containing the 
following electrum instruments : — 
6-inch double-jointed, needle- 
pointed compass, ink and pencil 
points, and lengthening bar — ink 
and pencil double-jointed, needle- 
pointed bows — set of three spring 
bows — hair divider— two drawing 
pens, and ivory scale, £3 3s. 

72 IB Ditto, ditto, but without set of 
three spring bows, £2 10s. 



No. 721A. 

717 Mahogany Case, 7ix5Jxi|, con- 
taining : — 6-inch electrum pencil 
compass, with double knee-joints 
and needle point, ink point and 
lengthening bar — 5-inch sector joint 
divider — one each ink and pencil 
needle-pointed bows — one each ink 
and pencil needle-pointed spring 
bows — two drawing pens — 6-inch 
ivory protractor — 6-inch ivory scale 
— two transparent set squares — and 
two pearwood curves, £3. 

No. 717. 
717A Mahogany Case, as above, but fitted with plain steel points to compass, bows, 
and spring bows, and boxwood, instead of ivory, rules, £2 8s. 6d. 




W. H. HARLING, 47 Finsbury Pavement, London, E.C. 

Contractor to H.M. War Department, Adviiralty, Cowicil of India, &^f. 

ESTABLISHED 1861. Regd. Teleff. Address, CLINOGRAPH, LONDON. 

ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE of Drawing Instruments, Boards, Set Squares, 

Tee Squares, Drawing Papers, &c., Post Free on application. 



MAR 13 1903 



ADVERTISEMENTS. 



^ 




A NOTABLE CATALOGUE 

OF 

ENGINEERS' TOOLS AND APPLIANCES 




containing over 300 quarto 

pages and 1600 Illustrations, 

jninttd and bound in 

superior style, 

WILL BE GIVEN AWAY 

on receipt of 5c?. stamps 
to cover postage. 




LATHES, 

PLANING 
and 
DRILLING 
MACHINES, 

STOCKS 

and DIES, 

CHUCKS, 

DRILLS, 
&c , &c. 




t^-.rx-'r'v^-'- 



MKJROMETER 

CAUSES 
AND 
PRECISION 

TOOLS 

Special Terms 

on 

application 

to 
Tool Clubs 



R.MELHUiSH,SONS & CO. 

85-87 FETTER LANE, 
HOLBORN CIRCUS, LONDON. 



